Home

MIKE SHE USER MANUAL VOLUME 1: USER GUIDE

1. EndSect MIKESHE WaterBalance ConfigFile last line in the file When making custom water balance types the format of the default water balance configuration file must be maintained Variable names including names in square brackets are case sensitive and the number of spaces in variable names must be consistent with the default configuration file 5 5 1 Customizing the chart output The chart water balance is a special water balance function that creates an ASCII file that is read by another program to generate the graphic in Figure 5 1 The default setup of the items in the chart output do not follow the typical sign convention of the water balance The sign convention has been adjusted to make the chart output more logical Thus in the chart output both precipitation and evapotranspiration are positive values Whereas in the standard water balance precipitation is negative The items included in the graphic are in the water balance configuration file The Group sections include a range of options for displaying the out put on the graphic including arrow directions and locations 145 Using the Water Balance Tool Line item Comment Created 2004 06 2 16 28 48 File header DLL id C WINOWS System32 pfs2000 d11 PFS version Mar 3 2004 21 35 12 MIKESHE WaterBalance ConfigFile FileVersion 3 NoWblTypes 31 NoWb1Types the number of water bal ance types in the
2. 278 A 12 MIKE SHE ECOLAB a 279 12 1 ECO Lab Templates ooa aa 280 12 1 1 DevelopingaTemplate 280 12 1 2 ECO Lab templates in MIKE SHE 284 12 1 3 State Variables in MIKE SHE 287 12 1 4 Specifying Constants and Forcings in MIKE SHE 288 12 1 5 Running ECO Lab with MIKE SHE 289 13 PARTICLE TRACKING PT aaau aaa a 291 13 1 Requirements in MIKE SHE WM 291 13 1 1 Flow Storing Requirements 291 13 1 2 Specification of Well Fields 292 13 2 Output from the PT simulations 0 293 13 3 Extraction of particle registrations 294 13 3 1 Running froma batchfile 294 13 3 2 Limitations with the PT registration method 295 13 4 Extraction of particle pathlines 295 Additional Optionss _ eae 297 14 EXTRA PARAMETERS 222 02 da 8080 e oG 44 oe ed EE ee te es 299 14 1 Climate oen pa oon Rakin Be ek ee Ri ee be Oe GA Gs be us S ES 300 14 1 1 Negative Precipitation 0 300 14 1 2 Precipitation Multiplier 0 301 14 2 Surface Water 205 00 b nou he ou ede baw bee ee bw eres 302 14 2 1 Time varying Overland Flow Boundary Conditions 302 14 2 2 Time varying surface infiltration Frozen soils
3. 303 14 2 3 Simplified Overland Flow Options 304 14 2 4 Irrigation River Source Factors 306 14 2 5 Explicit Overland Flow Output 307 14 2 6 Alternative low gradient damping function 308 14 2 7 Paved routing options 0 309 14 3 UnsaturatedZone __ a 309 14 3 1 Transpiration during ponding 309 14 3 2 Threshold depth for infiltration 2 Layer UZ 310 14 3 3 Increase infiltration to dry soils 311 14 4 Saturated Zone es 312 14 4 1 Sheet PileModule __ _ a 312 14 4 2 SZ Drainage to Specified MIKE 11 H points 316 14 4 3 SZ Drainage Downstream Water Level Check 319 14 4 4 SZ Drainage to MOUSE 319 14 4 5 Time varying drainage parameters 320 14 4 6 SZ Drainage River Link Reference Table 321 10 MIKE SHE 14 4 7 Canyon exchange option for deep narrow channels 322 14 5 Water Quality _ 2 ee 323 14 5 1 Disable SZ solute flux to dummy UZ 323 14 5 2 SZ boundary dispersion a 323 14 6 Miscellaneous _ oe be See ee Re ews 324 14 6 1 Including OpenMI 004 324 14 6 2 Plot control for Detailed Time Series Output 325 14 6 3 Extra Pre Processing output
4. 325 14 6 4 GeoViewer Output _ _ 325 MIKE ZERO Options _ eee 327 15 EUMDATAUNITS Re ee ede eae 329 15 1 Changing from SI to Imperial American data units 331 15 2 Restoring the default units _ 332 15 3 Changing the EUM data type ofaParameter 332 15 3 1 Changing the EUM Type of a dfs0 Parameter 334 15 3 2 Changing the EUM Type of a dfs2 Parameter 335 Working withDatas ___ ee 337 10 MME SERIES DATA 2 6 404 0 2 aco 2 Gare wS m sl ee ee Ok C a 339 16 1 Creating Time Series in MIKE SHE 339 16 1 1 Import from ASCII X 340 16 1 2 Import from Excel ose aigek oy eee cd ee ge kis 341 16 1 3 Import from old t0fille 341 16 2 Working with Spatial Time Series aaa aaa a 341 16 3 Time Series Types _ es 342 17 USING MIKE SHE WITH ARCGIS 345 18 SPATIAGDATA cced sautes ge DE a be h a a ee SUQ Q U Sua 347 18 1 The Grid Editor oaaae 347 18 2 Gridded Data Types naaa aaa a 347 18 3 Integer Grid Codes 2G Rae Sa oes 348 18 4 Gridded dfs2 Data aaa aaa a 349 18 4 1 Stationary Real Data naaa aaa 351 18 4 2 Time varying RealData 352 18 4 3 Integer Grid Codes naaa aaa 353 18 5 I
5. 174 7 14 Paved Area Drainage a 174 7 1 5 Overland Flow Velocities 177 Overland Flow Performance a 178 7 2 41 Stagnant or slow moving flow 178 7 2 2 Threshold gradient for overland flow 179 Multi cell Overland Flow naaa aaa 0000000 181 7 3 1 Evaporation aaa aa 4 183 7 3 2 Infiltration to SZ and UZ with the Multi Grid OL 184 7 3 3 Reduced Leakage with Multi cellOL 186 7 3 4 Multi cell Overland Flow Saturated Zone drainage 187 7 3 5 Test example for impact on simulation time 187 7 3 6 Limitations of the Multi cell Overland Flow Method 192 7 3 7 Setting up and evaluating the multi grid OL 192 Channel Flow a 194 7 4 1 MIKE 11 Overview 194 Building a MIKE 11 model _ 195 7 5 1 MIKE 11 network limitations 196 7 5 2 MIKE 11 Cross sections 00 197 Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 199 7 6 1 MIKE SHE Branches vs MIKE 11 Branches 201 7 6 2 The River Link Cross section 202 7 6 3 Connecting MIKE 11 Water Levels and Flows to MIKE SHE 203 7 6 4 Evaluating your river links 04 205 7 6 5 Groundwater Exchange with MIKE 11 207 7 6 6 Steady state groundwater simulations 212
6. 274 MIKE SHE Output A 11 5 Output In addition to the three icon buttons there is a Run menu In this menu you can check on and off all three of the above options Finally there is an Execute menu sub item that runs only the checked items above it The Execute option can also be launched using the Alt R E hot key sequence MIKE SHE WQ can also be launched from a batch file with or without the MZLaunch function For more information on this see Using Batch Files V 1 p 164 The output of the MIKE SHE AD is stored to several dfs0 dfs2 and dfs3 files which can be viewed and processed with the different tools available for these files in MIKE ZERO For each species a concentration file is created for each hydrologic proc ess a dfs2 file for OL and a dfs3 file each for UZ and SZ For each species the total WQ mass balance is stored in two dfs0 files The xx_species_ Allltems dfs0 includes all of the possible water quality mass balance items The xx_species dfs0 is a copy of the AllItems dfs0 file with all of the non zero items removed The first 20 items in the AllItems dfs0 file define the global mass balance see Table 11 2 There are four items Storage Input Output and Error Each of these is calculated for each of the five storage items SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ and OL The item Immob SZ is for solutes stored in the SZ matrix porosity when the dual porosity option in SZ is turned on In this ca
7. Pre processed tab The Derived Outputs will be written to the default out put directly along with all of the regular output from MIE SHE The Aux iliary Variables and Processes will also be written to this directory if the Output option is on All output can be viewed or processed normally with all of the regular MIKE Zero tools 290 MIKE SHE Requirements in MIKE SHE WM 13 PARTICLE TRACKING PT The PT module calculates the flow path of a hundreds thousands or even millions of hypothetical particles which are moved in the three dimen sional saturated groundwater zone SZ The particles are displaced indi vidually in a number of time steps The movement of each particle is composed of a deterministic part in which the particle is moved according to the local groundwater velocity calculated by the MIKE SHE water movement WM module and a stochastic part where the particle is moved randomly based on the local dispersion coefficients Particle tracking is only calculated for the saturated zone SZ and parti cles that leave SZ are not traced any further Initially the user assigns a number of particles to each model grid cell Particles are added during the simulation from sources for example solutes in precipitation or from boundary or internal defined concentration cells Particles leave SZ when they arrive at a boundary or an internal constant concentration cell or when they go to a sink Possible sinks
8. time varying drainage levels Boolean On time varying drainage con Boolean On stants time varying drainage level filename dfs2 file dfs2 file name time varying drainage level integer item number in dfs2 file item number greater than zero 320 MIKE SHE Saturated Zone A Parameter Name Type Value time varying drainage time filename dfs2 file constant dfs2 file name time varying drainage time integer item number in dfs2 file constant item number greater than zero Optional if mean step accumulated values instead of instantaneous val ues mean step accumulated drain Boolean On age levels mean step accumulated drain Boolean On age time constants The dfs2 Drain Level is an elevation that can be specified using the fol lowing three EUM Data Units V1 p 329 e Elevation e Depth Below Ground i e positive values e Height Above Ground i e negative values By default the Time Series Types V p 342 is Instantaneous but their is an extra option that allows you to used Mean Step Accumulated values if you want Note The code does not check for the time series type All specifications are printed to the projectname_PreProcessor_Print log and projectname_WM_Print log files 14 4 6 SZ Drainage River Link Reference Table In the pre processing tab the Drain to River grid displays the river link number that the cell drains
9. Figure 8 1 MIKE SHE to MIKE URBAN coupling linkages The exchange between MIKE URBAN and MIKE SHE is calculated based on the following equation Q C HsgE oe 8 1 where Q is the exchange between MIKE URBAN and MIKE SHE C is the exchange coefficient k is a head difference exponent and Agr Max H i Zp Zy 8 2 Hyouse Max H pipe Zp Zm 8 3 where Heen is the head in the MIKE SHE cell Hpipe is the head in the MIKE URBAN pipe Zr is the topographic elevation in the cell and Zy is the elevation of the manhole There are five variations on how to calculate the exchange based on above equations 230 MIKE SHE A MIKE SHE SZ to MIKE URBAN LINKS This is a leakage based solution in which the head difference exponent is 1 and the exchange coefficient in Equation 8 1 for the flow to or from the pipe is calculated by C C Ry L 8 4 where Cz is the leakage coefficient see below Ry is the hydraulic radius for the flow see below and L is the length of the MIKE URBAN pipe link in the MIKE SHE cell Leakage Coefficient The leakage coefficient can be defined in two ways Option 1 is the simple method which is to use the pipe leakage coeffi cient specified in the MIKE URBAN ADP file See Telling MIKE URBAN that it is coupled to a MIKE SHE model V p 234 Option 2 uses a combination of the pipe leakage coefficient and the aqui fer hydraulic conductivity In this case the leakage coefficient
10. Flexible engine structure that can be easily updated with new numerical engines The result is a GUI that is flexible enough for the most complex applica tions imaginable yet remains easy to use for simple applications Process models MIKE SHE in its original formulation could be characterized as a deter ministic physics based distributed model code It was developed as a fully integrated alternative to the more traditional lumped conceptual rainfall runoff models A physics based code is one that solves the partial differential equations describing mass flow and momentum transfer The MIKE SHE Process models A parameters in these equations can be obtained from measurements and used in the model For example the St Venant equations open channel flow and the Darcy equation saturated flow in porous media are phys ics based equations There are however important limitations to the applicability of such physics based models For example e itis widely recognized that such models require a significant amount of data and the cost of data acquisition may be high e the relative complexity of the physics based solution requires substan tial execution time e the relative complexity may lead to over parameterised descriptions for simple applications and e aphysics based model attempts to represent flow processes at the grid scale with mathematical descriptions that at best are valid for small scale exper
11. The 2 Layer water balance method for the unsaturated zone does not include evapotranspiration from the soil surface Thus even a small amount of water on the ground surface will infiltrate If you use this extra parameter then you can define a depth of overland water that must be exceeded before infiltration will occur This keeps small amounts of pre cipitation from infiltrating and allows them to evaporate instead The calculated infiltration is simply reduced if the remaining overland water depth will be smaller than the specified threshold value Parameter Type Value Name use threshold Boolean On depth for infiltra tion threshold depth Float Greater than zero for infiltration meter 310 MIKE SHE Unsaturated Zone Note This option is less useful with the ET Deficit Factor introduced in the 2008 Release which maintains ET at the full rate until the specified deficit is reached The option is maintained for backward compatability 14 3 3 Increase infiltration to dry soils In dry soils the rate of infiltration can be higher than the saturated hydrau lic conductivity because capillarity will draw water into the soil and increase the rate of infiltration The Increase Infiltration to Dry Soils extra parameter is available to account for this process when Richards equation is not being used If the actual water content in the root zone is below the field capacity O then the infilt
12. 3 3 2 Recharge You may be tempted to calculate a flow velocity from these values But you can easily have the situation where the accumulated flow across the boundary is non zero but at the end of the storing time step the water depth is zero Or you could have a positive inflow and a zero outflow which may be misleading when looking at a map of flow velocities The overland flow velocities are discussed in more detail in the section Overland Flow Velocities V 1 p 177 The data item Total recharge to SZ positive for downwards flow contains the following items e Exchange between UZ and SZ calculated by the UZ solver e Recharge from Bypass or Macropores if included e Direct flow between SZ and overland when groundwater table is above ground e Transpiration from SZ when the roots reach the groundwater So neither baseflow SZ M11 nor drain flow is included These items can be found in the two data items e SZ exchange flow with river positive when flow from SZ to M11 negative the other way e SZ drainage flow from point The Total recharge to UZ should correspond with the water balance items but note the sign The easiest way to check this is to look at a Saturated zone water balance table type e Recharge exchange between UZ and SZ Bypass flow or Macropore recharge if included direct flow between SZ and Overland transpi ration from SZ all POSITIVE UPWARDS e Drain Drainage flow from point
13. Available Water Balance Items Group evapotranspirationSZ sz qetsz Group lateral IN sz qszin Group lateral OUT sz qszout Group percolation sz qszzneg Group To river sz qszrivpos Group From river sz qszrivneg Group storagechange sz dszsto Group deadzonestoragechange sz dszsto_dead Group pumping sz qszabsex Group Irr pumping sz qirrwell Group feedbackUZ sz qUZfeedback Group Error sz szwblerr EndSect WblTypeDefinition Table 5 7 SZ Saturated Zone Linear Reservoir all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error recharge This is the total recharge into the Inflow negative yes uz qrech uz qrechm interflow reservoirs p If UZ is not simulated then uz qrech is still calculated based on the infiltration from OL evapotranspira This is the direct ET from the Outflow postitive yes tionSZ sz qetsz water table In the LR SZ method the water table is constant and fixed at the beginning of the simu lation If the root zone reaches the water table then ET will be taken from the water table as an infinite sink when the reference ET is not satisfied by the other sources 137 i Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 7 SZ Saturated Zone Linear Reservoir all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error lateral IN In the LR S
14. Sorption and degradation rate constants The parameter list in Table 1 lis not complete There are many other parameters that can be modified if you are trying to simulate something specific such as paved area discharge or snowmelt or if you eliminate one or more of the processes If you do not simulate a process then a place holder parameter is usually required that will need to be calibrated For example if you do not simulate the unsaturated zone and evapotranspira tion then precipitation must be converted to groundwater recharge using the Net Rainfall Fraction and Infiltration Fraction parameters to account for losses to evapotranspiration and runoff 1 2 2 Model limits Although there are no physical limits to the size of your model there are practical limits and hardware limits The practical limits are generally related to run time We all want the model to be a little bit bigger or more detailed However that little extra detail or slightly smaller grid size can quickly lead to long run times The physical limits are generally related to memory size If you model requires more memory than is physically installed on the computer then the computer will start to swap data to the hard disk This will vastly slow down your simulation Also if you are using a 32 bit computer then the operating system will also put constraints on the maximum file size and memory If your model reaches the practical or physical l
15. The negative sign is added to con vert the change in storage to a change in deficit 127 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 4 UZ Unsaturated Zone items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error uz UzSzStorCorr Water balance correction to Positive for a falling yes account for changing thickness of groundwater table because the UZ zone as the groundwater the amount of UZ storage is table rises and falls increasing Negative for a rising groundwater table because the amount of UZ storage is decreasing uz uzWbIErr UZ Water balance error Positive if water generated Astorage Outflow gt Inflow 5 3 5 Saturated Zone Storage The saturated zone storage includes all water below the water table All groundwater pumping is from the saturated zone including irrigation extraction from groundwater The items listed in Table 5 5 are those found in the Saturated Zone detailed water balance output in the water balance configuration file WblTypeDefinition Name SZ_DETAIL DisplayName Saturated Zone detailed Description Detailed Saturated balance depth integrated NoGroups 28 Group qszprecip sz qszprecip Group qrech uz qrech Group qrechmp uz qrechmp Group golszpos sz qolszpos Group golszneg sz qolszneg Group getsz sz qetsz Group qszin sz qszin Group qszout sz
16. configuration file MSHE_Wbl_Config pfs in the installation directory should be reviewed to see which water balance types segregate standard drainage flow data type sz qszdrtorivin and RFD drainage flow data type sz qszdrtoM11Hpoint see Using the Water Balance Tool V 1 p 105 14 4 3 SZ Drainage Downstream Water Level Check In Release 2011 you can optionally check the downstream water level before calculating SZ drainage This prevents drainage from being added to rivers during a flood for example It also prevents recirculation of SZ drainage water when using Flood Codes Testing has shown that the test on drainage to local depression can nega tively impact runtimes because the number of outer iterations in the PCG solver may increase Thus the downstream check has been seperated into two Extra Parameters Parameter Name Type Value check gradient for drainage to river or mouse Boolean On check gradient for drainage to local depression Boolean On 14 4 4 SZ Drainage to MOUSE The MOUSE coupling in MIKE SHE has not yet been added to the MIKE SHE user interface Thus to couple the models together use the Extra Parameters options along with creating a MsheMouse pfs file to define where and how the two models are coupled To tell MIKE SHE that it needs to couple to a MOUSE model you must add the following two items Parameter Name Type Value mouse coupling Boolean On
17. mouse coupling file filename the file name of the MOUSE cou pling pfs input file The MIKE SHE MOUSE coupling is described fully in Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN VJ p 229 Additional Options 319 Extra Parameters 14 4 5 Time varying drainage parameters In projects where you want to simulate the build out of a drainage network over time or changes in the drainage time constants over time then you can use this set of extra parameters Without this set of extra parameters you would have to hot start your simulation at regular time intervals with the new drainage parameters The time varying drains are also allowed to shift between layers How ever if the drainage level goes above or below the model the level will be adjusted and a warning is issued to the log file Note The SOR solver does not allow drainage in any layer except the top layer and the drain level will be adjusted accordingly Note If you specify time varying drainage parameters you will not be able to use any of the drainage routing methods that depend on the drain level The preprocessor checks this and gives an error if you have speci fied option 1 routing based on levels or option 3 distributed options AND any of the distributed option codes are routing based on levels in these cells To activate time varying drainage parameter options you must specify the following extra parameters Parameter Name Type Value
18. s one of the source sink terms that contribute to the change in storage in flooded cells which is then added to MIKE 11 as qfloodtoriv The two terms qFloodToRivIn and qFloodToRivEx together are the net lateral inflow to MIKE 11 from active flood code cells In other words summed together they are the actual exchange between flood code areas and MIKE 11 Table 5 3 OL Overland flow items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error ol qPnet Canopy throughfall to ponded Inflow negative yes water This is the same value as ci qPnet but with the opposite sign ol qirrDrip Irrigation added to ponded water Inflow negative yes This includes both drip irrigation and sheet irrigation since both are added directly to ponded storage ol qEOL Direct evaporation from ponded Outflow positive yes water ol qH Infiltration from ponded water Outflow positive yes into the UZ ol qHmp Infiltration from ponded water Outflow positive yes into the UZ macropores ol qOLSZpos Direct flow up from SZ to OL Inflow negative yes This is a positive upwards flow in Note sign change in water the MIKE SHE results files balance definition 122 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items A Table 5 3 OL Overland flow items Item Description Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error ol qOLSZneg Direct flow down
19. where MIKE 11 continues to route water downstream as 1D flow But at the 214 MIKE SHE Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 same time the water is available to the rest of MIKE SHE for evaporation and infiltration Determination of the Flooded Area and Water Levels The flooded area in MIKE SHE must be delineated by means of integer flood codes where each coupling reach is assigned a flood code During the simulation the flood mapping procedure calculates the surface water level on top of each MIKE SHE cell with a flood code by comparing the MIKE 11 surface water level to the surface topography in the model grid A grid cell is flooded when the MIKE 11 surface water level is above the topography The MIKE 11 water level is then used as the level of pon ded surface water The actual water level in the grid cell is calculated as a distance weighted average of the upstream and downstream MIKE 11 H points Calculation of the Exchange Flows After the MIKE SHE overland water levels have been updated MIKE SHE calculates the infiltration to the unsaturated and saturated zones and evapotranspiration Thus MIKE SHE simply considers any water on the surface including MIKE 11 flood water as ponded water disregarding the water source In other words ponded rainfall and ponded flood water are indistinguishable MIKE SHE does not calculate overland flow between cells that are flooded by MIKE 11 Nor does MIKE SHE cal
20. 14 3 1 Transpiration during ponding In general plants are not very tolerant of saturated soil in their root zone Saturated soil is quickly depleted of oxygen and the roots will soon die MIKE SHE normally takes care of this automatically by removing ET from ponded water before calculating transpiration from the unsaturated or saturated zones If there is sufficient ponded water then the entire ET will be satisfied from the ponded water However some plants such as rice are more tolerant of saturated soils and still extract ET from saturated soils although normally at a reduced rate If ET from the soil zone is ignored then the distribution of water sup plied to ET will be incorrect The transpiration during ponding option changes the order in which the ET is calculated In this case the ET rate is multiplied by an anaerobic Additional Options 309 Extra Parameters tolerance factor and ET is removed from the soil before being removed from the ponded water Parameter Type Value Name allow transpira Boolean On tion during pond ing global anaerobic Float Greater than or equal to 0 tolerance factor Less than or equal to 1 optional instead of global value anaerobic toler filename dfs2 file ance factor dfs2 file name anaerobic toler integer item number in dfs2 file greater than ance factor item zero number 14 3 2 Threshold depth for infiltration 2 Layer UZ
21. 153 246 State Variables ECO Lab 280 368 MIKE SHE Index Stationary Real Parameters 348 UZ SZ Storing Time Steps 164 limitations 56 246 Surface water storage 176 Surfer V support for 40 Vegetation 44 Suspended species 287 Velocities 177 SZ Velocity conceptual model 58 overland flow 73 drainage 60 Veritical Interpolation 251 finite difference 57 lenses_ 59 W linearreservoir 58 Water Balance specific yield 56 59 153 246 WANS L Sr BS w S s M 20 k s 113 Water balance T limitations 140 Temperature Water Balances AIP vee ek ee he et tye ye 42 Batch Mode 113 Templates 280 Custom 144 Threshold gradient 179 180 Standard Types 142 Time series TYPES eee hut st wy ee oes 114 detailed output control 325 Water Quality Time step control 36 Calibration 273 Time Varying Real Parameters 348 Limitations 271 Triangular Interpolation 359 Requirements 272 Type Results 272 Species 287 Time step control 273 Water quality 35 U mass balance 275 Unsaturated and Saturated Zone MIKE 11 218 Coup
22. 195 of SZ Lenses Note The Horizontal Extent V2 p 195 of SZ Lenses accepts polygons but the dialogue is still set up for point line shp files and an error is given in the Data Verification window Model grid codes are assigned based in which polygon the centre of the cell is located in 18 5 Interpolation Methods The gap filling is based on the concept that we have to calculate the depth in the point xc Ye We define this as the function z f x yc If we place our self in this point we can divide the world up into four quadrants Q1 Q4 From here it s a matter of finding some points from the raw data set relatively close to this point The search radius for all possible tech niques can be entered in grid cell distance Points outside this distance will never be taken into account Q2 Q1 Figure 18 1 Definition of quadrants 18 5 1 Bilinear Interpolation This technique finds four points from the raw data set one in each quad rant The search is done in the following way A mask of relative indices is created The cells in this mask are sorted according to the distance For the quadrant Q1 the cells are sorted in the following way the grid point it self being excluded 355 Spatial Data 192333141 R 3202837 172635 Figure 18 2 Illustration of the neighbouring grid cells being sorted Note that the grid cells with a crosshatch pattern contain raw da
23. 800 number of SZ timesteps 200 no steady state SZ no overbank spilling no ECO Lab linkage no irrigation Further there are some restrictions in the rest of the MIKE Zero tools in demo mode The most critical of these is that the Grid and Time Series Editors do not allow you to save files in demo mode 1 2 4 Hardware Requirements The hardware requirements for MIKE SHE depend on the model that you are trying to simulate As a rule of thumb any good quality new computer should be sufficient for an average MIKE SHE model Thus a typical 24 MIKE SHE Requirements A machine for an average MIKE SHE model will have at least a 2GHz CPU 2GB of RAM and 100 GB of free disk space Note however these are minimum requirements In particular data stor age is often a problem A large model with a long simulation period and a short saved time step interval can easily generate very large output data sets If you save multiple simulations e g calibration runs or scenarios then you can quickly have hundreds of Gigabytes of output data Note MIKE SHE must run in a Windows environment and will not run on Linux workstations 64 bit CPU Most of the DHI numerical engines are compiled for a 64 bit processor including MIKE SHE However MIKE 11 is an older code that cannot be compiled for a 64 bit processor Therefore MIKE 11 will run as a 32 bit application in a 64 bit environment Multi core processor co
24. Although horizontal conduc tivity can vary by several orders of magnitude in the different geologic layers that are found in a model cell the water will flow horizontally based on the highest transmissivity Thus the averaging of horizontal conductivity can be down the same as in the example for Specific Yield above Vertical flow however depends mostly on the lowest hydraulic conductivity in the geologic layers present in the model cell In this case a harmonic weighted mean is used instead For a 3 layer geologic model in one model cell the vertical conductivity would be calculated by z K ns i 10 2 La L Ka Ky Ky where z is the thickness of the geologic layer within the numerical cell In building a geologic model it is typical to find discontinuous layers and lenses within the geologic units The MIKE SHE setup editor allows you to specify such units again independent of the numerical model grid Lenses are also a very useful way to define a complex geology In this case the lenses are used to define the subsurface geologic units within a larger regional geologic unit Lenses are specified by defining either a dfs grid file or a polygon shp file for the extents of the lenses The shp file can contain any number of polygons but the user interface does not use the polygon names to distin guish the polygons If you need to specify several lenses you can use a single file with many polygons and specify distributed prop
25. El x Result Data p Shape file C N7 BD Shape file C N7 BD D Vector file C 7 BD w Vector file C 47 BD 8 Foran image file above you will need to specify the coordinates just like in the Display items in the Setup Tab 4 2 2 Adding or modifying vectors Vectors can be added by adding a MIKE SHE results files that contains flow data which are project_overland dfs2 and the project_3DSZFlow dfs3 files To add vectors follow these steps 85 The Results viewer 1 Add the a flow data file to your results view by following the directions in the section Adding additional result files and overlays V 1 p 83 2 After adding the flow file open the Property dialogue by right clicking in the results map and selecting Properties from the pop up menu or by using the top menu Projects Active View Settings Horizontal El Result Data Vectors x Shape file C 7 BD x Shape file C 7 BD r 2D Grid Vectors Fee PRES id file C o all Data Sets s Grid file C 7 BD an M Draw vectors Draw reference vector z x Grid file C 7 BD an Vector file C N7 BD Item overland flow in x direction z Vector file C N7 Y Item overland flow in y direction Style Vector components given as cartesian base 7 Vector scale fi Draw every fi vector in the J direction starting at fo Draw every fi vector in the K direction starting at 0 Cancel Apply Help 3 When you added the flow results fil
26. V 1 p 149 WQ The WQ button starts the Water Quality simulation After you have successfully run a water movement simulation to completion you can run a water quality simulation In addition to the three icon buttons there is a Run menu In this menu you can check on and off all three of the above options Finally there is an Execute menu sub item that runs only the checked items above it The Execute option can also be launched using the Alt R E hot key sequence 6 1 Preprocessing your model In the Setup Tab you specify the input data required by the model including the size of the model and the numerical grid However most of the setup data is independent of the model extent and grid When you pre process you model set up MIKE SHE s pre processor program scans through your model set up and interpolates all spatial data to the specified model grid This interpolated set up data is stored in a fif file which is read during the simulation by the MIKE SHE engine However the pre processed data does not include any time information All time series information must be interpolated dynamically during the run because MIKE SHE dynamically changes the time step during the simulation in response to stresses on the system The Preprocessed Data Tab is used to display the pre processed data Before you run your simulation you should carefully check the preproc essed data for errors Errors found in the preprocessed data
27. When a cell is flooded the entire cell is covered by water If the cell size is 1000m x 1000m then a flood of 1 m3 m of river will be only 1mm deep across the cell Inundation options by Flood Code The Inundation method allows specified model grid cells to be flooded if the MIKE 11 water level goes above the topography of the cell In this case water from MIKE 11 is deposited onto the flooded cell The flood water can then infiltrate or evaporate However overland flow between flooded cells and to the river is not calculated Also the flooded water 222 MIKE SHE MIKE 11 User Interface A remains as part of the MIKE 11 water balance and is only transferred to MIKE SHE when it infiltrates Inundation areas and their associated Flood codes are specified on a cou pling reach basis Flood Area Option The following three options are available for the Flood Area Option e No Flooding default With the No flooding option the MIKE 11 river is confined between the left and right banks If the water level goes above the bank elevation then the river is assumed to have vertical banks above the defined left and right bank locations No flooding via flood codes will be calculated Note If neither inundation nor overbank spilling is allowed then the overland flow exchange to the river is one way only The only mecha nism for river water to flow back into MIKE SHE is through baseflow infiltration to the groundwater
28. You can then edit this grid in the MIKE Zero Grid Editor which can be accessed using the Edit button Alternatively a dfs2 file can be created using the Grid Series editor which can be accessed by clicking on File New in the pull down menu or 349 i Spatial Data using the New File icon D in the toolbar and then selecting Grid Series mr zl o offe Product Types Documents ENES MIKE Zero Time Series dfs0 MIKE 11 Profile Series dfs1 MIke 21 I Grid Series dfs3 dfs2 I MIKE 3 Sata Manager dfsu mesh 5 MIKE 21 3 Integrated Models Tk Plot Composer ple E LITPACK wj Result Viewer rev E Bathymetries batsf E Animator mza ECO Lab ecolab BM auto Calibration auc FREVA Editor eva Tk Mesh Generator mdf Data Extraction FM dxfm SAMIKE Zero Toolbox mzt MIKE FLOOD MIKE SHE MIKE Zero a Framework that gives access to DHI Software modelling systems If you create the file from these tools you must be careful to ensure that the EUM Data Type matches the parameter that you are creating the file for For more information on the EUM data types see EUM Data Units The grid for the dfs2 file does not have to be the same as the numerical model grid However if the grids are not subsets of one another then the grids will be interpolated using the bilinear interpolation during the pre processing stage The parameter grid and th
29. have data and measurements to calibrate against then you will use a local scale model with a smaller grid say 50 200m and discrepancies between topography and river bank elevation will largely disappear In this case you will be more likely to be able to make accurate local scale predictions of groundwater surface water exchange 7 6 1 MIKE SHE Branches vs MIKE 11 Branches A MIKE 11 branch is a continuous river segment defined in MIKE 11 A MIKE 11 branch can be sub divided into several coupling reaches A MIKE SHE branch is an unbroken series of coupling reaches of one MIKE 11 branch One reason for dividing a MIKE 11 branch into several coupling reaches could be to define different riverbed leakage coefficients for different sec tions of the river If there are gaps between the specified coupling reaches the sub division will result in more than one MIKE SHE branch Gaps of this type are not important to the calculation of the exchange flows between the hydrologic components e g overland to river or SZ to river The exchange flows depend on the water level in the MIKE 11 river which is unaffected by gaps in the coupling reaches However MIKE SHE can calculate how much of the water in the river is from the various hydrologic sources e g fraction from overland flow and SZ exfiltration However this sort of calculation is only possible if the MIKE SHE branch is continuous If there is a gap in a MIKE SHE branch then the
30. observation data The path to the dfs0 file must be relative to the direc tory containing the MIKE SHE she document The dfs0 extension is 66 MIKE SHE Storing of results i added to the file name automatically and should be not be included in the file name For example the following input line Time Calibration GroundwaterObs refers to the file GroundwaterObs dfs0 located in the subdirec tory Time Calibration which is found in the same directory as the she model document dfs0ItemNumber This is the Item number of the observation data in the specified DFS0 file 2 11 3 Grid Series Output The grid time series output allows you to save spatial output data at every saved time step of the particular process Each item in the Grid time series table is listed on the Run tab You can open and plot each of these items while the simulation is running A full list of available output items as well as more detail on the individ ual items is found in the section Output Items V 1 p 72 Getting Started 67 Building a MIKE SHE Model 68 MIKE SHE RESULTS AND CALIBRATION 69 70 MIKE SHE Output Files A 3 3 1 3 1 1 MIKE SHE RESULTS The available output from MIKE SHE depends on the processes selected in the Simulation Specification dialogue Thus for example results for Overland Flow only appear when Overland flow is being calculated Output Files Log fil
31. ofn is typically in the range of 0 01 smooth channels to 0 10 thickly vegetated channels which correspond to values of M between 100 and 10 respectively If you don t want to simulate overland flow in an area a Mannings M of 0 will disable overland flow However this will also prevent overland flow from entering into the cell Detention Storage Detention Storage is used to limit the amount of water that can flow over the ground surface The depth of ponded water must exceed the detention storage before water will flow as sheet flow to the adjacent cell For exam ple if the detention storage is set equal to 2mm then the depth of water on the surface must exceed 2mm before it will be able to flow as overland flow This is equivalent to the trapping of surface water in small ponds or depressions within a grid cell Water trapped in detention storage continues to be available for infiltration to the unsaturated zone and to evapotranspiration Detention storage also affects the exchange with MIKE 11 Only ponded water in excess of the detention storage will flow to MIKE 11 Also flooding from MIKE 11 will only happen when the water level in the river link is above the topography plus detention storage The paved area drainage is also linked to the detention storage Only the available ponded water will be routed to the SZ drainage network that is the ponded depth above the detention storage If you want to route all of the ponde
32. on the other hand is restricted to simulating flow only in the saturated groundwater zone Although many of the processes simulated in MIKE SHE are used in a similar way when simulating groundwater flow with MODFLOW they are not actually simulated by MODFLOW Let s take groundwater recharge as an example MODFLOW allows you to include recharge as an upper boundary condition to the groundwater model where recharge is defined as the amount of water reaching the groundwater table after accounting for evapotranspiration surface runoff and changing storage in the unsaturated zone In MODFLOW the model ler has to account for these processes herself usually by applying a con stant rule of thumb fraction to the measured precipitation data In most cases the model results are very sensitive to this fraction and since the modeller has little data on this fraction she will assume an initial value and use this parameter as a calibration parameter Thus she will adjust the amount of recharge during the calibration process until the measured groundwater levels match the calculated values However the fraction of precipitation reaching the groundwater table is constant in neither space nor time The actual amount of precipitation reaching the groundwater table depends strongly on the maximum rate of infiltration which is a characteristic of the soil and will vary spatially over 262 MIKE SHE MIKE SHE versus MODFLOW the model
33. value s used to generate the ranges used in the contour intervals Figure 4 1 Figure 4 1 Colour modification property tab 88 MIKE SHE Modifying the plot A An example of making a new scheme contour interval using the maximum range is summarized in Figure 4 2 to Figure 4 5 Modification of the number of contour intervals from the default value of 16 to 6 is shown in Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 shows the available colour schemes that are availa ble and shows use of the Seismic colour scheme The legend title Palette title and palette type Linear auto Scaled Fixed Land Water Auto Scaled Land Water Fixed and Angle Fixed Circular can also be modi fied on the first Palette Wizard window Figure 4 2 Press Next after making the desired changes to move to the next Palette Wizard window The colours used for each contour interval Colour and the ranges used for each contour interval Value can be modified on the second Palette Wizard window Figure 4 4 Press Next after making the desired changes to move to the next Palette Wizard window The third and final Palette Wizard window allows you to review the modi fied colour scheme and contour intervals before accepting the changes Figure 4 5 Press the Finish button if all of the modifications are accepta ble Otherwise press the lt Back button to make additional modifications or Cancel button to cancel all changes Palette Wizard Step 1 of 3 Welcome t
34. you should used the highest value possible Lower values may increase accuracy but at the expense of run time Therefore we can safely recommend a Threshold gradient in the range of le 4 to le 5 with a default value of le 4 For many floodplains 1e 4 or le 5 should be sufficient In flood plains with very flat relief le 6 may be used Lower values are probably never necessary Since most discharge happens during and immediately after an event the Threshold gradient is likely to be most important when there is significant ponding that lasts over several time steps and drains to a boundary or MIKE 11 Ponded water that infiltrates or evaporates and experiences lim ited lateral flow will not be affected by the Threshold value 180 MIKE SHE Multi cell Overland Flow j Ifthe topography slope requires a low Threshold but the solution is unsta ble at low threshold values solution stability may be improved with the Explicit solver by reducing the Maximum Courant number until the solu tion becomes stable With the Implicit solver you may need to change the solver parameters Performance Impact A low Threshold gradient will increase your simulation time So the final value that you use may be a compromise between simulation length and accuracy of the flow in low gradient conditions If you have stagnant ponded water in your model then the intercell gradi ent in these areas will be nearly zero If you lower your Threshold g
35. 1 p 109 and 4 Calculate and View the Water Balance V 1 p 113 Create a new water balance document The new water balance document is created by selecting the File New item in the top menu or clicking on the New icon in the top menu bar In the dialogue that appears select MIKE SHE and Water Balance Calcula tions in the right hand box as shown below MIKE SHE Creating a water balance Product Types E MIKE Zero MIKE 11 MIKE 21 MIKE 3 IC MIKE 21 3 Integrated Models IC LITPACK f IC MIKE FLOOD MIKE SHE Documents 88 ee PX Flow Model she R Well Editor wel Ruz Soil Properties uzs Ret Vegetation Properties etv E ter Balance Calculation wbl E Simple Shape Editor shp SBEMIKE SHE Toolbox mst F MShe Particle Tracking trpt Water Balance Calculation 5 1 2 Extract the water balance data To extract the water balance data specify the MIKE SHE simulation by selecting the simulation catalogue file sheres file then specify the area of your model that you want the water balance for and finally extract the MIKE SHE water balance data from the results files Once you have created a new water balance document the first tab is as shown below 107 Using the Water Balance Tool Water movement simulation Flow result cataloque file C 5 Testing MSHE projects Odensee Odense2003 hrs _ m Type of extraction
36. 11 results can also be added to the result viewer and simulated canal water levels can be displayed using the cross section extractor The cross section extractor shows simulated stages and the geometry of the cross section being viewed The process of adding MIKE 11 results to the result viewer are given in the section Adding additional result files and overlays After selecting the cross section extractor tool move the cursor over the location you want to extract the MIKE 11 results from Figure 4 13 The simulated results are displayed along with the cross section geometry 98 MIKE SHE Displaying a MIKE 11 cross section Figure 4 14 As with the other tools extracted profiles can be animated on the screen and or exported as avi and image files Figure 4 13 Selection of a MIKE 11 cross section location in the result viewer Figure 4 14 Resultant MIKE 11 cross section plot Addition graphical functions can be accessed by right clicking in the graphical view Figure 4 15 Modification of the profile properties is one functionality available using the right click Since the cross section plots are relatively simple modifications are limited to changing line and marker properties cross section markers etc Figure 4 16 99 j The Results viewer Figure 4 15 Accessing addition functionality in the extracted MIKE 11 cross sec tion plot Figure 4 16 MIKE 11 cross section
37. 14 2 3 Simplified Overland Flow Options Avoiding the redistribution of ponded water In the standard version of the Simplified Overland Flow solver the solver calculates a mean water depth for the entire flow zone using the available overland water from all of the cells in the flow zone During the Overland flow time step ET and infiltration are calculated for each cell and lateral flows to and from the zone are calculated At the end of the time step a new average water depth is calculated which is assigned to all cells in the flow zone In practice this results in a redistribution of water from cells with ponded water e g due to high rainfall or low infiltration to the rest of the flow zone where cells potentially have a higher infiltration capacity To avoid 304 MIKE SHE Surface Water this redistribution an option has been added where the solver only calcu lates overland flow for the cells that can potentially produce runoff that is only in the cells for which the water depth exceeds the detention storage depth Parameter Type Value Name only simple OL Boolean On from ponded Routing simple overland flow directly to the river In the standard version of the Simplified Overland Flow solver the water is routed from higher zones to lower zones within a subcatchment Thus overland flow generated in the upper zone is routed to the next lowest flow zone based on the integer code v
38. 5836790 6125678 00 modelomrad 2 425 M 42 2000 579720 00 6117702 00 gt 0 00 0 00 Undefined 3 425 M 42 2000 83040 00 611838700 000 0 00 Undefined 4 425 M 42 2000 5791810 6124624 00 gt 000 0 00 Undefined S 427 F 07 103 598656 00 6108707 00 e 0 00 0 00 Undefined 6 427 M 42 1000 596254 00 6109889 00 gt 0 00 0 00 Undefined 7 497 _h49 1 NN sa77sn nn F64naa824 NN a nan NNN lIindefined 292 MIKE SHE Output from the PT simulations j 13 2 Output from the PT simulations The result files will be located in standard Results directory for your project The PT result files are projectname PTRES An ASCII file in pfs format listing the abstrac tion wells and the computational cells where abstraction occurs Used for retrieval of particle location see PT Registration Extraction V 2 p 220 projectname PTREG and projectname trf Two binary files that can not be opened directly projectname PTBIN An optional binary file containing all of the par ticle locations at every saved time step Individual path lines can be extracted using the Extraction of particle pathlines V p 295 projectname PTGross shp An optional point theme shape file con taining the path line information of every particle at every saved time step As part of the shape file a shx and a dbf file are also created The dbf file can be opened in Excel if it is less than 65536 lines projectname_AD_3DSZ
39. 6 SZ Saturated Zone specified by layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error sz qSzZpos Upward SZ flow from the current Outflow positive yes layer to the layer above Only available for LAYER water balances sz qSzZNeg Downward SZ flow from the layer Inflow negative yes above to the current layer Only available for LAYER water balances sz szWDbIErr SZ water balance error for the cur Positive if water generated rent layer Astorage Outflow gt only available for LAYER water Inflow balances Saturated Zone Linear Reservoir water balance If the linear reservoir method is used for the saturated zone the water bal ance terms are basically the same but are slightly less transparent The layer output for the linear reservoir method divides the SZ into two layers the interflow reservoirs and the baseflow reservoirs For the linear reservoir layers there is no distinction between the two parallel baseflow reservoirs or the cascading interflow reservoirs The items listed in Table 5 7 are those found in the Saturated Zone lay ers Linear Reservoir water balance output in the water balance configu ration file WblTypeDefinition Name SZ LAYER LR DisplayName Saturated Zone layers Linear Reservoir Description Saturated zone water balance for linear reservoir NoGroups 13 Group recharge uz qrech uz qrechmp 136 MIKE SHE
40. 7 13 and the MIKE SHE cell size Chainage Chainage of the MIKE 11 network that corresponds to the center of the link segment They are sorted from highest to lowest chain age values for the same branch Branch Name of the MIKE 11 Branch Branches are sorted alphabeti cally 7 6 5 Groundwater Exchange with MIKE 11 The exchange flow Q between a saturated zone grid cell and the river link is calculated as a conductance C multiplied by the head difference between the river and the grid cell Q C Ah 7 4 Note that Eq 7 4 is calculated twice once for each cell on either side of the river link This allows for different flow to either side of the river if there is a groundwater head gradient across the river or if the aquifer properties are different Referring to Figure 7 11 the head difference between a grid cell and the river is calculated as Ah hg 7 5 Surface Water 207 Surface Water in MIKE SHE where hg q is the head in the grid cell and is the head in the river link as interpolated from the MIKE 11 H points If the ground water level drops below the river bed elevation the head dif ference is calculated as Ah z h 7 6 riv where z o is the bottom of the simplified river link cross section which is equal to the lowest point in the MIKE 11 cross section In Eq 7 4 the conductance C between the cell and the river link can depend on e the conductivity of the aqui
41. Additional Options 315 Extra Parameters Line item Comment X_BottomLevel RelativeToGround 0 0 no 1 yes Type 1 0 Fixed value 1 DFS2 file Fixed Value 0 0 DFS_2D_ DATA FILE FILE NAME YLevels_1 dfs2 ITEM COUNT 1 must be 1 ITEM_ NUMBERS 2 EndSect DFS_2D DATA FILE EndSect Y_BottomLevel X_BottomLevel section Required if SpecifiedX Y Lev els 1 and there are any codes containing 100 Y_TopLevel RelativeToGround 0 0 no 1 yes Type 1 0 Fixed value 1 DFS2 file Fixed Value 0 0 DFS_2D_ DATA FILE FILE NAME YLevels_1 dfs2 ITEM COUNT 1 must be 1 ITEM NUMBERS 1 EndSect DFS_2D DATA FILE EndSect Y_TopLevel Y_TopLevel section Required if SpecifiedX YLevels 1 and there are any codes containing 10 Y_BottomLevel RelativeToGround 0 0 no 1 yes Type 1 0 Fixed value 1 DFS2 file Fixed Value 0 0 DFS_2D_ DATA FILE FILE NAME YLevels_1 dfs2 ITEM COUNT 1 must be 1 ITEM NUMBERS 2 EndSect DFS_2D DATA FILE EndSect Y_BottomLevel Y_BottomLevel section Required if SpecifiedX Y Lev els 1 and there are any codes containing 10 EndSect Layer_1 EndSect SheetPiling EndSect MIKESHE SheetPiling File 14 4 2 SZ Drainage to Specified MIKE 11 H points The Reference Drainage RFD option allows you to route drainage from the saturated zone drains and paved area runoff directly t
42. Any solutes will remain in MIKE 11 Thus solute transfer from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE s SZ is the only transfer sup ported Solute transfer from MIKE SHE to MIKE 11 is supported for both overland and saturated flow 218 MIKE SHE MIKE 11 User Interface j 7 11 MIKE 11 User Interface The following section provides additional information for the MIKE 11 dialogues that are commonly used with MIKE SHE 7 11 1 MIKE SHE Coupling Reaches Each MIKE 11 branch that exchanges water with MIKE SHE is called a coupling reach A MIKE 11 branch can be sub divided into several cou pling reaches A reason for doing so could be to allow different riverbed leakage coefficients for different parts of the river The upper half of the dialogue displays the properties of the current cou pling reach While the bottom half of the dialogue is a table listing all of the coupling reaches defined Location Weir data for overland river exchange Select weir option in MIKE SHE Weir coefficient 1 838 Branch name Bording creek Head t 1 5 Upstream Chainage 0 Sad ERONEN Downstream Chainage 7200 Minimum upstream height above bank for full weir width 0 1 Allow overbank spilling River aquifer exchange 1 Conductance Aquifer Bed Inundation options by Flood Code Flood Area Option No flooding lt Bed Topography Jse Grid Data Leakage Coef 1E 005 Bed Leak Include all Branches J Yates Overview of MIKE SHE Coupling Reaches e
43. Area Type Catchment y Resolution Type Area x r Sub catchment arid codes Type of input file Dfs v tern Gross files Pre name of gross files v Use default filename Flow result catalogue file A MIKE SHE simulation generates various output files depending on the options and engines selected for the MIKE SHE simulation The sheres file is a catalogue of all the various output files generated by the current MIKE SHE run When you select the sheres file you are not specifying the particular output but actually just a set of pointers to all the output files The extraction process reads all of the output files and makes itself ready to produce specific water balances In the extraction dialogue you specify the sheres file for the simulation that you wish to calculate the water bal ance for The sheres file is located in the same directory as your results Note Although this is an ASCII file you should be careful not to make any changes in the file or you may have to re run your simulation Type of Extraction You can choose to calculate the water balance on the entire model domain or in just a part of the domain By default the calculation is for the entire domain or catchment If you choose the subcatchment area type they you will be able to use a dfs2 integer grid code file to define the areas that you want individual water balances for 108 MIKE SHE Creating a water balanc
44. However the calculation is not straight forward The x and y flow is the flow across the cell boundary in the positive x and y directions That is the flow across the right and top cell boundaries The average flow in a cell is in fact the mean of the inflow and the outflow in the x and y direc tions Further complicating the calculation is the fact that the x and y flow is saved for calculating the water balance not for velocity calculation Thus the flow is the mean step accumulated flow over the storing time step If this were not true then it could not be used for the water balance However the ponded depth is an instantaneous value at the time it is saved Thus the depths and flows are not consistent in time which has serious implications for the velocity calculation For example if your stor ing time step is a month your flows will be a monthly average The veloc ity will be saved at midnight on the last day of the month Depending on the timing of your events you could easily have a high average flow and a zero depth In principle you could compensate for the above limations by using a very short time storing time step and averaging the flows across the cell How ever then you have to ask yourself why you want these flows MIKE SHE calculates overland flow based on the diffusive wave approxi mation which neglects the momentum Further the depth and flow rates are averages for a cell which does not take into accou
45. If overland flow does spill into the river there is first a check to make sure that the water level in the river is not higher than the ponded water Manual If the Manual option is selected then you must supply a Flood code map in MIKE SHE This Flood code map is used to established the relationship between MIKE 11 h points and individual model grids in MIKE SHE MIKE SHE then calculates a simple flood mapping during the pre processing that is used during the simulation to assign river water stages to the MIKE SHE cells if the river level is above the topography Automatic The automatic flood mapping option is useful if the river network geometry is not very complex or for setting up the initial flood mapping for later refinement The automatic method maps out a poly gon for each coupling reach based on the left and right bank locations of all the cross sections along the coupling reach All cells within this polygon are assigned an integer flood code unique to the coupling reach The automatic method works reasonably well along individual branches with cross sections that represent the flood plain At branch intersections the assigned flood code may not be correct However this is often not serious because at river confluences the water levels in the different branches are roughly the same anyway In any case the flood code map is available in MIKE SHE s preprocessed tab where you can check its reasonableness Right clicking on the map w
46. If the maximum discharge rate is set high then the paved area fraction can be used to route a fraction of rainfall directly to the river network This is reasonable when the travel time in the drainage network is similar to the time step length and losses in the drainage network are minimal If the maximum discharge rate is set low then the paved area fraction can be used to control inflow to and outflow from for example small scale surface impoundments The combination of maximum discharge rate and the OL leakage coeffi cient along with the multi cell OL allows you to simulate distributed on grid surface water storages You can use the combination to define for example distributed farm dams that release water to streams at a fixed rate The volume of the storage is defined using the multi grid OL The ponded water is subject to evaporation and you can use the OL leakage coefficient to control leakage to groundwater Note When the Multi cell Overland Flow V 1 p 181 option is used a uniform value for the maximum discharge rate will be used within each coarse cell Further the depth of ponded water is calculated on the sub scale and used to calculate the paved area flow for each sub scale cell 176 MIKE SHE Overland Flow A 7 1 5 Overland Flow Velocities MIKE SHE does not calculate overland flow velocities The OL velocity can be calculated based on the water depth and the OL flow in the X and Y directions
47. Interpolation V1 p 359 method is useful for contour data digitized from a DEM Inverse Distance V 1 p 361 is usually used for sparse or irregularly spaced data ArcGIS Grid Files If you have an ArcGIS Grid DEM this can be con verted to a dfs2 file using the MIKE Zero Toolbox For more information see the Using MIKE SHE with ArcGIS VJ p 345 section Alternatively a dfs2 plug in is available for ArcGIS that allows you to read and write dfs2 files directly in ArcGIS Surfer Grid Files Surfer Grid files can be saved as an ASCII XYZ file and then interpolated in MIKE SHE Other DEM formats Most other DEM formats can be converted to either an ArcGIS Grid file or an ASCII XYZ file If you have special require ments or difficulty please contact your local support office Climate is the driving force for the hydrologic cycle Spatial variation in solar radiation drives the weather resulting in evaporation rainfall and snow Precipitation Precipitation is the measured rainfall You can specify the precipitation as a rate for example in mm hr or as an amount for example in mm If you use the amount method MIKE SHE will automatically convert this to a rate during the simulation If you use a rate then the EUM Data Units V p 329 must be Precipita tion and the time series must be Mean Step Accumulated V 1 p 343 If you use an amount then the EUM Data Units must be Rainfall and the time series must be
48. MIKE 11 H points points where MIKE 11 calculates the water lev els Surface Water 199 Surface Water in MIKE SHE The location of each of MIKE SHE river link is determined from the co ordinates of the MIKE 11 river points where the river points include both digitised points and H points on the specified coupling reaches Since the MIKE SHE river links are located on the edges between grid cells the details of the MIKE 11 river geometry can be only partly included in MIKE SHE depending on the MIKE SHE grid size The more refined the MIKE SHE grid the more accurately the river network can be reproduced If flooding is not allowed the MIKE 11 river levels at the H points are interpolated to the MIKE SHE river links where the exchange flows from overland flow and the saturated zone are calculated If flooding is allowed via Flood Codes then the water levels at the MIKE 11 H points are interpolated to specified MIKE SHE grid cells to deter mine if ponded water exists on the cell surface If ponded water exists then the unsaturated or saturated exchange flows are calculated based on the ponded water level above the cell If flooding is allowed via overbank spilling then the river water is allowed to spill onto the MIKE SHE model as overland flow In each case the calculated exchange flows are fed back to MIKE 11 as lateral inflow or outflow Each MIKE SHE river link can only be associated with one coupling reach which
49. MIKE SHE Using Batch Files A Setup the different models Your original model can be saved to a new name and the necessary changes made in the new set up We highly recommended that you create and set up the different models in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor In princi ple you could edit the SHE file which is a text file containing all of the information on the model set up but the file is typically very large and confusing and the format of this file must be preserved exactly Create the batch file To create a batch file you must create a text file with the extension BAT Then add the DOS commands in the order that you would like them exe cuted But before you can run the MIKE SHE executables you must add the MIKE SHE installation directory to your PATH variable The default installation directory depends on your operating system For example for MS Vista 64 bit the default directory is C Program Files x86 DHI 2011 bin The DOS command to add the default path to the PATH variable is Set PATH PATH C Program Files x86 DHI 2011 bin To run MIKE SHE from the batch file you must add the following two DOS command lines after the PATH statement above MSHE PreProcessor MyModel she MSHE watermovement MyModel she The above two lines will run both the preprocessor and the water move ment engine separately If you want to run them together then you can replace the two lines with MSHE Simulation MyMo
50. MIKE URBAN by defining the locations where MIKE URBAN should interact with MIKE SHE When MIKE SHE runs it will call MIKE URBAN and ask it to perform a MIKE URBAN time step If the end of the MIKE SHE time step has not yet been reached MIKE SHE will ask MIKE URBAN to calculate the next MIKE URBAN time step The MIKE URBAN model will run nor mally if it is launched directly from MIKE URBAN Note The MIKE URBAN coupling was originally developed for the stand alone sewer modelling product called MOUSE which was later incorporated into MIKE URBAN Thus references in this chapter to MIKE URBAN can largely be substituted by MOUSE Further older MOUSE models can be coupled to MIKE SHE using the same method described here Important In the command lines in the input files the word mouse must still be used For example the Extra Parameters option to activate the MIKE URBAN coupling must be mouse coupling Drainage modelling with MIKE URBAN 229 Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN Evaporation Indata Precipitation and temperature MOUSE qr MIKE SHE Topography Surface Precipitation Landuse runoff with N aan Infiltration Geological interpretation f Mt connegtion Drainage conditions Ditches creeks rivers etc Pipe network different Overlandfloy pa undwater P in Gro flow Small scale local conditions i e higher conductivities due to more permeable refilling
51. MIKE ZERO ECO Lab manual Important Note Units All concentrations passed from MIKE SHE to ECO Lab are in units of g m3 which is equivalent to mg L Thus all parameters and equations defined in the ECO Lab template must reflect these units either directly or via an appropriate scaling factor For example the correct units for a decay rate constant might be g m3 day or mg L day 12 1 1 Developing a Template Creating and developing an ECO Lab template involves several steps 280 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Templates A Create an ECO Lab template First you must create an ECO Lab template from the File New menu or the New File icon In both cases you will chose MIKE Zero and then ECO Lab ecolab in the New File dialogue This will create a new blank ECO Lab template file Alternatively you can copy and edit an existing ECO Lab template A few tips will be useful before you start e You should try to keep the names of the Constants Forcings etc as short as practical The names are used when defining Processes Auxil iary Variables and Derived Outputs e The names used in the definitions are case sensitive e The names must be unique within the list of Constants Forcings etc e To add a new Constant Forcing etc right click on the item and chose the appropriate option Add State Variables In the current coupling to MIKE SHE the only available State Variables are species concentrations Thus you must add
52. Option Distribution V 2 p 179 The references between 232 MIKE SHE Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE URBAN the MIKE SHE drain codes and the MIKE URBAN manholes are defined in the MsheMouse pfs file see Creating a MsheMouse pfs file V 1 p 235 MIKE SHE Paved Areas to MIKE URBAN Manholes If the paved area option see Land Use V 2 p 93 is used in MIKE SHE then the flow generated on the paved areas can be discharged to a MIKE URBAN manhole MIKE SHE s paved area flow module uses the same reference system as the drain component This option is automatically activated when the MIKE SHE drains in the paved areas point to a MIKE URBAN manhole MIKE URBAN Outlets to MIKE SHE MIKE URBAN outlets cannot directly discharge to MIKE SHE s overland flow To work around this you can add a dummy manhole to your MIKE URBAN pipe and then couple the pipe to the outlet via a small diameter dummy pipe See Figure 8 2 This will force most of the water out of the manhole and into MIKE SHE s overland flow Downside of this method is that the head loss at the outlet is over estimated because the discharge velocity is zero at a manhole Figure 8 2 Work around for discharging MIKE URBAN outlets to MIKE SHE Flow exchange with MIKE SHE J Dummy Link Pipe e 0 01m diameter MIKE URBAN Pipe Actual diameter CRS Dummy Manhole Dummy Outlet 0 1m high e Any diameter e Actual invert e Any height Coupled to MI
53. Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 212 7 7 4 Lateral inflow to MIKE 11 from MIKE SHE overland flow 214 7 7 2 Flooding from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE using Flood Codes 214 7 7 3 Direct Overbank Spilling to and from MIKE 11 216 7 7 4 Converting from Flood Codes to Overbank Spilling 217 Unsaturated Flow exchange with MIKE 11 217 Water balance with MIKE 11 2004 217 Coupling MIKE SHE Water Quality to MIKE 11 218 MIKE 11 User Interface __ __ a 219 7 11 1 MIKE SHE Coupling Reaches 219 Common MIKE 11 ErrorMessages 225 7 12 1 Error No 25 At the h point the water depth greater than 4 times max depth 225 7 12 2 Warning No 47 At the h point the water level as fallen below MIKE SHE the bottom of the slot x times 226 7 12 3 Warning No__ Bed levels not the same 226 Drainage modelling with MIKE URBANe 227 8 USING MIKE SHE WITH MIKE URBAN 229 8 1 Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE URBAN 233 8 1 1 Telling MIKE SHE to couple to MIKE URBAN 234 8 1 2 Telling MIKE URBAN that it is coupled to a MIKE SHE model 234 8 1 3 Creating a MsheMouse pfsfile 235 8 1 4 OutputFiles s v us uu sus sus g poe SUS yuq US w W 2 AP Ub w GOE a 238 8 2 Warning messages _ ee ee 238 83 Wa
54. Palette Wizard Step 3 of 3 Pleas Verily the Palette Coke T atis From thee page you very that the palette conect before i appbed to the dya Note thet the change of palette hes no physical eitect on the data Figure 4 5 Step 3 of 3 acceptance of the colour scheme modification After Accepting the colour scheme contour interval modifications the Apply button should be pressed on the Result Data Properties window to modify the look of the Result Viewer plot Figure 4 6 The resulting mod ified Result Viewer plot is shown in Figure 4 7 Figure 4 6 Applying the modified colour scheme to the current result viewer file 91 j The Results viewer Figure 4 7 Result Viewer file after modification of the default colour scheme Users should experiment with the Palette Wizard to develop a better understanding of available functionality than presented in this simple dis cussion 4 3 Displaying a time series at a point The Time Series tool allows you to plot a time series of all the data availa ble in the current view Time series data can be selected from multiple locations in the active model area using this tool A single time series can be selected by double clicking in the desired location Time series can be extracted from multi ple locations by holding down the Ctrl key and left clicking on each desired location When selecting multiple locations the Ctrl key should be held down while double clicking on
55. River Aquifer Exchange Conductance The river bed conductance can be calculated in three ways Aquifer only When the river is in full contact with the aquifer material it is assumed that there is no low permeable lining of the river bed The only head loss between the river and the grid node is that created by the flow from the grid node to the river itself This is typical of gaining streams or streams that are fast moving More detailed information on this option can be found in Aquifer Only Conductance V 1 p 208 River bed only If there is a low conductivity river bed lining then there will be a head loss across the lining In this case the conductance is a function of both the aquifer conductivity and the conductivity of the river bed However when the head loss across the river bed is much greater than the head loss in the aquifer material then the head loss in the aquifer can be ignored e g if the bed material is thick and very fine and the aqui fer material is coarse This is the assumption used in many groundwater models such as MODFLOW More detailed information on this option can be found in River bed only conductance V 1 p 209 Aquifer Bed If there is a low conductivity river bed lining then there will be a head loss across the lining In this case the conductance is a function of both the aquifer conductivity and the total conductivity of the between the river and the adjacent groundwater can be calculated as
56. SHE Available Water Balance Items A The snow storage items are found in the projectname_sm wblgross file This file also contains the terms sm qP sm qPad and sm PIrrSprinkler which are not included in the detailed water balance output because they are included in the term sm qPrecAndItrToSnow Table 5 1 SM Precipitation and snowmelt items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error sm qPrecAndIrr Precipitation plus irrigation added Inflow negative yes ToSnow to snow storage when the air tem perature is below the freezing temperature sm qFreezing Amount of wet snow converted to Negative no dry snow due to freezing sm qThawing Amount of water removed from Positive when melting no dry snow storage due to tempera occurs ture melting sm qRadMelting Amount of water removed from Positive when melting no dry snow storage due to radiation occurs melting sm qRainMelting Amount of water removed from Positive when melting no dry snow storage due to melting occurs from rain sm qSnowToOL Amount of wet snow storage Outflow positive when yes transfered to interception storage water is added to canopy Actually this amount is added to terception qPad which is the input to canopy interception Then the water is added to ponded water via inter ception throughfall Note Freezing of ponded water to snow storage is not accounted for in MIKE SHE 11
57. Spill weircoeff HExpo Fullwdepth Thrvolspill chainage Branch On 0 1838E 01 1 500 0 1000E 00 100 00 525 5563 BRANCHL on 0 1838E 01 1 500 0 1000E 00 100 00 453 8689 BRANCHL on 0 1838E 01 1 500 0 1000E 00 100 00 376 6670 BRANCHL on 0 1838E 01 1 500 0 1000E 00 100 00 249 8351 BRANCH1 on 0 1838E 01 1 500 0 1000E 00 100 00 148 2199 BRANCHL on 0 1838E 01 1 500 0 1000E 00 100 00 49 40662 BRANCHL In this table the locations where the river links are higher than the topog raphy are marked in the outside left column The reference system used in the table is illustrated below zi i Link aie Link segment IX2 1Y2 segment Side W Side starting we point cell cell cell IX IY IX4 1 4 IX4 1 1 IX2 1Y2 starting point IX IY The explanation of the columns is Link River Link ID number ID starts at 1 and increases by 1 IX IY coordinate of one end of the link segment They are referred to the preprocessed grid such that IX TY 1 1 at the left bottom corner of the model grid The link segment can be drawn starting from IX IY coordi nate and then following east direction if Side S or following the north direction if Side W Surface Water 205 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Side relative position of the IX1 IY1 cell with respect to the link seg ment S stands for south and W for west IX1 TY1 coordinate of the cell on the south side of the link if Side S or the cell on the west side of the link if Side
58. Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 6 6 7 7 Steady state groundwater simulations For steady state groundwater models MIKE 11 is not actually run Rather the initial water level in MIKE 11 is used for calculating da in the con ductance formulas and A for the head gradient To improve numerical stability during steady state groundwater simula tions the actual conductance used in the current iteration is an average of the currently calculated conductance and the conductance used in the pre vious iteration Canyon option for steady state groundwater simulations In the case of a deep narrow channel crossing multiple model layers the head difference used in Equations 7 4 and 7 5 can optionally be limited by the bottom elevation of the layer Thus Ah h ia max h iy Z 7 10 gri where zis the bottom of the current layer The above formulation reduces the infiltration from upper layers by reduc ing the available gradient Without the Canyon option MIKE SHE effectively assumes that the river is hydraulically connected to the upper most model layer since MIKE SHE calculates the exchange flow with all layers that intersect the river based on the difference between the river level and the water table Currently this option is only available for steady state models It is acti vated by means of the boolean Extra Parameter Enable Canyon Exchange For more information on the use of extra parameters see Extra Paramete
59. That is if a lense has been specified then the lense properties take precedence over the layer properties and a new geologic layer is added in the vertical column e Vertically overlapping lenses share the overlap If the bottom of lense is below the top of the lense beneath then the lenses are assumed to meet in the middle of the overlapping area e Small lenses override larger lenses If a small lense is completely contained within a larger lense the smaller lense dominates in the loca tion where the small lense is present e Negative or zero thicknesses are ignored If the bottom of the lense intersects the top of the lense the thickness is zero or negative and the lense is assumed not to exist in this area 2 10 2 Specific Yield of upper SZ layer MIKE SHE forces the specific yield of the top SZ layer to be equal to the specific yield of the UZ zone as defined by the difference between the specified moisture contents at saturation 0 and field capacity Of This correction is calculated from the UZ values in the UZ cell in which the ini tial SZ water table is located This is reflected in the pre processed data For more information on the SZ UZ specific yield see Specific Yield of the upper SZ numerical layer V 1 p 252 Getting Started 59 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 10 3 Numerical Layers There is no restriction in MIKE SHE on the number of numerical layers in the SZ model However there may be prac
60. These options are e Flood codes a map used for the direct inundation of flooded areas in MIKE SHE based on water levels in MIKE 11 and e Bathymetry a detailed topography file that can be used to modify the defined topography with a more detailed flood plain topography in areas where Flood Codes have been defined Integrating a MIKE SHE and a MIKE 11 model is not very different from establishing a stand alone MIKE 11 HD model and a stand alone MIKE SHE model In principle there are three basic set up steps 1 Establish a MIKE 11 HD hydraulic model as a stand alone model and make a performance test and if possible a rough calibration using pre scribed inflow and stage boundaries You can also specify a default groundwater table e g MIKE SHE s initial groundwater level and leakage coefficients for any leakage calculations 2 Establish a MIKE SHE model that includes the overland flow compo nent and optionally the saturated zone and unsaturated zone compo nents An SZ drainage boundary can be used to prevent excessive surface flows in low lying areas and the river flood plain 3 Couple MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 by defining branches reaches where MIKE 11 HD should interact with MIKE SHE Modify your MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 models so that they work together properly For example by removing the specified groundwater table in MIKE 11 and adjusting your SZ drainage elevations if you used these in Step 2 Detailed information on deve
61. WIKE_SHEWResultiKarup_Example_DemoMo 8 _ seepage flow overland SZ negative F Views result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 9 _ groundwater flow in x direction F Views result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 10 groundwater flow in y direction F Views result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 41 groundwater flow in z direction F Views result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 12 groundwater extraction F Views result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 13 5Z drainage flow from point F C MIKE_SHEWResultiKarup_Example_DemoMo si gt J Gridded data results for MIKE SHE can be viewed by selecting the Grid ded Data Results Viewer item on the Results tab The table is a list of all gridded data saved during a MIKE SHE simulation The items in this list originate from the list of items selected in the Grid series output V 2 p 192 dialogue from the Setup tab Clicking on the View result button will open the Results Viewer to the cur rent item All overlays from MIKE SHE e g shape files images and grid files will be transferred as overlays to the result view However the MIKE 11 river network is not transferred as an overlay Layer number For 3D SZ data files the layer number can be specified at the top of the table However the layer number can be changed from within the Results Viewer see Adding additional result files and overlays V1 p 83 By default the top layer i
62. XMin 300 YMin 400 XMax 3032 YMax 1132 The minimum and maximum X Y coordinates are used to determine the exact spatial coordinates of the nodal points XMin and YMin are the UTM coordi nates of lower left MODFLOW cor ner Xmax and Ymax are the UTM coordi nates of the upper right MODFLOW corner See figure next page TimeUnit DAYS The TimeUnit is not currently used but must be input Valid values for TimeUnit are DAYS HOURS MINUTES and SECONDS LengthUnit METER The LengthUnit is not currently used but must be input Valid values for LengthUnit are METER and FEET StartDate 2005 1 1 0 0 The start date and time of the MOD FLOW simulation Format YYYY MM DD HH MM WellExtraction 1 Extract well data to a dfs0 file On Flag 1 Off Flag 0 RechargeExtraction 1 Extract recharge input to a dfs2 file On Flag 1 Off Flag 0 Note only works with uniform MOD FLOW grids Groundwater 265 Saturated Groundwater Flow Table 10 1 MODFLOW Extraction pfs file format and description Line item Comment HeadExtraction 1 Extract head results to a dfs2 file On Flag 1 Off Flag 0 Note only works with uniform MOD FLOW grids EndSect MIKESHE ModflowExtraction Note MODFLOW does not have any internal unit checking The units written in the MODFLOW file are only for display purposes Also the units t
63. Zero suite of modelling tools However MIKE Zero is more than a set of modelling tools MIKE Zero is a project management interface with a full range of tools for helping you with your modelling project In any project it is a challenge to maintain an overview of all of these files not to mention keeping regular backups and archives of all of these files As you progress through the calibration and validation phases and then on to the scenario analysis and report writing phases the number of model artifacts can become overwhelming The MIKE Zero project struc ture is designed to include all of your modelling files that is all of the raw Getting Started 29 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 1 1 data files model input files and model output files as well as any reports spread sheets plots etc The MIKE Zero project structure is designed to help you keep control of your project There is a separate introduction manual to help you get started working with MIKE Zero MIKE Zero Editors The MIKE Zero also includes general tools for data editing analysis and manipulation Some of these have their own file types or documents The MIKE Zero documents include with the tools commonly used for MIKE SHE in bold e The Time Series Editor dfs0 for time series data e The Profile Series Editor dfs1 for time varying 1D data profiles are not used in MIKE SHE e The Grid Editor dfs2 and dfs3 for time varying 2D
64. a serial connection of the individual conductances This is commonly the case when the aquifer material presents a significant head loss For exam ple when the aquifer is relatively fine and the groundwater cells are quite large More detailed information on this option can be found in Both aqui fer and river bed conductance V 1 p 210 220 MIKE SHE MIKE 11 User Interface j Leakage Coefficient 1 sec This is the leakage coefficient for the riverbed lining in units of 1 sec onds The leakage coefficient is active only if the conductance calculation method includes the river bed leakage coefficient Linear Reservoir Exchange If you are using the Linear Reservoir method for groundwater in MIKE SHE then by default the Interflow and Baseflow reservoirs discharge uni formly to all the river links within the reservoir This is generally true in the lower reaches However in the upper reaches many rivers discharge to the groundwater system In this dialogue you can define whether or not a branch is a Gaining branch default or a Losing branch If the branch is a e Gaining branch then the leakage coefficient and wetted area are ignored and the rate is discharge from the Baseflow reservoir to the river is calculated based on the Linear Reservoir method e Losing branch then the rate of discharge from the river to the Baseflow reservoir is calculated using Q water depth bank width branch length leakage coeffici
65. a number of drain flow produc ing nodes This often results in the creation of a small lake at such local depressions If overland flow is simulated then the ponded drainage water will become part of the local overland flow system If the drain level equals the topography drainage will be turn off in that cell Likewise drain levels above the topography are not allowed In this case a warning will be written to the PP_Print log and the drain level will be automatically adjusted to a value just below the topography The drain level method is not allowed when using Time varying drainage parameters V 1 p 320 because the source recipient reference system is only calculated once at the beginning of the simulation The drain slope based reference system has been used in MIKE SHE for many years and works well in most situations However when MIKE SHE is applied where there is very little surface topographic relief it is often difficult to establish a suitable reference system based on the surface topography drain slopes For example often it is assumed that the drains are located 50 to 100 cm below the terrain In flat areas this may generate many undesired local depressions which may receive drainage water from a large area thus generating lakes in places where there should not be a lake If the drain level is perfectly flat drainage is turned off In other words if the drain slope method cannot find a downhill neighbour because all the
66. adding the additional file or files you can modify the drawing order from the Overlay Manager tab Add Files to Project xj Add Files to Project Overlay Manager Overlay drawing order Longitude Latitude Geo North Arrow True Time Label Text head elevation in saturated zone 2 D I head elevation in saturated zone rm Colo head elevation in saturated zone vs head elevation in saturated zone 2 D head elevation in saturated zone vs head elevation in saturated zone Refe ahepoints shp Shar lt q lt lt q lt lt lt q lt gt Cancel Apply Help The up arrow and down arrow buttons are used to move an item up or down in the drawing order The Overlay Manager uses the convention that items are drawn from the lowest to highest item number i e items on the bottom of the overlay list are drawn last and are on top of all other items The Overlay Manger can also be used to turn overlays on and off by selecting or unselecting overlay items using the check box The Overlay Manager can also be accessed from the menu bar by selecting Project Active View Setting Overlay Manager MIKE SHE Modifying the plot 7 After adding the file open the Property dialogue by right clicking in the results map and selecting Properties from the pop up menu or by using the top menu Projects Active View Settings Horizontal Result Data Properties
67. areas only In many cases the ponded areas will have a lower infiltration rate than the surrounding dry areas The land surface in the dry areas will tend to be broken up macropores etc Whereas surface sealing will occur beneath ponded areas To yield a more realistic flow surface drainage for flooded areas an option for reduced contact Ol leakage coefficient in only the ponded part of the cell is available Note This is only used in the UZ infiltration and NOT in the exchange between SZ and OL Activating this option will allow you to include a distributed dfs2 integer grid code file The reduced leakage will be applied in all areas with a pos itive integer value In all other areas with a negative zero or delete value the reduced leakage condition will be applied to the whole cell with the following constraints e The option will be applied to the ponded area from the previous time step This will ensure that rainfall infiltrates normally in the non pon ded areas and currently ponded water will be retained 186 MIKE SHE Multi cell Overland Flow j e After the rainfall in non ponded areas is infiltrated then intercell lat eral flow will be calculated and a new ponded area determined This method ensures that ponded water is able to flow laterally between cells with limited losses By adjusting the leakage rate you can decrease the losses along the OL flow path This will essentially lead to a sub grid scale drainage
68. as cells with a very low hydraulic conductivity whereas MODFLOW ignores them in the solution Furthermore the extraction program only writes points to the shp file for the active nodes Thus when it comes to the interpolation in Groundwater 267 j Saturated Groundwater Flow MIKE SHE the interpolation does not know about the inactive zone and interpolates through the inactive zone there are simply no data points in the inactive zones 268 MIKE SHE WATER QUALITY 269 270 MIKE SHE A 11 SOLUTE TRANSPORT The complete MIKE SHE advection dispersion AD module is com prised of four independent components each describing the transport processes in one of the parts of the hydrological cycle Used in combina tion they describe solute transport in the entire hydrological cycle The four components are e Overland Transport e Channel Transport MIKE 11 e Unsaturated Zone Transport e Groundwater Transport A number of processes relevant for simulating reactive solute transport are included in MIKE SHE including e Water and solute transport in macro pores e Sorption of solutes described by either equilibrium sorption isotherms Linear Freundlich or Langmuir or kinetic sorption isotherms which include effects of hysteresis in the sorption process e Attenuation of solutes described by an exponential decay and e Plant uptake of solutes Current Limitations The solute transport module
69. balance TEXT IN DANISH Chart output Generel vandbalance for hele modellen dybde integreret Chart output Total each SZ layer TEXT IN DAN ISH Chart output Generel vandbalance for hele modellen hvert SZ lag Saturated Zone StorageSaturated zone Storage depth inte grated Saturated Zone Storage layer s Saturated zone Storage each or specified layer Map output Saturated Zone Storage Distributed output Saturated zone Storage depth integrated Map output Saturated Zone Storage layer s Distributed output Saturated zone Storage each or specified layer 143 A Using the Water Balance Tool 5 5 Making Custom Water Balances The first combobox in the Post processing dialogue contains a list of all the available water balance types This list is read from the water balance configuration file MSHE Wbl Config pfs which is found in the MIKE SHE installation bin directory The default location of this direc tory depends on the operating system of your computer You can add extra items to the list of available water balance types by defining additional water balances at the end of the configuration file To illustrate how you could add an additional water balance type the table below describes the format for each line of the water balance type defini tion The example is for an extra wate
70. be used for both the surface water and groundwater components All other spatial data defined in the data tree such as topography is inter polated during pre processing to the Model Domain and Grid You can define your model domain and the grid using either a DHI grid file dfs2 format or a GIS shape file shp format Using a dfs2 file If you define your model domain using a dfs2 grid file then you must define the cell values as follows e Grid cells outside of the model domain must be assigned a delete value by default 1 0e 35 e Grid cells inside the model domain must be assigned a value of 1 e Grid cells on the model boundary must be assigned a value of 2 This distinction between interior grid cells and boundary cells is to facili tate the definition of boundary conditions For example drainage flow can be routed to external boundaries but not to internal boundaries Since the model domain is defined as part of the dfs2 file format if you want to change the extent of your model domain you must edit the dfs2 file However if you want to change the grid spacing then it is probably easier to create a new file The Model Domain and Grid does not have to have the same dimensions size and spacing as other specified dfs2 files e g Topography How ever if the other dfs2 input files are coincident that is if the rows and col umns align with one another then an average of the cell values is used If the dfs2 fi
71. can see that the current Item Type is Evapotranspiration Rate MIKE ZERO Options 333 A EUM Data Units The next two sections outline how to change the EUM Type of an existing file 15 3 1 Changing the EUM Type of a dfs0 Parameter To change the EUM Data Type of a parameter in a dfs0 file open the time series in the Time Series Editor and then select the Properties item from the Edit drop down menu J MIKE Zero rainfall equ dfs0 File Edit view Settings Tools Window D i ide trl h Cut Ctrl x 52 Copy Ctrl C mE Paste Ctrl v 50 Bans Properties 48 select Poin 46 Inse os 44 iippyawapuwapuwapuqpausaaqi x Help peal State Ey stone SS Ea ee SES This opens the item properties dialogue File Properties gt General Information Title m r Axis Information Equidistant Calendar Axis gt a days 00 00 00 hour min sec 0 000 fraction of sec No of Timesteps 44 Axis Type Start Time Time Step Axis Units Y r ltem Information Precipitation Rate Precipitation Rate Precipitation Rate lt lll Insert Append Delete Mean Step Acc Mean Step Acc Mean Step Acc Mean Step Acc imm day mmjday immiday A Item Filtering 334 MIKE SHE Changing the EUM data type of a Parameter j where you can change the EUM Type and the EUM Unit
72. cannot distinguish individual wells the particle will be repeated for each of the wells within the cell 13 4 Extraction of particle pathlines It is too cumbersome to extract and plot the pathlines for all of the thou sands of particles that can be generated during a PT simulation The PT Pathline Extraction utility allows you to extact the pathlines for specific particles if you have saved the intermediate locations in the Storing of Results V 2 p 183 dialog To extract a particle pathline you need a Particle ID These can only be found after the simulation by evaluating the PT output For example you can find the particle ID by extracting the particle start locations that end in a specific well and then finding the ID numbers of the particles that you want in the shape file that was created 295 Particle Tracking PT In the Results tab the PT Pathline Extraction V 2 p 223 utility is availa ble to make this extraction Running from a batch file The pathline output retrieval program can be run from a command line To execute the program open a command line and type PtBinRetrieval exe file name sh xtraction_ num The extraction_num is the item number in the table of extraction items in the PT Pathline Extraction V 2 p 223 dialog The extraction will proceed silently that is without any messages To run the extraction with the mes sages you need to use MZLaunch file name she e PtBinRetrieva
73. chainage on the tributary is included in a coupling reach If the connection does not satisfy the above criteria then there may be a gap in the MIKE SHE branch network and the limitations outlined above will apply 7 6 2 The River Link Cross section The MIKE 11 HD hydraulic model uses the precise cross sections as defined in the MIKE 11 xns11 cross section file for calculating the river water levels and the river volumes However the exchange of water between MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE is calculated based the river link cross section The river link uses a simplified triangular cross section interpolated dis tance weighted from the two nearest MIKE 11 cross sections The top width is equal to the distance between the cross section s left and right bank markers The elevation of the bottom of the triangle equals the low est depth of the MIKE 11 cross section the elevation of Marker 2 in the cross section The left and right bank elevations in MIKE 11 cross sec tion markers 1 and 3 in MIKE 11 are used to define the left and right bank elevations of the river link See Figure 7 11 202 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 MIKE SHE groundwater level 14 link MIKE 11 river level width MIKE 11 cross section v V MIKE SHE MIKE SHE river link cross section groundwater node Figure 7 11 A typical simplified MIKE SHE river link cross section compared to the equivalent MIKE 11
74. concentration OC 217 Overland sorbed concentration OC 218 Overland mass area OC 219 Air temperature OC 220 UZ concentration matrix phase UZ 221 UZ sorbed concentration matrix phase UZ 222 UZ concentration macropore phase UZ 223 UZ sorbed concentration macropore phase UZ 224 UZ mass flux matrix phase UZ 225 UZ mass flux macropore phase UZ 226 UZ soil temperature UZ 227 SZ concentration mobile phase SZ 228 SZ sorbed concentration mobile phase SZ 229 SZ concentration immobile phase SZ 230 SZ sorbed concentration immobile phase SZ 231 SZ soil temperature SZ 232 SZ porosity SZ 233 Number of particles SZ 234 Number of registered particles SZ 235 Most recent registration zone code SZ 236 Average age SZ 237 Average transport time to nearest registration cell SZ Results and Calibration 79 MIKE SHE Results Table 3 2 Additional output items for time series Key to symbols ET Evapotranspiration OL Finite Difference Overland Flow SubOL Sub catchment based Overland Flow UZ Richards or Gravity Unsaturated flow 2LUZ 2 Layer Unsaturated Water Balance SZ Finite Difference Saturated Zone flow LR Linear Reservoir groundwater AD Advection Dispersion PT Particle Tracking Code Output Item Appears with these processes 145 SimStatus Basic time step length UZ OL 146 SimStatus SZ t
75. cross section If the MIKE 11 cross section is wider than the MIKE SHE cell size then the river link cross section is reduced to the cell width This is a very important limitation as it embodies the assumption that the river is nar rower than the MIKE SHE cell width If your river is wider than a cell width and you want to simulate water on the flood plain then you will need to use either the Flooding from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE using Flood Codes V l p 214 option or the Direct Overbank Spilling to and from MIKE 11 VJ p 216 option If you don t want to simulate flooding then the reduction of the river link width to the cell width will not likely cause a problem as MIKE SHE assumes that the primary exchange between the river and the aquifer takes place through the river banks For more detail on the river aquifer exchange see Groundwater Exchange with MIKE 11 V 1 p 207 For more detail on flooding and overland exchange with MIKE 11 see Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 VJ p 212 7 6 3 Connecting MIKE 11 Water Levels and Flows to MIKE SHE In MIKE 11 every node in the river network requires information on the river hydraulics such as cross section and roughness factors These nodes are known as H points and MIKE 11 calculates the water level at every H point node in the river network Halfway between each H point is a Surface Water 203 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Storing Q point where MIKE 11 calculates the f
76. e SZ gt River SZ exchange flow with river positive for flow to the river Note the various units The total recharge result type is a flux i e mm d mm h m s etc depending on the chosen user unit for Recharge Whereas the SZ river exchange and Drainage are flows i e m3 s or similar The Water balance output is in units of Storage depth mm That is it is nor malized with the catchment area using the area inside the outer bound 74 MIKE SHE Output Items A ary or the subcatchment area if a sub catchment water balance has been extracted 3 3 3 Summary of all output items The following table includes a summary of all output items for both the gridded data and the time series data Table 3 1 Available output items for gridded data and time series Key to symbols ET Evapotranspiration OL Finite Difference Overland Flow SubOL Sub catchment based Overland Flow UZ Richards or Gravity Unsaturated flow 2LUZ 2 Layer Unsaturated Water Balance SZ Finite Difference Saturated Zone flow LR Linear Reservoir groundwater AD Advection Dispersion Water Quality PT Particle Tracking SM Snow melt Code Output Item Appears with these processes 10 precipitation rate Always This is the distributed actual precipitation in the model accumulated per storing time step 128 average water content in the
77. ea a a a 6 ad 8 39 2 5 Climate 2 Uz a Za S s 2 s S a Ea S 6k m mua E n S p aa a s s sj US WG 40 2 5 1 Precipitation lt s sc od oaeaeei dee an a a e 40 2 5 2 SNOW saspi ada mana na e araa a NUS a Q W N 41 2 5 3 Evapotranspiration 41 2 5 4 Snow Melt a 42 2 6 LandUs seven S Z an ua S a w aa S amaaa m Q s ee ee 43 2 6 1 Vegetation _ eee be eens 44 2 6 2 Pavedareas a 45 26 3 Irmigato n e aree so Powe WSA SUS eee oy eee wS 45 2 7 Channel Flow 0 0 0 00000 2 46 2 8 OverlandFlow 0 000 ee 47 2 9 Unsaturated Flow ee 52 2 9 1 SoilProflles ___ a 52 2 9 2 Initial Conditions a 53 2 9 3 MacroporefloW 0 0 000000 eee 54 2 9 4 GreenandAmptinfiltration 2 54 2 9 5 UZ Column Classification 0 0 55 2 9 6 Coupling Between Unsaturated and Saturated Zone 56 A 2 10 Saturated Groundwater Flow 2220050 57 2 10 1 Conceptual Geologic Model for the Finite Difference Approach 58 2 10 2 Specific Yield of upper SZlayer 59 2 10 3 Numerical Layers X ede Gk eee eed sae as 60 2 10 4 Groundwater Drainage 2 2 00000 60 2 10 5 Groundwater wells 61 2 10 6 Linear Re
78. file to make a UZ map ofthe water balance which will create your map of UZ errors Vertical discretisation The vertical discretisation of the soil profile typ ically contains small cells near the ground surface and increasing cell thickness with depth However the soil properties are averaged if the cell boundaries and the soil boundaries do not align The discretisation should be tailored to the profile description and the required accuracy of the simulation If the full Richards equation is used the vertical discretisation may vary from 1 5 cm in the uppermost grid points to 10 50 cm in the bottom of the profile For the Gravity Flow module a coarser discretisation may be used For example 10 25 cm in the upper part of the soil profile and up to 50 100 cm in the lower part of the profile Note that at the boundary between two blocks with different cell heights the two adjacent boundary cells are adjusted to give a smoother change in cell heights Specific Yield of upper SZ layer MIKE SHE forces the specific yield of the top SZ layer to be equal to the specific yield of the UZ zone as defined by the difference between the specified moisture contents at saturation O and field capacity Ofe This correction is calculated from the UZ values in the UZ cell in which the ini tial SZ water table is located For more information on the SZ UZ specific yield see Specific Yield of the upper SZ numerical layer V 1 p 252 Limitation
79. fine grid and the coarse grid is the same Thus given a vol ume of water a depth and flooded area can be calculated for both the fine grid and the coarse grid 50 MIKE SHE Overland Flow A In the case of detention storage the volume of detention storage is calcu lated based on the user specified depth and OL cell area During the simulation the cross sectional area available for flow between the grid cells is an average of the available flow area in each direction across the cell This adjusted cross sectional area is factored into the diffu sive wave approximation used in the 2D OL solver For numerical details see Multi cell Overland Flow Method V 2 p 275 in the Reference man ual The multi grid overland flow solver is typically used where an accurate bathymetric description is more important than the detailed flow patterns This is typically the case for most inland flood studies In other words the distribution of flooding and the area of flooding in an area is more impor tant than the rate and direction of ingress The multi grid option is described in more detail in the chapter Multi cell Overland Flow V p 181 Overland Flow Performance Calculation of overland flow can be a significant source of numerical instabilities in MIKE SHE Depending on the model setup the overland flow time step can become very short making the simulation time very long The chapter Surface Water in MIKE SHE VJ p 171
80. from the upper UZ cells than the lower cells which is typical of grasses in semi arid climate zones 2 6 2 Paved areas 2 6 3 Irrigation The paved area function allows you to drain rainfall directly to the MIKE 11 network The paved area function is rather complex and restricted in several important ways Most importantly the paved area function e requires that the SZ drainage function be turned on which means that it only works when you are using the Finite Difference SZ method and e discharges only to river links not internal depressions or boundaries If you turn on the paved area function then you can enter the paved runoff coefficient which is the fraction of the land surface that is paved There are two options for the paving function There is an optional check on the water level in the discharge point If the discharge water level is higher than or equal to the ponded water level then no water will be dis charged The second option is that you can limit the discharge rate from paved areas For more details on the paved area function see Paved Area Drainage V1 p 174 The irrigation module allows you to simulate the transfer of irrigation water from multiple sources to multiple control areas The available sources include shallow wells distributed across the cell deep bores with defined screen intervals river stretches defined by an upstream and downstream chainage and external sources The sources Gett
81. from OL to SZ This is a negative downwards flow in the MIKE SHE results files Outflow positive Note sign change in water balance definition yes ol qSZToFloodPos Direct flow upwards from SZ to an active flood code cell active means that it is actually flooded and the water level is con trolled by the water level in MIKE 11 This is a positive upwards flow in the MIKE SHE results files Only non zero when the ground water table is at or above the ground surface Inflow negative Note sign change in water balance definition yes ol qSZToFloodNeg Direct flow downwards from an an active flood code cell to SZ active means that it is actually flooded and the water level is con trolled by the water level in MIKE 11 This is a negative downwards flow in the MIKE SHE results files Only non zero when the ground water table is at or above the ground surface Outflow positive Note sign change in water balance definition yes ol qOLin Inflow to overland storage across the boundary of the model or inflow across the boundary of the water balance sub area Inflow negative yes ol qOLout Outflow from overland storage across the boundary of the model or outflow across the boundary of the water balance sub area Outflow positive yes 123 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 3 OL Overland flow items Item Des
82. from the co ordinates of the MIKE 11 river points where the river points include both digitised points and H points on the specified coupling reaches Since the MIKE SHE river links are located on the edges between grid cells the details of the MIKE 11 river geometry can be only partly included in MIKE SHE depending on the MIKE SHE grid size The more refined the MIKE SHE grid the more accurately the river network can be reproduced This also leads to the restriction that each MIKE SHE grid cell can only couple to one coupling reach per river link Thus if for example the dis tance between coupling reaches is smaller than half a grid cell you will probably receive an error as MIKE SHE tries to couple both coupling reaches to the same river link The river links are shown on Rivers and Lakes data tree pages as well as the SZ Drainage to River page Related Items e Surface Water in MIKE SHE V1 p 171 e Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 V 1 p 199 The vegetation distribution is displayed on a map but if you use the vege tation database for specifying the crop rotation this information will not be displayed in the pre processor Running MIKE SHE 151 Running your Model 6 2 3 Shape files If you have used shape files for the Land Use distribution then the PP out put order may not reflect the input order if the polygons are labeled with text strings In this case the PP program reads the polygons and orders
83. gt 2200701701 00 00 gt r Output Timeseries Specifications Output time step hrs Type V Use default output time step Accumulated gt m Layer Output Specifications Layer au layers Y Layer no Sub Catchment Selection Single Cell Location Grid code Zindex Yindew 0 m Output File Type Table v Txt file a Water Balance Multiple postprocessings can be run on each water balance extraction More detail on the types of available water balances data are discussed in the Available Water Balance Items V 1 p 114 section In brief the avail able types include The total water balance of the entire model catchment or sub catch ments in an ASCII table a dfs0 file a dfs2 map file or a graphical chart also by layer Model errors for each hydrologic component overland unsaturated zone etc in an ASCII table a dfs0 file or a dfs2 map file also by layer The snow melt and canopy interception water balance in an ASCII table or a dfs0 file An abbreviated or detailed water balance for overland or unsaturated flow in an ASCII table or a dfs0 file and An abbreviated or detailed water balance by layer for saturated flow in an ASCII table or a dfs0 file 111 Using the Water Balance Tool Output Period An output period different from the total simulation period can be speci fied by unchecking Use default period and se
84. have become faster If the classification method is used then there are three options for the classification e Automatic classification The automatic classification requires a dis tribution of groundwater elevations see Groundwater Depths used for UZ Classification This can be either the initial depth to the ground water based on the initial heads or you can supply a dfs2 map of the groundwater elevations In both cases you must supply a table of inter vals upon which the classification will be based The number of com putational columns depends on how narrow the intervals are specified If for example two depths are specified say 1 m and 2 m then the classification with respect to the depth to groundwater will be based on three intervals Groundwater between 0 m and 1 m between 1 m and 2 m and deeper than 2 m One tip is to extract a map of the calculated potential head in the very upper saturated zone layer from a previous simulation The map should represent the time of the year when the largest variations of the ground water table are expected deep groundwater in the hills and shallow groundwater close to the rivers Repeat the procedure as calibration improves If the Linear Reservoir method is used for the groundwater then the Interflow reservoirs are also used in the classification However since feedback to the UZ only occurs in the lowest Interflow reservoir of each subcatchment the Interflow reservoirs are adde
85. in MIKE SHE currently does not support e exchange from MIKE 11 to Overland flow e any solute transfer via irrigation e any solute transfer via flood codes and e solute migration from UZ to OL In the first three cases the solutes will remain in the source location and only the water will be transfered This will lead to increasing concentra tions at the source In the last case there is no mechanism in MIKE SHE to transfer water from UZ to OL so there is also no means to move solutes from the UZ cells onto the ground surface This has implications for salinity modelling as there is no way for runoff to remove surface salts that migrate upwards due to capillarity and concentrate on the ground surface due to evapora tion 271 Solute Transport 11 1 Flow Storing Requirements Solute transport calculations in MIKE SHE AD are based on the water fluxes from a MIKE SHE Water Movement WM simulation To ensure that all the needed WM result data types are stored you have to specify that results should be stored for an AD simulation See Storing of Results V 2 p 183 The WM data should be stored frequently enough to describe the dynam ics of the flow The selected storing frequencies of flow results will usu ally be a compromise between limitations in disk space and resolution of the flow dynamics The maximum computational time steps in a transport simulation are often restricted by advective and dispersive stability c
86. in the Particle Tracking are wells rivers drains and exchange with the unsaturated zone or overland flow All particles are assigned a mass which means that a number of particles within a specific volume correspond to a solute concentration The Parti cle Tracking module can therefore be used for solute transport simulations and is in some cases superior to the conventional numerical solution of the advection dispersion equation since numerical dispersion is negligible However the module is mostly used for delineation of abstraction well capture zones and upstream zones and for determination of groundwater age and conservative solute transport times The PT module uses the concept of registration cells This records parti cle data when particles enter certain model cells Registration can be used to delineate capture zones or to observe particles passing through some region of interest such as a redox layer 13 1 Requirements in MIKE SHE WM Prior to running a PT simulation the MIKE SHE Water Movement WM simulation must be run This section describes what needs to be specified in the WM simulation to run the PT simulation afterwards 13 1 1 Flow Storing Requirements Particle transport calculations in MIKE SHE PT are based on the ground water flows from a MIKE SHE WM simulation In principle only ground water fluxes are needed but to ensure that all the needed WM result data 291 Particle Tracking PT gt Wa
87. in the water balance related to flood codes qSZTo FloodPos Neg and qFloodToRivIn Ex When the groundwater table is at or above the land surface water can exchange directly between ponded water and the saturated zone The unsaturated zone does not exist If the land surface is an active flood code cell then then the water is added to or removed from the storage available for exchange with MIKE 11 and the two terms qSZFloodPos and qSZ FloodNeg may be non zero The exchange between ponded water and MIKE 11 in active flood code cells is calculated based on the change of storage due to the various source sink terms over the MIKE SHE overland time step This includes overland flow between flooded and non flooded cells rainfall evapora tion infiltration to UZ direct flow between SZ and flooded cells when the groundwater table is above ground Thus in a flood code cell 121 Using the Water Balance Tool 1 Atthe beginning of the overland time step the ponded water level is set equal to the corresponding water level in MIKE 11 if this is above the MIKE SHE ground level and the status of the cell is set to active 2 At the end of the overland flow time step MIKE SHE calculates the change in ponded water level and adds or subtracts this as lateral inflow to MIKE 11 over the next MIKE 11 time step s covering the period of the MIKE SHE Overland time step Thus qsztoflood is not directly added as lateral inflow to MIKE 11 But it
88. is calcu lated as a series connection of the pipe leakage coefficient C and the average leakage coefficient of the aquifer grid cell C The average leakage coefficient of the grid cell is calculated assuming that the exchange of water between the pipe and the grid cell is both vertical and horizontal The leakage coefficient calculation does not calculate a detailed flow path based on a geometric calculation since a MIKE URBAN pipe can be located anywhere in a grid cell Instead an average vertical and horizontal flow distance is used based on 1 4 of the vertical and horizontal cell dimensions Thus K K x z Cag Cag Caqy Ax 4 Az 4 8 5 where K and K are the horizontal and vertical hydraulic conductivities respectively and Ax and Az are the horizontal and vertical cell dimensions The final leakage coefficient is then calculated as the harmonic mean of both the aquifer leakage coefficient and the pipe leakage coefficient l 1 Se 8 6 CG Cy G Drainage modelling with MIKE URBAN 231 Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN Hydraulic Radius MIKE SHE uses the inner hydraulic radius if the flow is from MIKE URBAN to MIKE SHE Whereas it uses the outer hydraulic radius if the flow is from MIKE SHE to MIKE URBAN The hydraulic radii are calculated by MIKE URBAN MIKE SHE Overland flow to MIKE URBAN LINKS If a MIKE URBAN link is defined as link type CRS or Natural Channel and has a cross sectio
89. is selected a dfs2 file will be created for each of these However the dfs2 format does not allow for variable grid spacing which means that variable grid spacing will be ignored The DELR and DELC for the first column and row will be used as the grid spacing in the dfs2 file Thus the recharge and head results output option is really only useful for MODFLOW models with a uniform grid spacing The extraction routine outputs point theme shape files one file per data type with one item for each extracted layer The shape file names reflect the MODFLOW manual naming convention Top shp Vcont shp etc The points represent the centre of each grid square The model orientation is calculated from the user specified coordinates of lower left origin and upper right corner of the model To use the MODFLOW data in MIKE SHE select the Point Line shp option for the static variable Then browse to the appropriate shp file The Shp file will contain one item for each model layer in the MODFLOW model The appropriate item is selected in the file browse dialogue Once the file has been assigned MIKE SHE will automatically interpolate the data to the model grid Internal inactive zones Currently it is not possible to extract the inactive zones from the MOD FLOW model and convert these to inactive cells in MIKE SHE MOD FLOW and MIKE SHE treat internal inactive zones quite differently In MIKE SHE the internal inactive zones are simply treated
90. lower bank elevation or by increasing the leakage coefficient There are three variations for calculating da e Ifthe water table is higher than the river water level da is the saturated aquifer thickness above the bottom of the river bed Note however that da is not limited by the bank elevation of the river cross section which means that if the water table in the cell is above the bank of the river da accounts for overland seepage above the bank of the river e Ifthe water table is below the river level then da is the depth of water in the river e Ifthe river cross section crosses multiple model layers then da and therefore C is limited by the available saturated thickness in each layer The exchange with each layer is calculated independently based on the da calculated for each layer This makes the total exchange inde pendent of the number of layers the river intersects This formulation for da assumes that the river aquifer exchange is prima rily via the river banks which is consistent with the limitation that there is no unsaturated flow calculated beneath the river Both aquifer and river bed conductance If there is a river bed lining then there will be a head loss across the lin ing In this case the conductance is a function of both the aquifer conduc tivity and the conductivity of the river bed and can be calculated as a serial connection of the individual conductances Thus referring to Figure 7 11 the condu
91. neighbours have the same elevation as the cell the drain slope method assumes that the cell is a local depression However the depression has no sources of drainage except itself Thus the drainage function is effectively turned off Tip MIKE SHE considers a grid point to be a local depression even if the drainage level in the four surrounding model grids is only 1 mm higher The only way to avoid such problems is to create a drain level map that does not contain wrong local depressions For large models this may be difficult and time consuming In this case one of the other drainage options may be better Groundwater 255 Saturated Groundwater Flow Remember the drainage is routed to a destination It does not phyisically flow downhill The drain levels are only used to build the drainage source recipient reference system and to calculate the amount of drainage Drainage routing based on grid codes This method is often used when the topography is very flat which can result in artificial depressions or when the drainage system is very well defined such as in agricultural applications In this method the drainage levels and the time constants are defined as in the previous method and the amount of drainage is calculated based on the drain levels and the time constant If the drainage routing is specified by Drain Codes a grid code map is required that is used to restrict the search area for the source recipient
92. network that will ensure that runoff will eventually reach the river However this option only applies to cells that are ponded and thereby ensuring that ponded water remains on the surface During high intensity rainfall in the current time step this option will not encourage the creation of flooded areas as the reduced leakage coefficient will first be applied in the following time step if ponded water is present at the end of the time step On flood plains where the ponding occurs from overbank spilling from rivers or streams the option will likely result in a more realistic descrip tion of the flow paths on the flood plain as it prevents the flooded water from infiltrating 7 3 4 Multi cell Overland Flow Saturated Zone drainage The topography is often used to define the SZ drainage network Thus a refined topography more accurately reflects the SZ drainage network The SZ drainage function uses a drain level and drain time constant The drain level defines the depth at which the water starts to drain Typically this is set to some value below the topography to represent the depth of surface drainage features below the average topography This depth should probably be much smaller if the topography is more finely defined in the sub grid model The drain time constant reflects the density of the drainage network If there are a lot of drainage features in a cell then the time constant is higher and vice versa Details related
93. of the water balance sub area This can only be non zero if the water balance is calculated for a sub area Outflow positive yes sz qSzDrToM11HPoi nt SZ drainage to specified MIKE 11 h points These are specified in the Extra Parameter option in SZ Drainage to Specified MIKE 11 H points V1 p 316 Outflow positive yes sz qSzRivPos Baseflow from SZ to MIKE River Links Outflow positive yes sz qSzRivNeg Infiltration from MIKE SHE River Links to SZ Inflow negative yes ol qSZToFloodPos Direct flow upwards from SZ to an active flood code cell active means that it is actually flooded and the water level is con trolled by the water level in MIKE 11 This is a positive upwards flow in the MIKE SHE results files Only non zero when the ground water table is at or above the ground surface Outflow positive Note sign change com pared to detailed Ponded Storage water balance yes 133 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error ol qSZToFloodNeg Direct flow downwards from an an active flood code cell to SZ active means that it is actually flooded and the water level is con trolled by the water level in MIKE 11 This is a negative downwards flow in the MIKE SHE results files Only non zero when th
94. of water balance errors and or insta bilities in the coupling between MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 WARNING Specified value for river source discharge factor is greater than 0 1 000000 There is a risk of water balance errors and or insta bilities in the coupling between MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 Note This option is less useful now that River Sources are defined by both an Upstream and Downstream chainage The option is maintained for backward compatability 14 2 5 Explicit Overland Flow Output If you are using the explicit overland flow solver the time step depends on the location in the model with the critical courant criteria The grid series output allows you to save the courant criteria so that you can see where the critical locations are However the grid series output is an average courant number over the storing time step where there can be hundreds of OL timesteps in a storing time step If you are experiencing very short time steps due to short duration rainfall events for example the critical information can be difficult to distill from the dfs2 grid series output To make it easier to find the critical locations an extra parameter option was added that writes out the critical locations at every time step if the time step is reduced below a user defined fraction of the storing time step Parameter Type Value Name adaptive OL time Float between 0 0 and 1 0 step info thresh Default 0 0
95. of zero either do not generate drainage or they drain to a the outer boundary or a local depression 10 3 1 Saturated Zone drainage Multi cell Overland Flow The topography is often used to define the SZ drainage network Thus a refined topography more accurately reflects the SZ drainage network The SZ drainage function uses a drain level and drain time constant The drain level defines the depth at which the water starts to drain Typically this is set to some value below the topography to represent the depth of surface drainage features below the average topography This depth should probably be much smaller if the topography is more finely defined in the sub grid model The drain time constant reflects the density of the drainage network If there are a lot of drainage features in a cell then the time constant is higher and vice versa Groundwater 259 Saturated Groundwater Flow When using the multi cell OL the drainage system is updated in the sense that the drain level will be defined using the sub scale topography infor mation The SZ drainage will include the following when using sub scale Multi scale SZ drainage supported only in the PCG transient SZ solver Each sub grid cell will have the same drain time constant defined by the value in the coarse grid If the drain level is defined as an elevation then all sub grids will have the same drain level If the drain level is defined by depth below the surface t
96. one State Variable item for each species in MIKE SHE that you want ECO Lab to modify during the WQ simulation An ECO Lab template must include at least one State Variable The State Variable name must be exactly the same as the Species name in MIKE SHE Dual domain mass transfer The exception to the exact naming rule is when simulating dual domain mass transfer In this case the State Variable name must use the reserved suffix _2 for the solute in the secondary porosity For example OXY GEN and OXYGEN_2 would be the State Variable names for the species OXYGEN in MIKE SHE Add one or more Constants Constants are spatially distributed values that are constant in time Each constant may or may not be User Defined User Defined NO If the Constant is a parameter that is pre defined then the Constant is not User Defined i e User Defined NO If this is selected a list of Con 281 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Constant name Description Documentation Online help Scope Spatial var Built in id Eum type Default value stants is available in the combo box However the only Constant on this list that is relevant for MIKE SHE is MIKE SHE SUPPLIED CONSTANT All others will be ignored C1_No Not User Specified Estos MIKE_SHE_SUPPLIED_CONSTANT v User specified NO Eum unit Min value Max value There are a limited number of Constants that c
97. overland flow can be found in the chapter Surface Water V 1 p 169 Mannings M The Manning M is equivalent to the Stickler roughness coefficient the use of which is described in Overland Flow Reference V 2 p 265 The Manning M is the inverse of the more conventional Mannings n The value of n is typically in the range of 0 01 smooth channels to 0 10 thickly vegetated channels This corresponds to values of M between 100 and 10 respectively Generally lower values of Mannings M are used for overland flow compared to channel flow If you don t want to simulate overland flow in an area a Mannings M of 0 will disable overland flow However this will also prevent overland flow from entering into the cell Detention Storage Detention Storage is used to limit the amount of water that can flow over the ground surface The depth of ponded water must exceed the detention storage before water will flow as sheet flow to the adjacent cell For exam ple if the detention storage is set equal to 2mm then the depth of water on the surface must exceed 2mm before it will be able to flow as overland flow This is equivalent to the trapping of surface water in small ponds or depressions within a grid cell If you have static ponded water in an area and you do not want to calculate overland flow between adjacent cells can be slow then you can set the detention storage to a value greater than the depth of ponding Water trapped in det
98. parameters are entered using the Stationary Real Data dialogue Time Varying Real Parameters Many spatial parameters are time dependent such as precipitation rate In this case both a spatial distribution as well as a time sertes for each cell in the model must be defined Spatially distributed parameters that also vary in time are entered using the Time varying Real Data dialogues 18 3 Integer Grid Codes Integer Grid Codes are required when Real data varies in time or when model functions such as soil profiles and paved areas are assigned to par ticular zones Integer Grid Codes are always integer values and do not vary with time For information on entering Integer Codes see the Integer Grid Codes sec tion The following is an outline of the parameters that require Integer Grid Codes Model Domain Integer Grid Codes are used to define the inactive areas both inside and outside the model domain Inactive areas outside of the model and the edge of the model are defined in the Model Domain and Grid section while inactive subsurface areas inside of the model are defined as Internal boundary conditions 348 MIKE SHE Gridded dfs2 Data A Component Calculations Integer Grid Codes are used to delineate such things as paved areas In this case the integer code acts like a flag and the calculations that are done are different depending on how the flag is set Model Properties Integer Grid Codes are use
99. ponded area is calculated prior to transpira tion and this is already adjusted for the ponded area in the cell Thus if the cell is fully ponded then the Reference ET will be satisfied from pon ded storage and there will be no transpiration If the cell is only partially ponded then the area fraction of the RefET will be first extracted from the ponded water and the remainder from the root zone Since there is only one UZ column to extract from the entire root zone will be available for transpiration The Extra Parameter option Transpiration during ponding V 1 p 309 allows transpiration from the root zone beneath ponded areas In this case Surface Water 183 A Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 3 2 transpiration is calculated before evaporation from ponding This option includes a reduction factor to account for the reduced ET under saturated conditions The application of this factor will be changed so that it only applies to the ponded fraction of the cell Infiltration to SZ and UZ with the Multi Grid OL If ponded water is flowing between cells the multi scale topography will ensure that only the lowest part of each cell will be flooded and the rate of flow between the cells will be adjusted for the flooded depth However the infiltration also needs to be adjusted to account for the fact that there is a driving pressure head in some parts of the cell Infiltration to UZ The UZ infiltration is calculated based
100. ponded water is not a classification parameter Thus the column classification should probably be avoided today because the models have become more complex MIKE SHE has become more efficient and computers have become faster If the classification method is used then there are three options for the classification e Automatic classification With automatic option the UZ columns are divided up based on the internal classification rules The depth to the water table Groundwater Depths used for UZ Classification V 2 p 136 is the lower UZ boundary condition e Specified classification With the specified option you must supply a list of grid codes Specified classification V2 p 138 that defines the computational column and the columns to which the results will be applied e Calculated in all Grid points default In many models the classifica tion system is not feasible or recommended In this case the UZ flow will be calculated in all soil columns Getting Started 55 A Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 9 6 e Partial Automatic Finally a combination of the Automatic classifica tion and the Specified classification is available where an Integer Grid Code file must be provide see Partial automatic classification V 2 p 137 to define the different areas Coupling Between Unsaturated and Saturated Zone A correct description of the recharge process is rather complicated because the water table rises as water ent
101. reference ET value is independent of everything but climate and can be calculated from weather data The FAO Penman Monteith method is recommended for determining the reference ET value The reference ET is multiplied by the Crop Coefficient to get the Crop Reference ET The Crop Coefficient is found in the Vegetation develop ment table in the Vegetation database If the vegetation database is not used then the Reference ET is the maximum ET rate The Reference Evapotranspiration item comprises both a distribution and a value The distribution can be either uniform station based or fully dis tributed If the data is station based then for each station a sub item will appear where you can enter the time series of values for the station MIKE SHE includes a comprehensive snow melt module based on a mod ified degree day method Precipitation that occurs when the air tempera ture is below the freezing point accumulates as solid snow and does not infiltrate or contribute to runoff The accumulated snow has a moisture content and when the moisture content reaches a critical level then addi tional melting contributes to runoff Air Temperature For snow melt the air temperature is critical However the air tempera ture changes significantly with elevation In areas with significant eleva tion changes snow will accumulate in upland areas often were there is limited weather data available The elevation correction for air tempera ture a
102. restricts the coupling reaches from being too close together This can lead to problems when you have a detailed drainage or river net work with branches less than one half a cell width apart It will also lead to problems if your MIKE 11 branches are shorter than your MIKE SHE cell size If you have coupling reaches that are too short or too close together you will receive an error message If this happens you can e decide not to include one of the branches as a coupling reach it is still included in the MIKE 11 HD model or e remove some of the branches this error often occurs when you have a detailed looped drainage network or e refine your MIKE SHE grid until all coupling reaches are assigned to unique river links If you have a regional model with large cells say 1 2km wide then you cannot expect the river aquifer interaction to be accurate at the individual cell level e g all your cell properties topography conductivity Man 200 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 ningsM etc are all average values over 1 4 km2 Rather most often you will be Interested in having a correct overall water balance along the stream Typically this is achieved by calibrating a uniform average river bed leakage coefficient against a measured outflow hydrograph In such a model you may also be tolerant of higher groundwater residuals On the other hand if you need more detailed site specific results and you
103. separated from the groundwater table by an unsaturated zone the majority of the infiltration occurs vertically and not through the river banks In this case the horizon tal infiltration area may be too small if the MIKE 11 bank elevations are much higher than the river level This can be compensated for by either choosing a lower bank elevation or by increasing the leakage coefficient There are three variations for calculating da e Ifthe water table is higher than the river water level da is the saturated aquifer thickness above the bottom of the river bed Note however that da is not limited by the bank elevation of the river cross section which means that if the water table in the cell is above the bank of the river da accounts for overland seepage above the bank of the river e Ifthe water table is below the river level then da is the depth of water in the river e Ifthe river cross section crosses multiple model layers then da and therefore C is limited by the available saturated thickness in each layer The exchange with each layer is calculated independently based on the da calculated for each layer This makes the total exchange inde pendent of the number of layers the river intersects This formulation for da assumes that the river aquifer exchange is prima rily via the river banks which is consistent with the limitation that there is no unsaturated flow calculated beneath the river Surface Water 211 A
104. setup The disadvantage of this is that if you change your model domain or grid then you will have to redo your topog raphy modifications Hint You can also use one of the Flood code options to automatically modify your topography if you have wide cross sections or a detailed DEM of the floodplain In this case after you have set up your MIKE 11 model you can specify a constant grid code for the whole model and let MIKE SHE calculate a modified topography based on the cross sections 198 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 Connection Tributary I MIKE SHE River Links M KE 11 H Points J Figure 7 10 MIKE 11 Branches and H points in a MIKE SHE Grid with River Links or bathymetry Then save the topography file as above and then use it as the model topography 7 6 Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 The coupling between MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE is made via river links which are located on the edges that separate adjacent grid cells The river link network is created by MIKE SHE s set up program based on a user specified sub set of the MIKE 11 river model called the coupling reaches The entire river system is always included in the hydraulic model but MIKE SHE will only exchange water with the coupling reaches Figure 7 10 shows part of a MIKE SHE model grid with the MIKE SHE river links the corresponding MIKE 11 coupling reaches and the
105. shape file then you must defined the projection in the Model Domain and Grid V 2 p 70 dialogue See Using MIKE SHE with ArcGIS V 1 p 345 for more information Note All dfs2 and polygon shape files must use the same geographic projection Any inconsistencies in the projections will results in an error during the pre processing 2 4 Topography In MIKE SHE the topography defines the upper boundary of the model The topography is used as the top elevation of both the UZ model and the SZ model The topography also defines the drainage surface for overland flow Many of the elevation parameters can be defined relative to the topogra phy by means of a checkbox in the dialogue including e Lower Level V2 p 194 e Upper Level V 2 p 194 e Initial Potential Head V2 p 165 and e Drain Level V2 p 176 Depth parameters such as ET Surface Depth V 2 p 141 are also meas ured from the topography Getting Started 39 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 5 2 5 1 Climate File Formats Topography is defined from a digital elevation model DEM using either a dfs2 grid file a point theme shape GIS file or an ASCII XYZ file Non dfs2 files or dfs2 files that have a different grid definition than the model grid are all interpolated to the grid defined in the Model Domain and Grid The Bilinear Interpolation V 1 p 355 method is useful for interpolating previously gridded DEM data Whereas the Triangular
106. takes several iterations because of the dynam ics of the overland flow then the implicit solver can become slow The most obvious sign of poor convergence is the presence of warning mes sages in the projectname_WM_Print log file about the overland flow solver not converging You may be able to live with a few warning mes sages but the if the Implicit solver frequently fails to converge then this will significantly slow down your simulation If this happens then you have a few options The first option is to reduce your OL time step This make increase the stability of the solver and actually reduce your run times You can also increase the convergence criteria This will decrease the accuracy but if there is a troublesome area outside of your area of interest then this may be acceptable If you switch to the Explicit solver then the time step becomes dynamic depending on the Courant Criteria This will likely reduce your numerical instabilities because the courant criteria is very restrictive but the simula tion is likely to be slower However the difference may not be that great if you are having a lot of convergence problems 7 2 1 Stagnant or slow moving flow The solution of overland flow is sensitive to the surface water gradient If the surface water gradient is very small or zero then a numerically stable solution will generally require a very short time step Slow moving flow is a problem when you have long term ponded wa
107. that is assigned for each time series in the file 15 3 2 Changing the EUM Type of a dfs2 Parameter To change the EUM Data Type of a parameter in a dfs2 file open the grid file in the Grid Editor and then select the Items item from the Edit drop down menu MIKE Zero nnfyn_O end dfs2 EO File Edit View Tools Data Overlay Window Help Geographical Information Time Steps Items Custom Blocks This will open the Edit Properties dialogue for the Grid Editor Edit Properties I ltems Item Information Topography Elevation meter Insert Append Delete Item Filtering Delete value 1035 Land value fio Cancel Help where you can change the EUM Type and the associated data EUM Unit of the item MIKE ZERO Options 335 j EUM Data Units 336 MIKE SHE WORKING WITH DATA 337 338 MIKE SHE Creating Time Series in MIKE SHE 16 TIME SERIES DATA MIKE SHE uses the dfs0 file format for time series data Various tools are available for converting ASCII and EXEL time series to the dfs0 file for mat Time series data is required as input for most transient simulations for example daily records of precipitation Transient simulations can also generate numerous dfs0 output files 16 1 Creating Time Series in MIKE SHE In most cases you will create dfs0 files using the Create buttons in the MIKE SHE Setup dialogues In this
108. the same time origin In this section of the dialogue you can specify the time at which the source grid should be added to the target grid In this way you can add additional time steps to the end of a time varying dfs2 file or insert hourly information into a monthly time series for example Operation Finally you can specify how the source grid file should interact with the target file 362 MIKE SHE Performing complex operations on multiple grids j Copy all values are copied such that they replace the existing data in the data set Copy if target differs from delete value values in the source file will be copied into the target file only if the target value is a delete value Copy if source differs from delete value values in the source file will be copied into the target file only if both the source value and the target values are not delete values Copy if source AND target differs from delete value values in the source file will be copied into the target file only if the source value is not a delete value the source values will be added to the target values the source values will be subtracted from the target values the source values will be multiplied by the target values the source values will be divided by the target values 18 7 Performing complex operations on multiple grids In the Toolbox under MIKE SHE Util there is a Grid calculator tool which allows you to perform complex o
109. the Detailed time series output V 2 p 186 dialogue must also match up with maximum time steps Thus The OL storing time step must be an integer multiple of the Max UZ time step The UZ storing time step must be an integer multiple of the Max UZ time step The SZ storing time step must be an integer multiple of the Max SZ time step The SZ Flow storing time step must be an integer multiple of the Max SZ time step and The Hot start storing time step must be an integer multiple of the maximum of all the storing time steps usually the SZ Flow storing time step For example if the Maximum allowed SZ time step is 24 hrs then the SZ Storing Time Step can only be a multiple of 24 hours i e 24 48 72 hours etc Using Batch Files A batch file contains native DOS commands in a programming structure When executed each of the DOS commands in the batch file is executed sequentially Since most MIKE Zero and MIKE SHE programs can be executed in this way a properly constructed batch file allows you to run multiple models sequentially when you are not at the computer such as over night Basically to run MIKE SHE in batch mode you must 1 Setup the different models with different names using the Setup Editor 2 Create a BAT file containing the DOS commands to run the models 3 Run the BAT file and analyse the results using the standard MIKE Zero analysis tools e g the Results Viewer 164
110. the Forcings can be User Defined YES or User Defined NO User Defined YES If the forcing is not user defined User Defined NO then a long list of available forcings are listed in a combo box However the only Forcing on this list that is relevant for MIKE SHE is MIKE SHE SUPPLIED FORCING All others will be ignored Note The various other MIKE _SHE_ forcings are used by MIKE 11 to define concentrations and mass of solute entering the river For all forcings that are not user defined there will be a list of pre defined available forcings in the MIKE SHE Setup editor depending on the domain User Defined NO If your Forcing is not in the list of available pre defined Forcings from MIKE SHE then you must chose User Defined YES In this case you can define any spatially distributed time varying parameter The actual values and spatial distribution of the Forcing will be defined in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor In the template the only thing you need to specify is the name of the Forcing The name is then used when defining the Processes Derived Outputs etc In some cases the Forcing may already be defined in the Setup Editor but only those in the list will be automatically passed to ECO Lab So if your Forcing is not available then you will need to define it again in the list of Forcings in the Setup Editor Create Auxiliary Variables Processes and Derived Outputs Auxiliary variables are use
111. the last location After selecting the locations of the time series files to extract you have the option to deselect some of the selected points and to accumulate the data over the simulation period Figure 4 8 After making the appropriate selections deselections press the OK button to generate the time series plot The entire extraction process can be stopped by pressing the Cancel button An example of a time series plot generated in the Results Viewer is shown in Figure 4 9 92 MIKE SHE Displaying a time series at a point 5 MA dare haad alavatlon In aatutatod zera REV Modifind 5100 10000 031481 3008 00 Nme sep b of TB Paate Figure 4 8 Selection of time series items to extract Mw jm ou N Q fe w ap 3381 gt ger B1 19 198 399 939 1992 J982 1962 1982 Figure 4 9 Time series plot generated using the time series extraction tool Addition graphical functions can be accessed by right clicking in the graphical view including zooming exporting images exporting time series data as dfs0 files and modification of the time series plot properties Figure 4 10 Most of the functionality can also be accessed via the menu bar For example modification of the time series plot properties can be accessed using Projects Active View Settings Timeseries 93 The Results viewer Figure 4 10 Modifying the properti
112. the leaves of the vegeta tion If the LAI is zero then the canopy interception will be zero as will all of the items in this storage The items listed in Table 5 2 are those found in the Canopy Interception component water balance output in the water balance configuration file WblTypeDefinition Name CT DisplayName Canopy Interception component Description Canopy Interception component waterbalance items NoGroups 5 Group Precip ci qpad Group Can ThroughFall ci qpnet Group Evaporation ci geint Group Can Stor Change ci dintsto Group Error ci ciwblerr EndSect WblTypeDefinition The sign convention in the water balance is such that precipitation is nega tive inflow and evaporation is positive outflow All of the items together should add to zero Note however the negative sign in front of the ci qpnet term in the water balance definition above This is because the canopy throughfall is a verti cal downward flow in MIKE SHE making it a negative value in the MIKE SHE results files Whereas it must be a positive outflow in the water balance calculation Table 5 2 CI Canopy interception water balance items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error ci qPad Total precipitation reaching the Inflow negative yes canopy Precipitation sprinkler irrigation snowmelt to OL pre cipitation converted to snow ci qPnet Canopy throughfall to ponded Outflo
113. the time series files must cover the Simulation Period V2 p 29 The default time series period for a new time series file is the Simulation Period However if you change the time series period so that it does not cover the simulation period you will receive an error message when MIKE SHE tries to run If you try to add a time series file that does not cover the simulation period then the OK button will remain greyed out and you will not be able to select the file The constraints tab in the file selector dialogue gives you the reason that you cannot select the file Time Series Interval The time series interval is the length of the individual time periods The number of time periods is the length of the time series period divided by the period interval The last period is shortened if necessary Time Series File Every time series has an Item Type which is defined by the valid EUM Data Unit see EUM Data Units V 1 p 329 for the particular variable from which the Create dialogue was launched In most cases there is only one valid Type In some cases you may have a choice For example in Precipitation you can chose between Precipitation Rate which is the average amount of precipitation per time e g mm hour in the time inter val and Rainfall which is the measured amount of precipitation in the time interval e g mm The Name is simply the name of the data item in the resulting dfs0 file The file name has a default value
114. themes whereas spatial data that is referenced to a time series such as precipitation can be added as a polygon theme In this case each polygon can be assigned a time series of values In the reverse direction all gridded data in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor can be easily saved as a point theme shape file from the pop menu when you right click on a colour shaded map This includes both interpolated data in the Setup tab and pre processed data in the Pre processed tab ArcGIS grids yet cannot be added directly in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor but they can be converted to the dfs2 file format Select New then the MIKE Zero Tool box and choose GIS in the list The Grid2Mike tool will convert your ArcGIS grid files to the dfs2 file format Support for native ArcGIS grid files will be available in a service pack later this year The MIKE Zero Tool box also contains tools for converting dfs2 files to ArcGIS shape files Mike2Shp and Grid files Mike2Grd These tools can be useful if you have manipulated your grid files in the MIKE Zero Grid Editor since it does not directly support shape file export Alterna tively you can open any dfs2 file in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor as along as the unit type is the same and then use the right mouse function to export to a shape file If you want to convert a dfs3 file to a shape file or a grid file then you will need to extract a dfs2 file from the dfs3 first using the 2D Grid from 3D file tool that is found u
115. to our Service and Maintenance Agreement Your Service and Main tenance Agreement entitles you free support for software problems via email or telephone and regular updates to the software 26 MIKE SHE Service and Maintenance We strongly recommend that you subscribe to the Service and Mainte nance Agreement after the first year to further protect your Investment Improvements extensions and fixes are continually being made and we will make every effort to help you with any problems that you encounter but we cannot provide fixes for any versions older than the current release 1 4 1 Service Packs As part of the Service and Maintenance there is an auto update program installed with your software This program automatically checks our web site for Service Packs to the currently installed release and downloads the Service Pack if it is available You will be asked before the installation begins if you want the installation to proceed We strongly recommend that you install the latest Service Pack as soon as they are released However some clients prefer not to install the Service Pack during a project or close to the end of a project Occasionally a fix in the numeri cal engine will slightly change your simulation results This may require you to re run previously finished simulations to obtain valid comparisons between simulations The Auto Updater overwrites your existing executable files Therefore if you are concer
116. using the Richards Equation method because capillarity is already included How ever when capillarity is not included i e in the Gravity flow and 2 Layer methods dry soils will absorb rainfall at a much higher rate than the defined infiltration rate saturated hydraulic conductivity For more information on the Green and Ampt method see the section Green and Ampt Infiltration V 2 p 340 in the Reference Guide 54 MIKE SHE Unsaturated Flow A 2 9 5 UZ Column Classification Calculating unsaturated flow in all grid squares for large scale applica tions can be time consuming To reduce the computational burden MIKE SHE enables you to compute the UZ flow in a reduced subset of grid squares The subset classification is done automatically by the pre processing program according to soil and vegetation distribution climatic zones and depth to the groundwater table Column classification can decrease the computational burden considera bly However the conditions when it can be used are limited Column classification is either not recommended or not allowed when e the water table is very dynamic and spatially variable because the clas sification is not dynamic e if the 2 layer UZ method is used because the method is fast and the benefit would be limited e if irrigation is used in the model because irrigation zones are not a clas sification parameter and e if flooding and flood codes are used since the depth of
117. when water is flowing freely in the soil e g moisture content above the field capacity Orc and zero when the soil is very dry e g moisture content at the wilting point Owp Simple bypass flow is commonly used to provide some rapid recharge to the groundwater table In many applications if all the rainfall is infiltrated normally the actual evapotranspiration is too high and very little infiltra tion reaches the groundwater table In reality some infiltration recharges the groundwater system due to macropores and sub grid variability of the soil profile In other words there is usually sub areas in a grid cell with much higher infiltration rates or where the unsaturated zone thickness is much less than that defined by the average topography in the cell Simple bypass flow is described in the Reference section under Simplified Macropore Flow bypass flow V2 p 334 Full Macropore Flow Macropores are defined as a secondary additional continuous pore domain in the unsaturated zone Full macropore flow is generally reserved for very detailed unsaturated root zone models espe cially in water quality models where solute transformations are occurring in the macropores Full bypass flow is described in the Reference section under Full Macropore Flow V 2 p 336 2 9 4 Green and Ampt infiltration The Green and Ampt algorithm is an analytical method to increase infil tration in dry soils due to capillarity It is not applicable when
118. yield of the upper most SZ numerical layer if UZ is included in the simulation By definition the specific yield is the amount of water release from stor age when the water table falls The field capacity of a soil is the remaining water content after a period of free drainage Thus specific yield is equal to the saturated water content minus the field capacity To avoid water balance errors at the interface between the SZ and UZ models the specific yield of the top SZ layer is set equal to the he satu rated water content minus the field capacity The value is determined once at the beginning of the simulation The water content parameters are taken from the UZ layer in which the initial SZ water table is located In principle having different values between the SZ and UZ models does not directly cause a water balance error but it may cause numerical prob lems that could lead to water balance errors By definition the steady state water table location will be identical in both the SZ and UZ models Pumping from the SZ will lower the SZ water table by an amount equal to the specific yield divided by the cell area times the pumping rate How ever if the field capacity is not correlated to the specific yield then the amount of water released from storage in the UZ will be more or less than the amount extracted from the SZ cell This will result in different water 252 MIKE SHE Groundwater Drainage j tables in the SZ and UZ
119. zone within one hydrological sub catchment If a water bal ance sub catchment excludes part of an Overland flow zone within one hydrological sub catchment the water balances will be wrong in many cases because the OL storage is not necessarily uniformly distributed over one Overland flow zone while there is only one value for flows between OL flow zones source sink terms etc e For TOTAL and SZ water balances Same restrictions apply but here with the interflow reservoirs There are no restrictions with respect of the baseflow reservoir distribu tions The pre processor warns in case the above restrictions are violated It can t give an error because this program doesn t know which type TOTAL OL SZ the user will specify in the water balance Post proces sor Basically sub catchment water balances can be misleading when using the linear reservoir method For example a baseflow reservoir receiving percolation from several subcatchments only sees the total amount of percolation If you make a sub catchment water balance for one of the sub catchments then the water balance program will return the amount of percolation for the subcatchment However the baseflow reservoir only received the average over the area total percolation baseflow res area The difference between these two values will be reflected in the water bal ance as a boundary flow for the sub catchment which is obviously not really correct The same si
120. 1 old fraction The default value is 0 01 This means that if the reduced time step is less than 0 1 times the Max OL time step then a message will be printed in the _WM log file Such as Adaptive time step info from Explictit OL solver OL step no 59 Final time step 1 8108 seconds Additional Options 307 Extra Parameters with the following four reasons Critical OL Wave Courant number Cell 8 21 Critical Net outflow from OL cell to River Cell 8 21 Critical Net OL outflow from cell Cell 17 19 Critical Net outflow from River to OL River link between If you experience frequent severe reductions in the OL time step when using the explicit OL solver then this threshold can cause very large log files to be created If you are not interested in this information then you can reduce this threshold to reduce the frequency of the output 14 2 6 Alternative low gradient damping function In flat areas with ponded water the head gradient between grid cells will be zero or nearly zero which means that as the gradient goes to zero At also goes to zero To allow the simulation to run with longer time steps and dampen any numerical instabilities in areas with low lateral gradients the calculated intercell flows are multiplied by a damping factor when the gradients are close to zero Compared to the default damping function an alternative da
121. 11 when the upstream water depth above the weir approaches zero the flow over the weir becomes undefined To prevent numerical problems the flow is reduced linearly to zero when the water depth is below the minimum upstream height threshold The EUM data type is Water Depth Allow overbank spilling This checkbox lets you define which branches are allowed to flood over their banks Thus you can allow flooding from MIKE 11 only in branches with defined flood plains or only in areas of particular interest If overbank spilling is not allowed for a particular branch then the over land river exchange is still calculated using the weir formula but the exchange is only one way that is from overland flow to the river Minimum flow area for overbank spilling The minimum flow area threshold prevents overbank spilling when the river is nearly dry The flow area is calculated by dividing the volume of water in the coupling reach by the length of the reach The EUM data type is Flow Area which by default is m2 The default value is 1 m3 m length of river This is quite a small amount of water for most reasonable rivers and should be adjusted based on the river width For example if your river is 10m wide then spilling will occur when the water level is 10cm above the bank elevation However if your river is 200m wide then spilling would start when the water level is only 5mm above the bank elevation The cell size also plays a role here
122. 3 b CXe Cuy e C142 CoA Solving equation 18 2 gives us dx TE pib 4ac gt 18 4 where 0 lt dx lt 1 is used to choose the correct root dy can now be com puted in two ways a x A B dx ioe gt C D dx E gt or _ x A B dx dy C Dads 18 6 Choosing between 18 5 and 18 6 is done in such a way that division by zero is avoided xc y has been mapped to dx dy The task was to com pute the elevation in the point x Ye and this is done in the following way using regular bilinear interpolation z 1 dx 1 dy z dx 1 dy z 1 dx dy z dxdy Zo 18 7 358 MIKE SHE Interpolation Methods A If less than four points are found if one or more quadrants are empty the double linear interpolation is replaced with reverse distance interpolation RDI This is done according to the following scheme w ee 55 18 8 Jit OI N W gt w 18 9 i l T z eee WZ 18 10 i l The method works fairly efficiently but it has one drawback The quad rant search is heavily dependent on the orientation of the bathymetry If the bathymetry is rotated 45 degrees 4 completely different points might be used for the interpolation For this reason there is also a Triangular interpolation method which can be used and this method should be direc tion independent 18 5 2 Triangular Interpolation As mentioned previously the Bilinear Interpolation is depend
123. 7 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 1 SM Precipitation and snowmelt items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error sm qESnow Amount of evaporation from Outflow positive when yes snow This is a combination of _ evaporation sublimation sublimation from dry snow and occurs evaporation from wet snow Evaporation is removed first from wet snow storage When wet snow storage is zero then sublimation from dry snow is removed because of the higher energy required for sublimation sm dWetSnowSto Change in wet snow storage Positive when wet snow no storage increases sm dSnowSto Change in total snow storage Positive when total snow yes Note Change in dry snow storage Storage Increases is dSnowSto dWetSnowSto sm smWbIErr Snow storage water balance error Positive if water generated Sum of marked items Astorage Outflow gt Inflow sm qP Total precipitation Inflow negative no not used in detailed SM WB out put sm qlrrSpinkler Total Irrigation Inflow negative no not used in detailed SM WB out put sm qPad Total precipitation reaching the Outflow positive no canopy Precipitation sprinkler irrigation snowmelt to ponded water Same as ci qPad not used in detailed SM WB out put 118 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items 5 3 2 Canopy interception storage The canopy interception is a seperate storage on
124. DEM exists for the flood plain area compared to the regional terrain model e Use Cross section If the Cross section option is specified the topogra phy values of the cells with flood codes are re interpolated based on the cross section data When the cross section option is selected the pre processor maps out a flood plain polygon for the coupling reach based on the left and right bank locations of all the cross sections along the coupling reach Inter polated cross sections are created between the available actual cross sections if the cross section spacing is greater than 2 Ax grid size All the cross sections real and interpolated are sampled to obtain a set of point values for elevation in the flood plain The topography values of all cells with the current flood code that are within the flood plain polygon are re interpolated using the bilinear interpolation method to obtain a new topography value In principle the Cross section option ensures a good consistency between MIKE SHE grid elevations and MIKE 11 cross sections There will however often be interpolation problems related to river meandering tributary connections etc where wide cross sections of 224 MIKE SHE Common MIKE 11 Error Messages j separate coupling reaches overlap Thus you can make the initial MIKE SHE set up using the Cross section option and then subse quently retrieve and check the resulting ground surface topography from the pre proc
125. Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 ME 1 563 MAE 1 89026 RMSE 2 43509 STDres 1 86727 R Correlation 0 702677 R2 Nash_Sutcliffe 0 646564 i The MIKE SHE Detailed time series tab includes an HTML plot of each point selected in the Setup Editor The HTML plots are updated during the simulation whenever you enter the view Alternatively you can select the Refresh button to refresh the plot Note The HTML plot is regenerated every time you enter the Detailed Time Series page So if you have a lot of plots and a long simulation then the regeneration can take a long time For information on the statistics see Statistic Calculations V 2 p 217 Running MIKE SHE 155 i Running your Model 6 3 2 Gridded Results Layer no for Groundwater items 1 Add XY flow 1 precipitation rate Views result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 2 _ depth of overland water View result C WIKE_SHEResultiKarup_Example_DemoMo 3 _ intitration to UZ negative Fl View result C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMo 4 exchange between UZ and SZ pos up o Views result _ C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMa 5 _ depth to phreatic surface negative Fi View result C MIKE_SHE Resutt arup_Example_DemoMo 6 head elevation in saturated zone Fl View result C WIKE_SHEWResultiKarup_Example_DemoMo 7__ seepage flow SZ overland Fi View result C
126. Displaying a MIKE 11 cross section 98 46 UZ Specific Plots 0 0 0 0 0000002000 100 4 6 1 UZ Scatter and Filled Plots 100 462 UP PICs 4 5545 eeu he ES oe eee eee Ww 3 101 5 USING THE WATER BALANCE TOOL 105 5 1 Creating a water balance _ 106 5 1 1 Create a new water balance document 106 5 1 2 Extract the water balance data 107 5 1 3 Specify your water balance 109 6 MIKE SHE 5 1 4 Calculate and View the Water Balance 113 5 2 Calculating Water Balances in Batch Mode 113 5 3 Available Water Balance Items 2 2 114 5 3 1 SNOW Storage Ge ee Gh eee aw a ee 116 5 3 2 Canopy interception storage 119 5 3 3 Pondedwaterstorage 22 2 002222 120 5 3 4 Unsaturated Zone Storage 125 5 3 5 Saturated Zone Storage _ 128 5 3 6 Limitations for Linear Reservoir and Sub catchment OL Water Bal ance 140 54 Standard Water Balance Types 142 5 5 Making Custom Water Balances 144 5 5 1 Customizing the chartoutput 145 Running MIKE SHEe _ 0 1 147 6 RUNNING YOUR MODEL 149 6 1 Preprocessing your model 149 6 1 1 Viewing t
127. E LIMITATIONS APPLY TO YOUR PUR CHASE OF THIS SOFTWARE Printing History December 2011 July 2011 September 2012 MIKE SHE Getting Started 44 24 EE eS a 13 1 INTRODUCTION 2 2 424 24 56 2425 Ge we we ee wD ee we eG 15 1 1 Process models p a sc raseda dda debo ne ha Wu bae irh Q suu a 18 1 2 Requirements aaa aa a 20 1 2 1 Inputrequirementfts __ _ _ a 20 1 2 2 ModellimifS 23 1 2 3 MIKE SHE Demo model limits 24 1 2 4 Hardware Requirements oaoa a 24 13 Getting Help oo vale Bie ce ES Boe Bee Bae eee ad pete eS 26 14 Service and Maintenance 26 1 4 1 Service Packs _ eee ee 27 2 BUILDING MIKE SHE MODEL 29 2 1 MIKE Z r0 u 2 l arias usa u AE oe ee L Bel es ea Beds VS 29 2 1 1 MIKE ZeroEditors 0 00000 30 2 2 The MIKE SHE User nterface _ _ _ _ _ 31 2 2 1 The Setup Editor 32 2 2 2 The Setup Data Tree _ 33 22 3 Background Maps ee eau ee 34 2 2 4 InitiaaModelSetup 34 2 2 5 Simulation parameters a 36 2 2 6 Hot Starting from a previous simulationn 37 2 3 Model domain and grid aaa aaa eee eee 37 24 TopographV se sessa ow he we a ee
128. E SHE A McKee Inc 2001 Kaiser Hill 2001 West Consultants Inc et al 2001 Kimbley Horn amp Assoc Inc et al 2002 Middlemis 2004 which can all be downloaded from the MIKE SHE web site These studies compare and contrast available integrated groundwater surface water codes They also show that few codes exist that have been designed and developed to fully integrate surface water and groundwater Further few of these have been applied outside of the academic community Kaiser Hill 2001 Applications around the world MIKE SHE has been used in a broad range of applications It is being used operationally in many countries around the world by organizations rang ing from universities and research centres to consulting engineers compa nies Refsgaard amp Storm 1995 MIKE SHE has been used for the analysis planning and management of a wide range of water resources and environmental and ecological problems related to surface water and groundwater such as e River basin management and planning e Water supply design management and optimization e Irrigation and drainage e Soil and water management e Surface water impact from groundwater withdrawal e Conjunctive use of groundwater and surface water e Wetland management and restoration e Ecological evaluations e Groundwater management e Environmental impact assessments e Aquifer vulnerability mapping e Contamination from waste disposal e Surface water and ground
129. E SHE built in Constants 1 MIKE SHE built in Forcings 0 Derived Output Unsaturated zone Enable Ecolab for Unsaturated zone Ecolab Template Integration method Update frequency J Edt EULER v E 0 State Variables User Specified Constants User Specified Forcings o Processes o Auxiliary Variables MIKE SHE built in Constants 0 MIKE SHE built in Forcings o Derived Output Saturated Zone Enable Ecolab for Saturated zone Ecolab Template Integration method Update frequency L J EULER JIE State Variables User Specified Constants User Specified Forcings Processes Auxiliary Variables MIKE SHE built in Constants o MIKE SHE built inForcings 0 Derived Output When you enable ECO Lab for the specific process you will be able to browse to the required ECO Lab template Specified templates can be directly modified by clicking on the Edit button When you browse to a template the template file is read by the Setup Edi tor and the number of components i e State Variables Forcings Proc esses etc that have been specified in the template are displayed in the Template summary 1 State Variables 1 User Specified Constants 1 User Specified Forcings Processes Auxiliary Variables 1 MIKE SHE built in Constants _ MIKE SHE buil
130. Flow Storing Requirements 291 Local depressions 255 Flows to MIKE SHE 203 Log files 71 Forcings ECO Lab 280 M frf file 71 Maintenance 26 Frozen soils _ 303 Mannings M 49 Maps G adding 34 Geologic Model 58 249 Maximum discharge rate 176 Conductivity values 250 MIKE 11 Lenses 59 251 Unsaturated flow 217 Green and Ampt 54 water balance 217 Grid Editor 347 water quality 218 2D to 3D Layer Mapping 362 MIKE 11 Water Levels 203 File to Copy 362 MIKE FLOOD 51 Item mapping 362 MIKE Zerio _ 29 MIKE SHE vsMIKE3 347 Model chains 72 node numbering 347 Model domain Operation 362 specifying aaa a 37 Sub area position 362 Model Limits Target file 362 Demo version 24 Time Position 362 Model limits Licensed version 23 H MODFLOW 57 262 Hardware 24 MOUSE 229 Hardware Requirements 24 MsheMouse pfs file 235 Horizontal Interpolation 250 Multi cell overland flow 181 Hot start 37 Multiple simulations 72 limitations 37 N
131. HE simulation The water balance describes the flow of water within your catchment If the water balance checkbox is turned on then all of the data necessary for calculating the water balance will be automatically saved If you do not check on this box then you will not be able to calculate a water balance for your simulation and you will have to re run your simulation to gener ate the needed output data Water balances are calculated using a separate water balance utility which is described in detail in the chapter Using the Water Balance Tool V 1 p 105 Hot start output It is often very useful to be able to start a simulation from a consisten pre defined starting point For example you may want to simulate the first five years and then start all of your scenarios from this starting point This could save you considerable calculation time You can append individual simulation output files together using the Con catination tool in the MIKE Zero Toolbox However you will not be able to create a water balance of the entire period including the first five years Using the hot start involves e Turning on the hot start by checking the hot start checkbox Getting Started 63 Building a MIKE SHE Model e Then either storing the hot start data at the end of the simulation only which will create only one possible hot start point or e Storing the hot start information at regular storing Intervals Frequent hot start s
132. However this dispersive mass flux to the boundary is not included in the SZ solver due to an old check in the code When mass flux to from a boundary point is reversed compared to the flow direction the mass flux is simply reset to 0 This made sense before the boundary dispersion was implemented because advective transport against the flow direction would be wrong But now when the boundary dispersion is active this situation is allowed 14 6 Miscellaneous 14 6 1 Including OpenMI If you want to link a program to MIKE SHE using OpenMI then you must specify the following Extra Parameter Parameter Type Value Name make omi file Boolean On When enabled an omi file for WM is created called MIKESHE WM SetupName omi If Water Quality is included a second omi file is created called MIKESHE WQ SetupName omi These omi files are to be used in the OpenMI configuration editor 324 MIKE SHE Miscellaneous 14 6 2 Plot control for Detailed Time Series Output On the Results Tab the Detailed Time Series plots are created in a set of html files The default file length is 5 plots per file However you can control the number of plots per html file by using the following Extra Parameter Parameter Type Value Name max number of _ Integer detailed ts plots per html file Greater than or equal to 1 Note If the loading of the html file can become very slow if the
133. IKE SHE simulation to be evaluated is different from the MIKE SHE simulation used to set up the water balance file you will have to edit the water balance file To run the Extraction and Postprocessing steps in batch mode the your PATH statement needs to include directory where MIKE SHE was installed The default directory is C Program Files DHI MIKEZero bin An example is shown below of a batch file that generates water balance data for three postprocessing steps using a water balance utility file named WaterConservationAreas WBL MSHE Wbl Ex exe WaterConservationAreas WBL MSHE Wbl Post exe WaterConservationAreas WBL 1 MSHE Wbl Post exe WaterConservationAreas WBL 2 MSHE Wbl Post exe WaterConservationAreas WBL 3 The MSHE _Wb1l Ex exe command runs the Extraction phase of the water balance utility The command MSHE Wbl Post exe WaterConservationAreas WBL 1 runs the first Postprocessing item in the water balance file WaterCon servationAreas WBL The number after the water balance file name in the Postprocessing command indicates which Postprocessing item to run and this number must consistent with the water balance utility file i e the number cannot be greater than the number of Postprocessing items in the file Otherwise the program will terminate with an error The Postprocessing step cannot be executed before an Extraction step but only one Extraction step needs to be run for a sing
134. KE SHE Any invert via the ADP file e NOT coupled to MIKE SHE 8 1 Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE URBAN The MIKE URBAN coupling in MIKE SHE has not yet been added to the MIKE SHE user interface Thus to couple the models together you must 1 tell MIKE SHE to look fora MIKE URBAN model 2 tell MIKE URBAN that it is coupled to a MIKE SHE model 3 create an MsheMouse pfs file to define where and how the two models are coupled Drainage modelling with MIKE URBAN 233 A Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN 8 1 1 Telling MIKE SHE to couple to MIKE URBAN To tell MIKE SHE that it needs to couple to a MIKE URBAN model you must add the following two items in the Extra Parameters V 2 p 193 sec tion of the MIKE SHE Setup Editor Parameter Value Name mouse coupling On mouse coupling file the file name of the MIKE URBAN cou pling pfs input file Note that the parameter names must be spelled exactly as shown For more information on the use of extra parameters see Extra Parameters V 1 p 299 8 1 2 Telling MIKE URBAN that it is coupled to a MIKE SHE model To couple a MIKE URBAN model to MIKE SHE MIKE URBAN must be supplied with some extra information This information is found in MIKE URBAN s ADP file Line item Comment MOUSE_COUPLING UNIT_TYPE 1 CALLER MSHE SYNTAX VERSION 1 SzLeakageCoef LineHeader ID LinkType C OLExp Comment line f
135. MIKE SHE USER MANUAL VOLUME 1 USER GUIDE MIKE by DHI 2012 A Please Note Copyright This document refers to proprietary computer software which is protected by copyright All rights are reserved Copying or other reproduction of this manual or the related programs is prohibited without prior written consent of DHI For details please refer to your DHI Software Licence Agreement Limited Liability The liability of DHI is limited as specified in Section III of your DHI Software Licence Agreement IN NO EVENT SHALL DHI OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES AGENTS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSO EVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS OR SAVINGS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR THE INA BILITY TO USE THIS DHI SOFTWARE PRODUCT EVEN IF DHI HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY TO CLAIMS OF PERSONAL INJURY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SOME COUN TRIES OR STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITA TION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL DAMAGES AND ACCORDINGLY SOME PORTIONS OF THESE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU BY YOUR OPENING OF THIS SEALED PACKAGE OR INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU HAVE ACCEPTED THAT THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR THE MAXIMUM LEGALLY APPLICA BLE SUBSET OF THES
136. MIKE SHE model is organized around the Setup Data Tree The lay out of the tree depends on the model components that are active in the cur rent model which are selected in the Simulation Specification dialogue Opposite the data tree is the corresponding dialogue for the currently selected tree branch The data tree is designed to hide the components that are not needed for the current simulation However no data is ever lost if the branch is hid den That is all data is retained even if the branch is not currently visible The design of the data tree is such that when you make selections in the current dialogue the tree is automatically updated to reflect the selection However the layout of the data tree and the options available in the cur rent dialogue are such that the data tree will only change along the current branch That is if you make a selection in the current dialogue additional options or branches may become available further along the branch How ever no changes will occur in other branches of the data tree For exam ple if you make a selection in the Precipitation dialogue this will affect the Precipitation data branch It will not affect the Evapotranspiration branch Getting Started 33 A Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 2 3 2 2 4 The only exception to the above rule is selections made in the Simulation Specification dialogue which is used to set up the entire data tree Thus for example if you
137. Projects Active View Settings Horizontal from the top menu These steps will open the dialogue below x Style Color r 2D Grid Styles Vector file C Work dite Apply to all Data Sets r Contour type Shaded contour x Blend colors 7 Transparency 38 Z r lsolines gt Miscellaneous V Draw isolines Element mesh IV Draw labels Outline grid IV Smooth edge V Color legend m ltem Layer Item head elevation in saturated zone z Layer no 1 From 1 to 2 Cancel Apply Help The right hand side of the dialogue lists the available display items Typi cally this is a set of overlays from the MIKE SHE setup tab plus the grid file that is being displayed If you have added other output files to the plot then these will also be listed Draw Grid The Draw grid check box turns the gridded data display on and off Contour Type The interpolation of the gridded values to a colour scale is controlled by the Contour Type The available interpolation methods include Box contours or Shaded contours Box contours present a uniform colour for every cell and Shaded contours smooth the colour gradation between and across the cells The transparency copy colours and blend colours options control how the display of the other overlays interacts 87 The Results viewer 4 2 4 with the gridded data You should experiment with these settings to get a feeling for how they
138. Step Accumulated V 1 p 343 40 MIKE SHE Climate A 2 5 2 Snow The Precipitation Rate item comprises both a distribution and a value The distribution can be either uniform station based or fully distributed If the data is station based then for each station a sub item will appear where you can enter the time series of values for the station If the Include snow melt V 2 p 76 checkbox is checked then rain accu mulates as snow if the Air Temperature V2 p 84 is below the Threshold Melting Temperature V 2 p 88 the temperature at which the snow starts to melt usually 0 C If the air temperature is above the threshold then the snow will melt at the rate specified by the Degree day Melting or Freezing Coefficient V 2 p 89 Dry snow acts like a sponge and does not immediately release melting snow Thus melting snow is added to wet snow storage When the amount of wet snow exceeds the Maximum Wet Snow Fraction in Snow Storage V 2 p 91 the excess is added to ponded water which is then free to infil trate or runoff More detailed information on the snow melt process can be found in the on line help for the individual dialogues and in the Snow Melt Reference V 2 p 289 section 2 5 3 Evapotranspiration The calculation of evapotranspiration uses meteorological and vegetative data to predict the total evapotranspiration and net rainfall due to e Interception of rainfall by the canopy e Drainage fro
139. This is defined only for the lower baseflow layer in the water bal ance output but is used in the water balance error calculation of the interflow reservoirs with the opposite sign The term sz qszzpos is not included here because the LR method does not allow any trans fer of water from the baseflow res ervoir upwards to the interflow reservoir To river Outflow from interflow and base Outflow positive yes Sz qszrivpos flow reservoirs to MIKE SHE River Links From river Inflow from MIKE SHE River Inflow negative yes sz qszrivneg Links to the baseflow reservoir to the baseflow reservoir For the interflow reservoirs this is always zero because MIKE 11 only discharges to the baseflow reservoirs storagechange Change in storage in the interflow Positive if storage increases yes sz dszsto and baseflow reservoirs deadzonestor Change in storage in the deadzone Outflow Positive yes agechange storage This is calculated as a sz dszsto_dead change in storage but it is equal to the outflow to dead zone storage because there is no option in MIKE SHE to reduce the dead zone storage 139 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 7 SZ Saturated Zone Linear Reservoir all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error pumping Groundwater pumping from the Outflow positive yes sz qszabsex baseflow reservoirs But ca
140. This is the net Sorption and Desorption to the soil matrix in each of the processes If mass is sorbed to the soil matrix it is removed from solution and this value will be negative If mass desorbs from the soil matrix it is added to solution and this value will be positive Colloid Sorp DeSorp SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL This is the net Sorption and Desorption to colloids in each of the processes If mass is sorbed to the colloids it is removed from solution and this value will be negative If mass desorbs from the colloids it is added to solution and this value will be posi tive However this is normally zero because colloid transport is not available in the commercial ver sion of MIKE SHE only a research version EcoLab SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL This is the mass change resulting from passing sol utes to and from EcoLab positive if EcoLab causes the mass to increase and negative if mass decreases SZ UZ MP UZ OL Sinks Sources Note that there is no mass transfer to SZ drains Ext Sinks OpenMD Decay because the SZ drains have not storage Mass that Sorp DeSorp Colloid Sorp DeSorp discharges to SZ drains passes straight through the EcoLab Plant Uptake drain and is added to the end recipient i e a river boundary or local depression Immob SZ UZ Decay Sorp DeSorp Colloid Sorp DeSorp EcoLab SZ Baseflow River This is a special item that includes only the mass from S
141. US Chainage DS Chainage Leakage Coef Flood Area F me Bording cree 0 7200 Aquifer Bed 1E 005 No flooding Karup River 0 52000 Aquifer Bed LE 005 No flooding Haderup Riv 0 14200 Aquifer Bed LE 005 No flooding feldborg cre 0 8100 Aquifer Bed LE 005 No flooding 5 hauge creek 0 12100 Aquifer Bed LE 005 No flooding Figure 7 13 MIKE SHE River Links dialogue in the tabular view of the MIKE 11 Network Editor Include all branches button If the Include all branches button is pressed all the branches in the MIKE 11 setup will be copied to the MIKE SHE Links table Branches that should not be in the coupling can subsequently be deleted manually and the specifications for the remaining branches completed Thus you may have a large and complex hydraulic model but only couple certain reaches to MIKE SHE All branches will still be in the hydraulic MIKE 11 model Surface Water 219 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Location but MIKE SHE will only exchange water with branch reaches that are listed in the MIKE SHE links table Note The Include all branches button will erase all existing links that have been specified The branch name upstream chainage and downstream chainage define the stretch of river that can exchange water with MIKE SHE A MIKE 11 branch can be sub divided into several coupling reaches to allow for example different riverbed leakage coefficients for different parts of the river
142. W The left bottom corner cell of the model grid has coordinates IX1 IY1 1 1 Topol Pre processed Topo elevation in meters of the cell IX1 IY1 Bank1 Interpolated cross section bank elevation in meters at marker 1 or 3 at the link chainage last column The marker 1 or 3 corresponding to Bank depends on the position of the cell IX1 IY1 with respect to the direction of increasing chainage Marker is the left marker in the increas ing chainage direction TX2 1Y2 Coordinate of the cell on the opposite side to IX1 IY 1 In other words it is the cell on the north side of the link if Side S or the cell on the east side of the link if Side W The left bottom corner cell of the model grid has coordinates IX2 TY2 1 1 Topo2 Pre processed Topo elevation in meters of the cell IX2 TY2 Bank2 Interpolated cross section bank elevation in meters at marker 1 or 3 at the link chainage last column The marker 1 or 3 corresponding to Bank2 depends on the position of the cell X2 IY2 with respect to the direction of increasing chainage Marker is the left marker in the increas ing chainage direction Bed Interpolated cross section elevation in meters at marker 2 at the link chainage last column In other words it is the river bed bottom ele vation interpolated at that chainage Width Interpolated cross section width in meters at the link chainage last column The cross section width is the dist
143. Z model infiltration to Inflow negative yes sz qszin the interflow reservoirs and perco lation to the baseflow reservoirs is distributed equally to the entire reservoir When you calculate the water bal ance in a sub area sz qszin is the amount of recharge percolation that is distributed into the sub area For example if all your recharge occurs outside of your sub area this is the increase in groundwater storage that occurs inside your sub area This can only be non zero for sub area water balances lateral OUT In the LR SZ model infiltration to Outflow positive yes sz qszout the interflow reservoirs and perco lation to the baseflow reservoirs is distributed equally to the entire reservoir When you calculate the water bal ance in a sub area sz qszout is the amount of recharge percolation that is distributed to areas outside of the sub area For example if all your recharge occurs inside your sub area this is the increase in groundwater stor age that occurs outside your sub area This can only be non zero for sub area water balances 138 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items Table 5 7 SZ Saturated Zone Linear Reservoir all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error percolation Infiltration from interflow reser Inflow negative yes sz qszzneg voirs to baseflow reservoirs to the baseflow reservoir
144. Z to rivers SZ Drain River SZ Local Dep Boundary This is a special item that divides up the SZ mass discharge to drains by the end recipient SZ Flow Boundary This is a special item to distinguish between SZ mass discharge to boundaries via drains and direct discharge to the boundary SZ Fract Immob SZ This is a special item that includes only the mass exchange between fractures and the matrix when the dual porosity option is selected in the SZ 277 Solute Transport Table 11 2 Available WQ mass balance items in the _Allltems dfs0 file From To Comment UZ SZ Immob SZ OL Sinks Sources Note that the UZ to Boundary item refers to mass Ext Sinks OpenMI Boundary Decay discharge from UZ to SZ boundaries This can Sorp DeSorp Colloid Sorp DeSorp larise for example when a UZ column discharges EcoLab Plant Uptake into an SZ cell that contains an internal boundary condition such as a constant head Note that the UZ to Immob SZ item will only be non zero when the dual porosity option in SZ is turned on In this case as the water table increases there will be a transfer of UZ mass to water in both the SZ fractures and SZ immobile matrix based on the ratios of their porosities Related to the above if macropores are active then mass in the UZ macropores will be distrib uted to both the SZ matrix and the SZ fractures MP UZ SZ Immob SZ UZ Matr Decay Sorp DeSorp Colloid S
145. Z via the UZ macropores In the MIKE SHE results recharge is a vertical downward flow in the negative direction In the UZ water balance it is an outflow and must be a positive value Outflow positive Note sign change in water balance definition yes 126 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items Table 5 4 UZ Unsaturated Zone items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error uz qGWFeed Feedback from LR to UZ Inflow negative yes BackUZ This value is only non zero if the Note sign change in water Linear Reservoir groundwater balance definition option is used In this case the baseflow reservoirs will add water to the UZ as a fraction of the dis charge to MIKE 11 In the MIKE SHE results the feedback to UZ is a positive value But in the water balance it is an inflow and must have a negative sign uz dUzDef Change in UZ deficit Negative for increasing UZ yes The UZ deficit is essentially the deficit but in amount of air in the profile Itis Note sign change in water the error the opposite of the UZ storage balance definition term A decreasing deficit means that calcula the soil is getting wetter which tion the nega Pama ee ae storage are An increasing deficit means that isnot the soil is getting drier which used equals decreasing UZ storage Internally in MSHE the value of dUzDef is calculated as a change in storage
146. a yet keep sur face flow in other less stagnant areas If you are using the Explicit OL solver there are several dfs2 output options that make it easier to find the model areas that are contributing to reducing the time step These include e Mean OL Wave Courant number e Max OL Wave Courant number and e Max Outflow OL OL per Cell Volume 7 2 2 Threshold gradient for overland flow In flat areas with ponded water the head gradient between grid cells will be zero or nearly zero As the head gradient goes to zero At must also become very small to maintain accuracy To allow the simulation to run with longer time steps and dampen any numerical instabilities in areas with low lateral gradients the calculated intercell flows are multiplied by a damping factor when the gradients are close to zero Essentially the damping factor reduces the flow between cells You can think of the damping function as an increased resistance to flow as the gra dient goes to zero In other words the flow goes to zero faster than the time steps goes to zero This makes the solution more stable and allows for larger time steps However the resulting gradients will be artificially high in the affected cells and the solution will begin to diverge from the Mannings solution At very low gradients this is normally insignificant Surface Water 179 Surface Water in MIKE SHE but as the gradient increases the differences may become noticeable Ther
147. actor tool move the cursor over the column you want to extract the results from and double click Figure 4 19 Results from multiple UZ columns cannot be displayed on the same UZ Plot 101 The Results viewer Figure 4 19 Extracting a UZ Plot from simulated unsaturated water contents and flow The simulated water content results for the selected column are displayed in Figure 4 20 The UZ Plots show either water content or unsaturated zone flow for each node in the column y axis for the entire simulation x axis Figure 4 20 Example UZ plot of unsaturated zone water content Addition graphical functions can be accessed by right clicking in the graphical view Modification of the UZ Plot properties is one functionality available using the right click Figure 4 21 Modifications that can be made include changing the interpolation methods adding the mesh add ing isolines changing the colour schemes etc Figure 4 22 102 MIKE SHE UZ Specific Plots Fab Mar Age May Jun Ai Auy Sop Cet Nav Oot Jan Fab Mar Apr May Jun Ju et er ef of 8 Bf Bt Bt oF 8 97 B Bz 2 F 62 92 92 Figure 4 21 Modification of the UZ plot properties CEPT TTT Figure 4 22 Available UZ plot properties that can be modified An example of a modified UZ plot with the mesh displayed and only showing the upper five meters of the soil column is shown in Figure 4 22 Additional information on modifying the interpolation an
148. ailable gradient Without the Canyon option MIKE SHE effectively assumes that the river is hydraulically connected to the upper most model layer since MIKE SHE calculates the exchange flow with all layers that intersect the river based on the difference between the river level and the water table Currently this option is only available for steady state models Parameter Type Value Name enable canyon Boolean On exchange 322 MIKE SHE Water Quality A 14 5 Water Quality 14 5 1 Disable SZ solute flux to dummy UZ The following Extra Parameter is useful if you are using an alternative UZ model such as DAISY in MIKE SHE and you are trying to couple it to the WQ In this case you will be typically using the Negative Precipitation V 1 p 300 option If you use this option then you will not use a MIKE SHE UZ and the UZ SZ exchange will pass through a dummy UZ layer When this is coupled to the water quality solutes will also be passed to this dummy UZ layer and removed from the SZ domain and the model To prevent the upflow of solutes from SZ to the dummy UZ you must specify the following Extra Parameter Parameter Type Value Name disable sz trans Boolean On port to dummy uz 14 5 2 SZ boundary dispersion A detailed test of the MIKE SHE WQ engine comparing an SZ model with fixed concentration at an inflow boundary with an analytical solution for a
149. allelization and AUTOCAL will support up to four cores If you want to use more than four cores then you must contact your local DHI office for additional run time licenses Running MIKE SHE 167 Running your Model 168 MIKE SHE SURFACE WATER 169 170 MIKE SHE Overland Flow A 7 SURFACE WATER IN MIKE SHE Hydrologically surface water can occur in defined channels or distributed as ponded water in lakes or on the flood plain Surface water interacts with the rest of the hydrologic cycle through evaporation and exchange to from groundwater In MIKE SHE ponded surface water can be simulated directly using the 2D overland flow module The water flow on the ground surface is calcu lated by MIKE SHE s Overland Flow Module using the diffusive wave approximation of the Saint Venant equations or using a semi distributed approach based on the Mannings equation This chapter concentrates on the diffusive wave finite difference method Historically MIKE SHE also included its own 1D channel flow module but this was replace several years ago by MIKE 11 This chapter describes the interaction and coupling between MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE as well as guidance on the modelling of both channel flow and flooding in MIKE SHE For detailed technical information on 2D surface water flow see the Over land Flow Reference V 2 p 265 chapter For detailed technical information on MIKE 11 refer to either t
150. allows you to modify existing Water balance types or create custom Water balance types to suit your needs The water balance calculations use a water balance Con fig uration file to define Water balance types using the available water balance items and a macro language to control program execution To modify existing or custom Water balance types you must understand the available items and what data they contain Sign Conventions MIKE SHE uses a sign convention that is positive in the positive coordi nate direction In other words water flowing upward in the model is a pos itive flow in MIKE SHE Likewise flow in the direction of increasing x or y is also positive Boundary flows and other flows that do not have a direction are positive outwards However the water balance utility uses a control volume sign convention such that all inflows are negative and all outflows are positive This can cause confusion when calculating a water balance For example a vertical 115 Using the Water Balance Tool 5 3 1 downward flow through the unsaturated zone will always be a negative result in MIKE SHE In the water balance control volume a downward flow into the unsaturated zone will be a positive outflow in the water bal ance for ponded water but a negative inflow into the unsaturated zone water balance The sign convention for the water balance error of each storage is such that an increasing storage is positive Thus a posit
151. alues of the two zones In other words at the beginning of the time step the overland flow leaving the upper zone calculated in the previous time step is distributed evenly across all of the cells in the receiving zone In practice this results in a dis tribution of water from cells in the upstream zone with ponded water e g due to high rainfall or low infiltration to all of the cells in the downstream zone with potentially a large number of those cells having a higher infil tration capacity In this case then overland flow generated in the upper flow zone may never reach the stream network because it is distributed thinly across the entire downstream zone To avoid excess infiltration or evaporation in the downstream zone an option was added that allows you to route overland flow directly to the stream network In this case overland flow generated in any of the over land flow zones is not distributed across the downstream zone but rather it is added directly to the MIKE 11 stream network as lateral inflow Parameter Type Value Name no simple OL Boolean On routing Additional Options 305 Extra Parameters 14 2 4 Irrigation River Source Factors A global river source volume factor and river source discharge factor are available as extra parameters for increased control of river sources during irrigation Parameter Type Value Name river source vol float positive ume fact
152. am height goes below a threshold If you use the overbank spilling option then you should also use the Explict Numerical Solution V 2 p 271 for overland flow 216 MIKE SHE Unsaturated Flow exchange with MIKE 11 7 7 4 Converting from Flood Codes to Overbank Spilling The explicit solver and overbank spilling from MIKE 11 to overland flow are new in the 2007 Release In principle if you were careful setting up your flood codes then the conversion to overbank spilling should result in the same flooded area with similar depths The only difference will be that the water on the flooded area is flowing However in practice the conversion is not likely to be this smooth Flood code setups are typically done manually and the topography is typically not very closely controlled as long as it was inundated when it was sup posed to be Furthermore the need for detailed surface roughness Man ningsM will require additional data Finally the complication of fully dynamic diffusive wave 2D flow can lead to complicated water flows across the flood plain So there is likely to be substantial adjustment and re calibration to get the flooding right Fortunately you can mix Flood codes and Overbank spilling in the same model and even in the same coupling reach This allows you to update only the parts of your model where the overbank spilling is important and leave the Flood code option intact elsewhere 7 8 Unsaturated Flow exc
153. an be passed directly from MIKE SHE These are mostly geometry related parameters including the grid area the cell volume the topography and the depth to the top and bottom of the cell However some specific Constants are also available for the different domains such as the Detention Storage in the Overland flow and the Bulk Density and the Porosity in the saturated zone User Defined YES If your Constant is not in the list of available pre defined Constants from MIKE SHE then you must chose User Defined YES In this case you can define any spatially distributed static parameter The actual values and spatial distribution of the Constant will be defined in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor In the template the only thing you need to specify is the name of the Constant The name is then used when defining the Processes Derived Outputs etc In some cases the Constant may already be defined in the Setup Editor but only those in the list will be automatically passed to ECO Lab So if your Constant is not available then you will need to define it again in the list of Constants in the Setup Editor Add one or more Forcings A Forcing is any spatially distributed value that is time varying You can think of it as a value that is affecting the State Variable during the simula 282 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Templates A tion For example air temperature will affect the degradation rate of a sol ute Similar to the Constants
154. ance between markers 1 and 3 in the cross section profile Leak opt The Conductance option used in the coupling reach in which this river link is contained The value is from in the MIKE SHE links table of the MIKE 11 Coupling Reaches dialogue The three possible options are Aqt Bed Aq only and Bed only See Groundwater Exchange with MIKE 11 V1 p 207 and Figure 7 13 Leak coeff The Leakage Coef value used in the coupling reach in which this river link is contained found in the MIKE SHE links table of Cou pling Reaches See Groundwater Exchange with MIKE 11 VJ p 207 and Figure 7 13 206 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 Spill Indicates whether the Allow overbank spilling option is checked for the coupling reach in which the river link is contained The two possible values are On and Off See Figure 7 13 WeirCoeff The Weir coefficient value used in the coupling reach in which the river link is contained See Figure 7 13 HExpo The Head exponent value used in the coupling reach in which the river link is contained See Figure 7 13 FullWdepth The Minimum upstream height above bank for full weir width value used in the coupling reach in which the river link is contained See Figure 7 13 ThrVolSpill Threshold volume value in cubic meters which is the prod uct between the Minimum flow are for overbank spilling value for the coupling reach in which this river link is contained See Figure
155. and 3D data e Data Manager for finite element data e The Plot Composer plc for creating standard report plots e Result Viewer rev for results presentation e Bathometry batsf for sea bed elevations e Animator mza for 3D visualization of 2D surface water and waves e ECOLAB ecolab for water quality in surface water which can be used in MIKE 11 but not yet in the rest of MIKE SHE e AUTOCAL auc for autocalibration sensitivity analysis and sce nario management e EVA Editor eva for extreme value analysis of surface water flows e Mesh Generator mdf for creating meshes for the finite element ver sions of MIKE 21 and MIKE 3 e Data Extraction FM dxfm for extracting data from finite element results files e MIKE Zero Toolbox mzt various tools for data manipulation The documentation for these tools is found in the printed MIKE Zero books and under MIKE Zero in the on line help 30 MIKE SHE The MIKE SHE User Interface In addition to the MIKE Zero document based tools there are a number of other important MIKE Zero utilities that are accessed from the Start Pro grams MIKE by DHI menu including e MIKE View a results evaluation utility for MIKE 11 and MOUSE sewers 1D flow results e Image Rectifer a simple tool for stretching and georeferencing image files e Launch Simulation Engine a utility for launching and running MIKE Zero simulation engines independen
156. and drain levels above topography were 260 MIKE SHE Groundwater Drainage A set to the topography and turned off drainage For backwards compat ibility an Extra Parameter is available Parameter Type Value Name disable drains at Boolean On or above ground Drain levels vs River link elevations There is an optional Extra Parameter check in the drainage routing by levels that checks on the river link bottom elevation Parameter Type Value Name check drain level Boolean On against bed level If the river link bottom elevation is higher than the drain level the cell becomes a local depression However this will likely create a lot of local depressions beside the rivers When using the multi grid OL option the drainage in a coarse cell is controlled by the minimum drainage level in the cell If one sub grid cell has a drainage level below the bed level then the drainage in the entire cell is transferred to an internal depression Note for Release 2011 The check was originally added to prevent the lifting of drainage water up to a river link However in most cases such lifting is probably unintentional That is the river bed has been poorly interpolated Prior to Release 2012 this was the default behav iour and the check above has been added for backwards compatability There is a check on the drain levels below the bottom of the model If the coarse grid drain lev
157. are typically related to incorrectly specified parameters file names etc in the Setup Tab Running MIKE SHE 149 Running your Model 6 1 1 6 1 2 On the main pre processed dialogue there is a uneditable text box con taining the file and location of the pre processed data This is a pfs ASCII file containing the file references for all of the data The actual data is stored in a fif file as well as a number of dfs2 and dfs3 files After you have successfully preprocessed your model the pre processed data will be automatically loaded when you expand the data tree The data tree reflects all the spatial data defined in the model set up tab In other words if the overland flow is not included in the Simulation Specification V2 p 27 dialogue then the Overland item will not be included in the pre processed data tree Note If you change your model setup data the pre processed data will not reflect the changes until you pre process your model again Viewing the pre processed data In all map and time series views there is a View button This view button will open the dfs0 dfs2 or dfs3 file that was generated by the pre proces sor in either the Grid Editor or the Time Series Editor However each of these files usually contains a large number of data items The Grid or the Time Series Editor opens at the first item so you must use the scrolling function in the editor to find the data item that you want Editing the
158. as specified in the EUM Database for Item geometry 2 dimensional see EUM Data Units Depth This is the depth of the observation point below land surface for subsurface observation points The value is in same EUM units ft m etc as specified in the EUM Database for Depth Below Ground see EUM Data Units A depth value must always be included even if not needed UseObsData This is a flag to specify whether or not an observation file needs to be input 0 No 1 Yes dfsO0FileName This is the file name of the dfs0 time series file with observation data The path to the dfs0 file must be relative to the direc tory containing the MIKE SHE she document The dfs0 extension is added to the file name automatically and should be not be included in the file name For example the following input line Time Calibration GroundwaterObs refers to the file GroundwaterObs dfs0 located in the subdirec tory Time Calibration which is found in the same directory as the she model document dfsOItemNumber This is the Item number of the observation data in the specified DFSO file Getting Started 65 Building a MIKE SHE Model Obs_ 1 Obs _ 2 Obs_ 3 Import Example The following is a simple example of a tab delimited ASCII file with two MIKE SHE observation points where the file containing the observations is called obsdata dfs0 20 1234500 456740 0 0 time obsdata 1 15 1239700 458900 10 1 time obs
159. ater depth equal to the initial water depth The second required file is the actual time varying water level values These can be obtained from any MIKE SHE simulation where the over land water elevation has been stored as a grid series output There is no requirement that they be stored on the same grid Internally the actual boundary condition values will be interpolated from the nearest input val ues Thus the OL boundary conditions can be taken from a coarse regional model and applied to a local scale model 302 MIKE SHE Surface Water Finally each filename must be accompanied by an integer item number that defines which item in the dfs2 file should be used Parameter Type Value Name time varying ol Boolean On boundary ol boundary code filename dfs2 file file name ol boundary code integer item number in dfs2 file greater than item number Zero ol boundary head filename dfs2 file file name ol boundary head integer item number in dfs2 file greater than item number Zero The Hot Start function is not impacted by the time varying OL boundary If the continuing simulation includes the time varying OL function then it will be used If the continuing simulation does not include the time vary ing OL function the head from the hot start time point 14 2 2 Time varying surface infiltration Frozen soils A common characteristic in cold climates is that infiltrati
160. atic e g hydraulic conductivity during the model process To start a model from a previous model run you must first save the hot start data in the Storing of Results V2 p 183 dialogue In this dialogue you specify the storing interval for hot start data Then in the Simulation Period V 2 p 29 dialogue you can specify the hot start file and then select from the available stored hot start times Hot start limitations There are a few limitations and caveats with the hot start process e The Water Quality simulations cannot be started from a hot start file e There is no append function for the hot start results so your simulation will generate an independent set of results e The pre processed data does not reflect the hot start information The pre processed data is based on the specified input data not the results file from which the simulation will be started This primarily affects initial conditions 23 Model domain and grid Regardless of the components included in your model the first real step in your model development is to define the model area On a catchment scale the model boundary is typically a topographic divide a groundwater divide or some combination of the two In general there are no constraints on the definition of the model boundaries However the model boundaries Getting Started 37 Building a MIKE SHE Model should be chosen carefully keeping in mind the boundary conditions that will
161. aved area drainage is active If this happens you may encounter exces sive feedback between MIKE SHE overland flow and MIKE 11 Surface Water 175 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Finally the paved area function has a time step dependency on the UZ time step length If the UZ time step is less than the maximum UZ timestep length then the paved area drainage will be reduced To ensure that the paved area drainage is as expected you should adjust your precip tation controls such that the UZ time step is not reduced Maximum discharge rate If a cell is 100 paved then the paved drainage function will remove all of the ponded water in the time time step That is by default the rate of drainage is not controlled This does not reflect the conveyance restric tions of the drainage network This is addressed by an option for specify ing a maximum discharge rate from paved areas The maximum discharge rate can be specified as a constant value or a distributed value The maximum discharge rate can be used to control the inflow to the SZ drainage system At every time step the available drainage volume will be checked against the maximum drainage rate Thus ponded water will be retained on a grid cell and drained at a controlled rate into the river sys tem While the water is ponded it will be subject to infiltration and ET The rate of leakage below the cell can be controlled by the Surface Sub surface Leakage Coefficient V2 p 121
162. bered starting in the lower left from 1 1 Layer numbering in the Grid Editor In the Grid Editor and in MIKE 21 and MIKE 3 the layers are numbered starting at the bottom from 0 whereas in MIKE SHE the layers are num bered starting at the top from 1 18 2 Gridded Data Types There are two basic types of spatial data in MIKE SHE Real and Integer Real data is generally used to define model parameters such as hydraulic conductivity Integer data is generally used to define parameter zones Thus model cells with the same integer value can be associated with a time series or other characteristic Furthermore real spatial parameters can be distinguished by whether or not they vary in time At the moment Integer zones cannot vary with time Thus spatial parameters can be divided into the following e Stationary Real Parameters 347 Spatial Data e Time Varying Real Parameters and e Integer Grid Codes Stationary Real Parameters Stationary Real Parameters can vary spatially but do not usually vary dur ing the simulation such as hydraulic conductivity If such parameters do vary in time then you must divide the simulation into time periods and run the each time period as a separate simulation starting each simulation from the end of the previous simulation This is most easily accomplished using the Hot Start facility which is found in the Simulation Period dia logue The spatial distribution of stationary real
163. bg file C Program Files Common Files DHI MIKEZero MIKEZero ubg is read every time you open a model In the same directory there are two standard Unit Base Group files MIKEZero_Default_Units ubg MIKEZero US Units ubg MIKE ZERO Options 331 EUM Data Units The first is the default file and contains standard SI units for all data items in all of the MIKE Zero products The second contains standard Imperial US units for most data items in all of the MIKE Zero products To change the display units for all of your data items to Imperial units load the MIKEZero_US_Units ubg file Save and Close the dialogue and then reopen your model If you want to change individual data items to SI or Imperial you can change the items individually Then use the Save and Close button to save your changes back to the MIKEZero ubg file If you want to create special unit versions then you can copy the MIKEZero ubg to a different file name and reload it 15 2 Restoring the default units You can return to your default unit specification at any time by Loading either of the default ubg files MIKEZero Default Units ubg MIKEZero US Units ubg which are found in the C Program Files Common Files DHI MIKEZero directory Note If you want to save any of your model specific changes then you should first save the MIKEZero ubg to a new name 15 3 Changing the EUM data type of a Parameter When you create a dfs0 or dfs2 parameter file you m
164. calculated based on three cases which depend on the ponded area fraction from the latest OL time step 1 Non ponded Ponded Area Fraction 0 Only one infiltration calcula tion based on the available storage depth This is done in the same way as a situation without the multi cell option 2 Fully ponded Ponded Area Fraction 1 Only one infiltration calcu lation based on the available storage depth This is done in the same way as a situation without the multi cell option 3 Partly ponded 0 lt Ponded Area Fraction lt 1 Three infiltration cal culations are made ponded area non ponded area and a final calcula tion using the area weighted storage depth In the partly ponded case it is assumed that the net precipitation is equally distributed across the whole cell while ponding from the previous OL time step only occurs in the ponded part of the cell For the infiltration cal culation in the non ponded are the available water depth is calculated as DepPrec precipitation x dt 7 1 The remaining part of the available water ponding precipitation on the ponded part is scaled to an equivalent water depth in the ponded area DPonded OLDepth DepPrec x 1 PAreaFrac PAreaFrac 7 2 where OLDepth is the depth of ponded water from the previous time step and PAreaFrac is the ponded area from the previous time step Disabling multi cell infiltration Multi cell infiltration is automatically activated when the mul
165. calculated contributions from the different hydrologic sources downstream of the gap will be incorrect If there are gaps in the MIKE SHE branch network then the correct contributions from the different sources must be determined from the MIKE 11 output directly Furthermore the MIKE 11 MIKE SHE coupling for the water quality AD module will not work correctly if there are gaps in the MIKE SHE branch network Surface Water 201 Surface Water in MIKE SHE There is one further limitation in MIKE SHE That is no coupling branch can be located entirely within one grid cell This limitation is to prevent multiple coupling branches being located within a single grid cell Connections Between Tributaries and the Main Branch Likewise the connections between the tributaries and the main branch are only important for correctly calculating the downstream hydrologic con tributions to the river flow and in the advection dispersion AD simula tions The connections are not important to the calculation of the exchange flows between the hydrologic components e g overland to river or SZ to river In the example shown in Figure 7 10 the river links of the tributary are correctly connected to the main branch This will happen automatically when e the hydraulic connection is defined in the MIKE 11 network AND e the connection point the chainage on the main branch is included in a coupling reach AND e the connection point the
166. can be manipulated However if the operations are complex but not time varying then Target file The target file is the current file you are editing in the Grid editor The operations that you do are performed on the target file So if you don t want to edit the target file copy it to a new name first and edit the copy File to Copy The top section of the dialogue is the name of the source file that you want to insert into subtract from add to etc the target file Item mapping If the target file or the source file has more than one item in it then all of the items will be listed here and you will be able to choose whether or not to map the various items to one another 2D to 3D Layer Mapping If you are mapping a 2D dfs2 file into a 3D dfs3 file then you can choose to map all of the layers or only a single layer Sub area position You select to map the source file onto the target file starting at a different location than the origin In this case you must specify the coordinates in the target grid where the origin of the source grid should be positioned For example if you have a 20x20 grid and we wish to copy data into the 4x4 rectangle given by the four nodes 10 14 13 14 13 17 and 10 17 then you should select a 4x4 grid file and specify j origin 10 and k origin 17 Note the Grid editor starts its nodal numbering at 0 0 Time Position The source grid and target grid do not have to have equal time steps or
167. can usually be ignored However if the side branch is much lower than the main branch then this warning will often be accompanied by Error No 25 At the h point the water depth greater than 4 times max depth as the water will pile up and not be able to flow into the main branch If the side branch is only slightly lower than the main branch or even if they are the same then backward flows can occur in the side branch when the water level in the main branch rises If this is realistic fine but often it is not More typically the side branch is slightly higher than the main branch 226 MIKE SHE DRAINAGE MODELLING WITH MIKE URBAN 227 228 MIKE SHE A 8 USING MIKE SHE WITH MIKE URBAN Coupling MIKE URBAN and MIKE SHE allows you to simulate the effect of urban drainage and sewer systems on the surface subsurface hydrology The use of the integrated MIKE SHE MIKE URBAN system is not very different from establishing a stand alone MIKE URBAN model and a stand alone MIKE SHE model In principle there are three basic set up steps to have a coupled MIKE SHE MIKE URBAN model 1 Establish a MIKE URBANMIKE URBAN hydraulic model as a stand alone model make a performance test and if possible a rough calibra tion using prescribed inflow and boundaries 2 Establish a MIKE SHE model that includes the overland flow compo nent and optionally the saturated zone and unsaturated zone compo nents 3 Couple MIKE SHE and
168. cells Drainage to local depressions and boundary This grid displays all the cells that drain to local depressions or to the outer boundaries All drain age from cells with the same negative value are drained to the cell with the corresponding positive code If there is no corresponding positive code then that cell drains to the outer boundary and the water is simply removed from the model Cells with a delete value either do not generate drainage or they drain to a river link Drainage to river This grid displays the river link number that the cell drains to Adjacent to the river links the cells are labeled with negative numbers to facilitate the interpretation of flow from cells to river links Thus in principle all drainage from cells with the same positive code are drained to the cell with the corresponding negative code However this is slightly too simple because the cells actually drain directly to the river links In complex river systems when the river branches are close together you can easily have cells connected to multi ple branches on different sides In this case the river link numbers along the river may not reflect the drainage river link reference used in the model If you want to see the actual river links used in all cells you can use the Extra Parameter SZ Drainage River Link Reference Table VJ p 321 to generate a table of all the river link cell references in the PP_Print log file Cells with a value
169. ces SZ UZ OL River Note that sources can be specified as positive or negative Ext Sources OpenMI SZ UZ OL This is non zero only if a model is linked to MIKE SHE by OpenMI that adds mass to the component Ext Input OpenMI SZ Drain This is non zero only if a model is linked to MIKE SHE by OpenMI that adds mass to the component However this is a special case because you can add mass directly to the SZ drain without it actu ally becoming part of the SZ model The mass is then added to the model at the location were the drain discharges i e river link SZ boundary or local SZ depression Boundary SZ UZ OL River The Boundary to River item is typically zero but can be non zero in a couple of rare cases If you have 1 a fixed head SZ boundary or 2 a fixed concentration boundary next to a river link then mass from this cell to the river will be added to Boundary to River 276 MIKE SHE A Output Table 11 2 Available WQ mass balance items in the _Allltems dfs0 file From To Comment Precip UZ OL Mass from precipitation is always added to either OL or UZ even though precipitation can be added to SZ in the WM module If you have a SZ only simulation then mass from precipitation is included in the Precip to OL and then OL to SZ Decay SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL This is the mass that has decayed in each of the processes Sorp DeSorp SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL
170. ch determine if the water flows to a river a boundary or a local depression The algorithm for determining the drainage source recipient reference system is described in Groundwater Drainage V 1 p 60 During the preprocessing each active drain cell is mapped to a recipient cell Then whenever drainage is generated in a cell the drain water will always be moved to the same recipient cell The drainage source recipient reference system is displayed in the following two grids Drainage to local depressions and boundary This grid displays all the cells that drain to local depressions or to the outer boundaries All drain age from cells with the same negative value are drained to the cell with the corresponding positive code If there is no corresponding positive code then that cell drains to the outer boundary and the water is simply removed from the model Cells with a value of zero either do not generate drainage or they drain to a river link Drainage to river This grid displays all of the cells that drain to river links All drainage from cells with the same negative value are drained to the cell with the corresponding positive code Cells with a value of zero either do not generate drainage or they drain to a the outer boundary or a local depression Running MIKE SHE 153 Running your Model Related Items e Groundwater Drainage V 1 p 60 e Drainage V 2 p 173 e Drain Level V2 p 176 e Drain Time Cons
171. ch smaller than a grid cell For this reason a bookkeeping count is kept of the assignments to reduce any bias in the assignment of Integer Codes and ensure that less frequently occurring Integer Codes will be represented in the resulting model grid For example if their were two different Integer Codes A and B used in the model and A always occurred more frequently in each model cell the bookkeeping count would ensure that B would actually be assigned to some of the model cells The final frequency of occurrence of the Integer Codes in the model cells would reflect the underlying frequency of occur rence of the Integer Codes That is if A occurred twice as often as B the model grid would also contain twice as many A s as B s Thus in our widely dispersed wetland example if every model grid cell contained 9 Integer Codes for Land Use and 1 9 of the Land Use grid codes were for wetlands then every ninth Model Cell would be assigned a Land Use grid code for wetlands Polygons In the current version only some of the parameters are set up to accept shp file polygons Currently shp file polygons are only allowed in e Model Domain and Grid V 2 p 70 e Precipitation Rate V 2 p 77 354 MIKE SHE Interpolation Methods e Vegetation V 2 p 94 e Reference Evapotranspiration V 2 p 81 e UZ Soil Profile Definitions V 2 p 132 e SZ Internal boundary conditions V 2 p 169 and e Horizontal Extent V 2 p
172. cified Forcings and Constants plus individual sections for each item Each item can be spacially defined similarly to other constants or time varying values in MIKE SHE User specified ECOLab forcings Note The Forcings and Constants are defined by Water Quality layer in the Saturated Zone Thus you have to define at least one Water Quality Layer in the Saturated Zone The list of user defined Forcings and Constants is initially taken from the template However the list is not fully dynamic Thus if you add items to the template these will be added to the list However if you remove items from the template or change the name in the template the item will not be removed from the list This allows you maintain your data inputs while you are developing your template Any data that is not used in the tem plate will be pre processed like any other data but will not be used in ECO Lab If you don t need the items any more you can delete them from the list Tip The fact the list of user specified Forcings and Constants is not per manently linked to the template allows you to pre process any static or time varying data and map it to the numerical grid You can then use this pre processed data in other grid operations in MIKE SHE 12 1 5 Running ECO Lab with MIKE SHE To run ECO Lab with MIKE SHE simply pre process and run the model normally You can view the user specified Constants and Forcing in the 289 MIKE SHE ECO Lab
173. configuration file Remember to change this number if you add a water balance item to the file Wb1lTypeDefinition Existing water balance definitions Name TOTAL Group SZ Storage sz szsto EndSect WblTypeDefinition Wb1lTypeDefinition First line of the water balance definition Name TOTAL CHART Internal name No spaces allowed DisplayName Chart output Total Name displayed in the combobox Water balance Description Chart output General water balance of th ntire model depth integrated Description displayed under the com bobox NoGroups 23 Number of calculation groups in the out put file Group SKY TV 45 40 Precipitation Various display items for the arrows and sm qp items EndSect WblTypeDefinition EndSect MIKESHE WaterBalance ConfigFile last line in the file 146 MIKE SHE RUNNING MIKE SHE 147 148 MIKE SHE Preprocessing your model j 6 RUNNING YOUR MODEL In the top icon bar there is a three button set of icons for running your PP The PP button starts the preprocessing You must first PreProcess your model data to create the numerical model from your grid independent data See Preprocessing your model V 1 p 149 WM The WM button starts the Water Movement simulation You can only run your water movement simulation after you have preprocessed your data See Running your Model
174. contains many more details on simulating overland flow and the coupling to MIKE 11 In par ticular the section Overland Flow Performance V 1 p 178 contains detailed information on improving the performance of the overland flow in your model MIKE FLOOD MIKE SHE provides a useful means to simulate 2D flooding on a flood plain that includes the influence of infiltration and evapotranspiration However the detailed simulation of surface water flow paths and veloci ties on a flood plain can be very difficult If you need to simulate more complex flood plain flow for example the impact of flood plain structures and embankments you may need to use MIKE FLOOD instead of MIKE SHE MIKE FLOOD is combination of the 2D MIKE 21 surface water model for detailed accurate flow on the flood plain and MIKE 11 for channel flow MIKE FLOOD allows you to define flood plain structures such as embankments and culverts that can have very significant impacts on flow velocity and direction MIKE FLOOD can also more accurately simulate Getting Started 51 Building a MIKE SHE Model flood wave propagation on a surface simply because of the higher order numerical method used 2 9 Unsaturated Flow Unsaturated flow is one of the central processes in most model applica tions The unsaturated zone is usually heterogeneous and characterized by cyclic fluctuations in the soil moisture as water is replenished by rainfall and removed by evapotransp
175. cretisation Getting Started Introduction Rain and Snow Canopy interception ae Net precipitation Snow melt isa Overland Infiltration Flow Root zone Unsaturated flow Channel Moving water table Flow x 7 M ee sas Figure 1 1 Hydrologic processes simulated by MIKE SHE Groundwater flow MIKE SHE uses MIKE 11 to simulate channel flow MIKE 11 includes comprehensive facilities for modelling complex channel networks lakes and reservoirs and river structures such as gates sluices and weirs In many highly managed river systems accurate representation of the river structures and their operation rules is essential In a similar manner MIKE SHE is also linked to the MOUSE sewer model which can be used to sim ulate the interaction between urban storm water and sanitary sewer net works and groundwater MIKE SHE is applicable at spatial scales ranging from a single soil profile for evaluating crop water requirements to large regions including several river catchments such as the 80 000 km Sen egal Basin e g Andersen et al 2001 MIKE SHE has proven valuable in hundreds of research and consultancy projects covering a wide range of climatological and hydrological regimes many of which are referenced in Graham and Butts 2006 The need for fully integrated surface and groundwater models like MIKE SHE has been highlighted by several recent studies e g Camp Dresser amp MIK
176. cription Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error ol qOLRivPos Overland outflow to MIKE 11 Outflow positive yes olqOLRivNeg Inflow from MIKE 11 to overland storage Inflow negative yes ol qOCDr Overland flow in paved areas that is added to the SZ drainage net work and thus directly to MIKE 11 Outflow positive yes ol qOCDrToM11HPo int Overland flow in paved areas that is added to the SZ drainage net work and then directly to a speci fied MIKE 11 h point Outflow positive yes ol qOLDrToMouse Overland flow in paved areas that is added to the SZ drainage net work and then directly to a speci fied Mouse MIKE Urban manhole Outflow positive yes ol qFloodToRivIn Net lateral inflow exchange between active flood code cells and MIKE 11 nodes that are inside the current water balance area Inflow negative or Out flow positive yes ol qFloodToRivEx Net lateral inflow exchange between active flood code cells and MIKE 11 nodes that are out side the current water balance area This is always zero unless the water balance is being calculated on a sub area Inflow negative or Out flow positive yes ol qOLMousePos Outflow from overland storage to Mouse MIKE Urban Outflow positive yes ol qOLMouseNeg Inflow from Mouse MIKE Urban to overland storage Inflow negative yes ol qOLExtSin
177. crosoft Excel The Run Statistics HTML document 158 MIKE SHE The Results Tab A includes MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 results for all items included in the MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 detailed time series sections that also include observation data To calculate Run Statistics for a simulation navigate to the Results Tab and the Run Statistics item on the menu tree Press the Generate Statistics button on the Run Statistics window to perform the statistical calculations For some simulations with long simulation periods and or a lot of calibra tion data it can take a while to generate the run statistics After successful completion of the Generate Statistics phase the Run Sta tistics HTML document will be displayed in the window on the Run Sta tistics page see below Start Date End Date Refresh 2002 03 01 0200 f 2003 06 02 020 x z gt me mae R Name Data type Y eee Me MAE RMSE eos head g elevation 00SN003W06R001M in 1 97985e 006 570854 2 61 5017 61 5017 62 2307 9 449734 1 saturated zone head elevation l 32 5 22 3 682 3 682 3 837 2 005N003W08E001M 1 98032e 006 569892 2 113 682 113 682 113 989 8437141 1 saturated zone Whom Similar to the detailed time series output the Run Statistics can be viewed during a simulation Press the Refresh button on the Run Statistics page to update the Run Statistics using the most recent model results during a sim ulation F
178. ctance C between the grid node and the river link is given by _ 1 a u u 7 9 sn s K da dx L w dx where K is the horizontal hydraulic conductivity in the grid cell da is the vertical surface available for exchange flow dx is the grid size used in the 210 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 SZ component ds is the average flow length L is the leakage coefficient 1 T of the bed material and w is the wetted perimeter of the cross sec tion The average flow length ds is the distance from the grid node to the middle of the river bank in the triangular river link cross section ds is limited to between 1 2 and 1 4 of a cell width since the maximum river link width is one cell width half cell width per side In Eq 7 8 the wetted perimeter w is assumed to be equal to the sum of the vertical and horizontal areas available for exchange flow From Figure 7 11 this is equal to da l respectively The horizontal infiltration length is calculated based on the depth of water in the river and the geometry of the triangular river link cross section The infiltration area of the river link closely approximates the infiltration area of natural channels when the river is well connected to the aquifer In this case the majority of the groundwater surface water exchange occurs through the banks of the river and decreases to zero towards the centre of the river However in the case of losing streams
179. culate overland exchange to MIKE 11 if the cell is flooded by MIKE 11 However lateral overland flow to neighbouring non flooded cells is allowed Thus if there is a neighbouring non flooded cell with a topography lower than a flooded cell s water level then MIKE SHE will calculate overland flow to the non flooded cell as normal The calculated exchange flow between the flooded grid cells and the over land saturated unsaturated zone or other source sink terms is fed back to MIKE 11 as lateral inflow or outflow to the corresponding H point in the next MIKE 11 time step In terms of the water balance the surface water in the inundated areas belongs to the MIKE 11 water balance In other words if there is ponded water on the surface when the grid cell floods the existing ponded water is added to the MIKE 11 water flow in the river As long as the element is flooded any exchange to or from the surface water is managed by MIKE 11 as lateral inflow and regular overland flow is not calculated Surface Water 215 A Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 7 3 If the element reverts back to a non flooded state then any subsequent ponded water is again treated as regular overland flow and the water bal ance is accounted for within the overland flow component Direct Overbank Spilling to and from MIKE 11 If you want to calculate 2D overland flow on the flood plain during a storm event then you cannot use the Flooding from MIKE 11 t
180. culate the interpolated value weighted by the distance or the distance squared respectively 18 6 Performing simple math on multiple grids In the upper menu of the Grid Editor under tools there is an item called Copy File into Data Navigation Go To gt Syncronize Tab to Map Select gt Deselect gt Load Selection Save Selection Interpolation Filter Set Value Calculator Calculate Statistics Copy File into Data Crop If you select this item then a dialogue appears where you can insert an existing dfs2 or dfs3 file into the current dfs2 or dfs3 file that you are edit ing in the Grid editor Copy File into Data File to Copy OK fraining Basic Exercises Maps Lower Level dfs2 Filename Cancel Item Mapping Help Source item Mapsto Target item Lower Level 2 Topography 2D to 3D Layer Mapping Sub Area Position origin 0 k origin 0 Time Position Date origin 2000 01 01 10 00 00 Time step origin 0 Interpolate Operation Type Alternatively you can define an operation that you want to do with the file For example if you were editing a topography file you could subtract all of the values in a lower elevation file to obtain a thickness distribution for a layer 361 Spatial Data The principle advantage of this tool is that time varying dfs2 and dfs3 files
181. d colour scheme are given in the sections Changing the shading and contour settings of gridded data and Changing the legend and colour scale UZ Plot e cat 13 22 Figure 4 23 Figure 25Close up of upper 5 meters of soil column with the calcula tion grid displayed 103 The Results viewer 104 MIKE SHE A 5 USING THE WATER BALANCE TOOL The water balance utility is a post processing tool for generating water balance summaries from MIKE SHE simulations Water balance output can include area normalized flows storage depths storage changes and model errors for individual model components e g unsaturated zone evapotranspiration etc A water balance can be generated at a variety of spatial and temporal scales and in a number of different formats including dfs0 time series files dfs2 grid series files and ASCII text output suitable for importing to Microsoft Excel You can also automatically create a picture that visual izes the interrelationships between the various water balance components see Figure 5 1 The water balance utility can be run from within the MIKE Zero interface or from a MSDOS batch file The batch functionality allows you to calcu late water balances automatically after a MIKE SHE simulation that is also run in batch mode Alternatively you can also calculate water bal ances as part of an AUTOCAL simulation and use the results as part of an objective function Total Err
182. d for intermediate calculations and must be defined as 3D UZ and SZ or 2D variables Processes transform a State Variable or calculate another result Spatial variation and type must be defined for each process Each process can be included in the results file by choosing YES in the Output box Derived Outputs allow the user to define output files based on the process results 283 MIKE SHE ECO Lab 12 1 2 ECO Lab templates in MIKE SHE ECO Lab is only available when Water Quality is selected Thus to be able to use ECO Lab the Water Quality option in the main Simulation Specification dialogue must be selected Numeric Engine Water Movement WM Overland Flow OL Finite Difference v Rivers and Lakes OC Unsaturated Flow UZ Richards equation w Evapotranspiration ET Saturated Flow SZ Finite Difference v Include Advection Dispersion 4D Water Quality Calculate WO using the finite difference Advection Dispersion AD method Calculate WO using random walk particle tracking SZ only Use current WM simulation for Water Quality Note also that ECO Lab will only work with the Finite Difference AD method 284 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Templates A After activating the Water Quality module the ECO Lab option must be selected in the WQ Simulation Specification dialogue wM wQ Overland Flow OL River and Lakes C Requires WQ in Overland Flow Unsa
183. d recharge to SZ is positive outflow All of the items together should add to zero Note however the negative sign in front of some of the terms e g uz qRech in the water balance definition above This is because the recharge to SZ is a vertical downward flow in MIKE SHE making it a 125 Using the Water Balance Tool negative value in the MIKE SHE results files The negative sign in the water balance conforms the sign to the water balance sign convention of positive outflows Table 5 4 UZ Unsaturated Zone items Item Description Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error uz qH Infiltration from ponded water into the UZ matrix Inflow negative yes uz qHmp Infiltration from ponded water into the UZ macropores Inflow negative yes uz qEuz Direct evaporation from the top UZ node when using the Richards or Gravity flow finite difference method Outflow positive yes uz q Tuz Transpiration from the root zone Outflow positive yes uz qRech Recharge out of the bottom of the soil column to SZ via the UZ soil matrix In the MIKE SHE results recharge is a vertical downward flow in the negative direction In the UZ water balance it is an outflow and must be a positive value Outflow positive Note sign change in water balance definition yes uz qRechMp Recharge out of the bottom of the soil column to S
184. d the ones that you want This is output from this utility is an ArcGIS point theme shape file with the starting locations of the all the particles that meet your registration criteria The extraction utility allows your to filter the results for e Destination type Specific sink types drain river unsaturated zone well constant concentration boundary or constant concentration sink Registration codes specified by the user Wells found in the flow results Well fields found in the flow results e Layer from which the particles originated e Release birth time e Transport time Note To extract particle locations based on well fields requires that differ ent well fields have been defined see section Specification of Well Fields V 1 p 292 The results can be written to etther e asingle shape file where the point attributes allow further selection of the particles in ArcView or e separate files for each destination type and optionally for each layer e g one file for each sink type layer combination More detailed information on the actual extraction mechanics can be found in the PT Registration Extraction V2 p 220 section 13 3 1 Running from a batch file The registration extraction can be run from a command line To execute the program open a command line and type Ptoutputretrieval exe projectname she extraction num 294 MIKE SHE Extraction of particle pathlines j The extraction num
185. d to delineate areas with similar properties In this case the integer value defines the zone to which the cell belongs Thus it defines which set of model properties is to be assigned to the par ticular cell For example a model may be divided into a five zones each with a differ ent soil profile for the unsaturated zone In this case the data tree will expand under the model property to include five separate sub branches where the soil profile can be defined Time Series Integer Grid Codes are used to define zones for which Real data varies in time Thus a time series for a parameter such as precipitation rate can be assigned to a model zone Similarly to the Model Properties above the model tree will expand under the parameter to include a separate sub branch for each zone where the time series file can be defined Time Varying Integers Grid Codes and Integer values do not normally vary with time If such parameters do vary in time then you must divide the simulation into time periods and run each time period as a separate simulation starting each simulation from the end of the previous simulation using the Hot Start options see Simulation Period 18 4 Gridded dfs2 Data If the parameter is defined using gridded data then the data must be in DHI s dfs2 file format The easiest way to create the dfs2 file is to use the Create button which creates a new grid with the proper default values and attribute type
186. d to the Automatic 244 MIKE SHE A Classification in two zones those that receive feedback and those that don t Specified classification Alternatively a data file specifying Integer Grid Codes where UZ computations are carried out can be specified with grid codes range from 2 up to the number of UZ columns see Specified classification The location of the computational column is specified by a negative code and the simulation results are then trans ferred to all grids with the an equivalent positive code For example if a grid code holds the value 2 a UZ computation will be carried out for the profile located in that grid Simulation results will subsequently be transferred to all grid codes with code value 2 An easy way to generate a dfs2 file to be used for specification of UZ computational columns is to let the MIKE SHE setup program generate an automatic classifica tion first and subsequently extract the UZ classification grid codes The extracted dfs2 file can be edited in the 2D editor as desired and used to specify UZ computational grids Calculated in all Grid points default For most applications you should specify that computations are to be carried out in all soil col umns Partial Automatic Finally a combination of the Automatic classifica tion and the Specified classification is available If this option is cho sen an Integer Grid Code file must be provide see Partial automatic classification wit
187. d water to the SZ drainage network then you can use the Extra Parameter Paved routing options V 1 p 309 Initial and Boundary Conditions In most cases it is best to start your simulation with a dry surface and let the depressions fill up during a run in period However if you have signif icant wetlands or lakes this may not be feasible However be aware that 172 MIKE SHE Overland Flow A stagnant ponded water in wetlands may be a significant source of numeri cal instabilities or long run times The outer boundary condition for overland flow is a specified head based on the initial water depth in the outer cells of the model domain Normally the initial depth of water in a model is zero During the simulation the water depth on the boundary can increase and the flow will discharge across the boundary However if a non zero initial condition is used on the boundary then water will flow into the model as long as the internal water level is lower than the boundary water depth The boundary will act as an infinite source of water Time varying OL boundary conditions If you need to specify time varying overland flow boundary conditions you can use the Extra Parameter option Time varying Overland Flow Boundary Conditions V 1 p 302 7 1 2 Reduced OL leakage to UZ and to from SZ The Surface Subsurface Leakage Coefficient V 2 p 121 reduces the infiltration rate at the ground surface It works in both directions T
188. data 2 16 0241500 459310 20 1 time obsdata 3 2 11 2 Detailed MIKE 11 Time Series Output MIKE 11 output is normally analysed using the MIKE View program However the default MIKE 11 output is only at specified time intervals Every item in the Detailed MIKE 11 Time Series table is output at every MIKE 11 time step Like the Detailed Time Series Output above each item in this table is output automatically to an HTML graph in the Run Tab You can also specify an observation file for each item which is more convenient that using MIKE VIEW Importing ASCII data Detailed MIKE 11 Time Series data can be imported directly into the Detailed MIKE 11 Time Series dialogue using the Import button The data file must be a tab delimited ASCII file without a header line The file must contain the following seven fields Name is the user specified name of the observation point This is the name that will be used for the time series item in the Dfs0 file created during the simulation data typeCode This is a numeric code used to identify the output data type 1 water level 2 discharge Branch_name The name of the MIKE 11 branch Chainage The location of the MIKE 11 h point or q point the nearest one will be taken within a tolerance UseObsData This is a flag to specify whether or not an observation file needs to be input 0 No 1 Yes dfsO0FileName This is the file name of the dfs0 time series file with
189. del she The examples above will run silently That is no progress information will be displayed If you want to display progress information then you should use the MzLaunch utility Using MzLaunch exe MyModel she e MSHE Simulation will leave the MzLaunch utility open when the simulation finishes whereas MzLaunch exe MyModel she e MSHE Simulation exit Running MIKE SHE 165 Running your Model 6 6 will close the MzLaunch utility when the simulation finishes Analyse the Results The MSHE_watermovement exe program automatically generates all of the output asked for in the Setup Editor Thus to look at your output you only need to open the model at look at your results in the normal way If you want to run the water balance program which is described in the Using the Water Balance Tool chapter you can add the following lines to you batch file MSHE Wbl Ex exe apv My WB areas WBL MSHE Wbl Post exe apv My WB areas WBL 1 MSHE Wbl Post exe apv My WB areas WBL 2 In the above the first command runs the Extraction phase of the water bal ance utility while the subsequent commands run the Post processing items in the water balance file The number after the water balance file name indicates which Post processing item to run Post processing steps cannot be executed before an Extraction step but only one Extraction step needs to be run for a each water balance utility file OpenMI
190. dfs3 Temporal and spatially varying SZ con centrations in the mobile phase based on the mass of the particles projectname_PT_3DSZ dfs3 Temporal and spatially varying PT results including Number of particles this is the actual number of particles in each cell Accumulated particle count this is the number of particles that have entered the cell during the simulation Number of registered particles this is the number of particles that started in this cell that have become registered Most recent registration zone this is the registration zone attached to the last particle to be registered that originated in the cell Average age this is the average age of all the particles in the cell Average transport time this is the average length of time from when the particle was born in this cell until it was registered some where Besides these result files the program also writes output to two log files The error log list errors encountered during execution and the print log file contains execution step information statistics on the run and a mass bal ance if requested 293 i Particle Tracking PT 13 3 Extraction of particle registrations After the particle tracking has been run the registration information needs to be read from the output files and processed in a useful way The Results Tab includes an utility to sift through all the particles and their registra tions to fin
191. dinal Profile Properties Defaut tam Actualnam Details _ Line width Line style Line color Interpotatio Di a ao szneade Ehn soia cao Tyee I Minimum Maximum F Fill water In this dialogue if you click on the Details button for the item you will get the following dialogue where you can change the colour scale and plotting characteristics for the cross section 97 The Results viewer 4 4 1 4 5 3D Item Properties gt Style Color Vectors m 2D Grid Styles Isolines m Contour type Draw isolines Box contour z F Draw labels Mee ayer iy une with una er F Elomentmesh fr E e came J Outline grid Ea Vv 2 L olor Color legend M Drawing Style Lines C Grid As with the other tools available in the result viewer users should experi ment with the available options to learn how to fully use the result viewer profile extractor Saving and loading profiles If you have a profile open under the View Profile item in the top menu bar you can save the current profile location This allows you to create standard profiles for comparing scenarios To load a saved profile make the plan view plot active by either minimis ing or closing open profile plots The View Profile Load option becomes active and you can load a saved profile and select the profile item nor mally Displaying a MIKE 11 cross section MIKE
192. domain Further since the maximum rate occurs when the soil Is saturated different amounts of water will infiltrate during wet periods compared to dry periods To complicate matters further the length of the preceding dry period will determine the amount of available storage in the unsaturated zone For example if there has been a long dry summer period then evapotranspiration may have created a large deficit of water in the unsaturated zone that must be satisfied before any water reaches the water table This example shows that infiltration of precipitation is a very dynamic process It depends on a complex interaction between precipitation unsaturated zone soil properties and the current soil moisture content as well as vegetation properties In MIKE SHE the saturated zone is only one component of an integrated groundwater surface water model The saturated zone interacts with all of the other components overland flow unsaturated flow channel flow and evapotranspiration In comparison MODFLOW only simulates the saturated flow All of the other components are either ignored e g overland flow or are simple boundary conditions for the saturated zone e g evapotranspiration On the other hand there are very few difference between the MIKE SHE Saturated Zone numerical engine and MODFLOW In fact they share the same PCG solver The differences that are present are limited to differ ences in the discretisation and to some differe
193. dr C Workmamt MShe ms 5 E D head elevation in saturated zone C Workman MShe meter 144596 7 T SD Calculation layers CWortmain Mshe meter IV Draw M11 items Only one of these items can be selected After selecting your item click OK and the profile will be displayed The profiles exactor tool can be used to extract a cross section through simulated MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 results The type of cross section cre ated is dependent on the simulated data displayed in the result viewer For example if the result viewer contains simulated 3D heads and MIKE 11 results then the cross section will have simulated water levels and simu late MIKE 11 canal stages After defining the profile the items to be displayed on the profile should be selected The resulting profile is shown in Figure 4 12 As with the other tools extracted profiles can be animated on the screen and or exported as avi and image files 96 MIKE SHE Saturated Zone Cross section Plots RL CrossSection REV 2 Modified 30 head elevation in saturated zone Layer Layer 1 Tap Laya 1 Bottom M11 ens M11 oses section Figure 4 12 Resultant profile generated with the profile extractor tool You can modify the plot by right clicking on the plot and selecting Proper ties form the pop up menu In this dialogue only the Graphical Items Tab is relevant for MIKE SHE results below Longitu
194. e From 1977 onwards a consortium of three European organizations devel oped and extensively applied the Syst me Hydrologique Europ en SHE based on the blueprint of Freeze and Harlan Abbott et al 1986a amp b The integrated hydrological modelling system MIKE SHE emerged from this work see Figure 1 1 Since the mid 1980 s MIKE SHE has been further developed and extended by DHI Water amp Environment Today MIKE SHE is an advanced flexible framework for hydrologic modelling It includes a full suite of pre and post processing tools plus a flexible mix of advanced and simple solution techniques for each of the hydrologic processes MIKE SHE covers the major processes in the hydrologic cycle and includes process models for evapotranspiration overland flow unsatu rated flow groundwater flow and channel flow and their interactions Each of these processes can be represented at different levels of spatial distribution and complexity according to the goals of the modelling study the availability of field data and the modeller s choices Butts et al 2004 The MIKE SHE user interface allows the user to intuitively build the model description based on the user s conceptual model of the watershed The model data is specified in a variety of formats independent of the model domain and grid including native GIS formats At run time the spatial data is mapped onto the numerical grid which makes it easy to change the spatial dis
195. e V2 p 435 e Advection Dispersion Reference V p 739 Simulation parameters Once you have selected your processes then there are several simulation parameters that need to be defined None of these are initially critical and the default values are generally satisfactory initially You can come back to all of these at any time However we recommend that you set up you simulation period when you first create your model The simulation period is used to verify all of you time series data to make sure that your time series cover your simulation period You can still add your time series files but if your simulation period is not correct then you will get a warning message in the message field at the bottom of the page and the time series graphs will not display the proper portion of the time series In MIKE SHE all of the simulation input and output is in terms of real dates which makes it easy to coordinate the input data e g pumping rates the simulation results e g calculated heads and field observations e g measured water levels Solver parameters The default solver parameters for each of the processes are normally rea sonable and there is usually no reason to change these unless you have a problem with convergence or if the simulation is taking too long to run For more information on the solver parameters you should see the indi vidual help sections for the different solvers e OL Computational Control Paramet
196. e season and plant stress LAI values are widely available in the literature for most major plant types The LAI is a lumped parameter for a cell that defines the average leaf area of the cell In forests it includes both the leaf area of the forest canopy and the understory In more open areas it is an average for all vegetation types such as grass brush and trees In areas of largely open water the LAI is usually zero If the LAI is zero there will be no interception stor age and no water will be removed from the unsaturated zone 44 MIKE SHE Land Use A Root Depth Root depth is defined as the depth below ground in millimetres to which roots extend The root depth is not necessarily the average root depth In some cases it may be the maximum root depth The root depth defines the depth at which water can be extracted from the unsaturated zone If the root depth is deeper than the depth of the capillary zone then the roots will be able to extract water from the saturated zone The thickness of the capillary zone is defined by the pedotransfer function in the soil properties for the Richards and Gravity flow methods In the 2Layer UZ method the thickness of the capillary zone is defined by the ET Surface Depth V 2 p 141 If you are using the Richards or Gravity Flow UZ methods then you will also be able to use the Root Shape factor AROOT for each vegetation type This allows you for example to extract more water
197. e the grid data is by default dis played hiding the original grid data in your results view To turn off this grid date find the grid item for the data file that you just added and click off the Draw Grid checkbox 4 Then you need to find the Vector item for the flow file that you just added and check on the Draw Vectors checkbox 5 From the comboboxes for X and Y Items select the flow data for the x and y directions 6 Finally select a Vector Scale A suitable scale can only be found by trial and error Normally a large number is good to start with For example 10000 If the vectors are too large then reduce the scale If they are too small then increase the scale Note Their is no vector data for the initial time step in the MIKE SHE results files 7 Ifyour cell size is small or your flows are high you can plot a reduced number of vectors by modifying the Draw every __ vector option 86 MIKE SHE Modifying the plot A 4 2 3 El Result Data x Shape file C work v ERE Changing the shading and contour settings of gridded data Gridded data is visually interpolated to a colour scale The display of the nodal values can be smoothed to make a more aesthetic plot Finally the plot can customized to contain isolines with labels a colour legend etc The display properties of the gridded results can be modified by right clicking in the graphical view and selecting Properties from the menu or by selecting
198. e any cells with N S sheet piling affecting the flow in the x direction codes containing 100 Type Set to 0 if a global value is specified and 1 if using a dfs2 file Fixed Value The global value 1 s which is read if Type 0 FILE_NAME and ITEM_NUMBERS Dfs file name and item number if Type 1 relative file name as explained under Grid Codes Y_ Leakage Type 0 0 Fixed value 1 DFS2 file FixedValue 2 0E 7 DFS_2D_DATA FILE FILE NAME maps SPLeakY_1 dfs2 ITEM_COUNT 1 must be 1 ITEM NUMBERS 1 1 EndSect DFS_2D DATA FILE EndSect Y_ Leakage Y_ Leakage section Required if there are any cells with E W sheet piling affecting the flow in the y direction codes containing 10 Z_Leakage Type 0 0 Fixed value 1 DFS2 file FixedValue 3 0E 7 DFS_2D_ DATA FILE FILE_ NAME maps SPLeakZ_1 dfs2 ITEM _COUNT 1 ITEM NUMBERS 1 EndSect DFS_2D DATA FILE EndSect Z_Leakage Z_Leakage section Required if there are any cells with horizontal sheet piling affecting the vertical flow codes containing 1 X_TopLevel RelativeToGround 0 0 no 1 yes Type 1 0 Fixed value 1 DFS2 file FixedValue 0 0 DFS_2D_ DATA FILE FILE NAME YLevels_1 dfs2 ITEM_COUNT 1 must be 1 ITEM NUMBERS 1 EndSect DFS_2D_ DATA FILE EndSect Y_TopLevel X_TopLevel section Required if SpecifiedX YLevels 1 and there are any codes containing 100
199. e between fast and slow components of baseflow discharge and storage For more detailed information on the Linear Reservoir method see the section Linear Reservoir Method V2 p 373 in the Reference manual 2 41 Storing of results The integrated nature of MIKE SHE means that very large amounts of output can be generated during a simulation Thus the output specifica 62 MIKE SHE Storing of results A tion is designed to allow you to save only the necessary information How ever the downside is that if you failed to save a specific output during the simulation run then you will have to re run the simulation to obtain this information The output in MIKE SHE can be divided into two types Time series and Grid Series From a practical viewpoint time series output generated dur ing the simulation is saved at every simulation time step whereas grid series output is saved at a specified time interval You can easily obtain missing time series from a grid series output file but the time resolution will be the same as the specified saving interval Thus at the locations where you want detailed results of a particular value you define a point in the Detailed Time Series dialogue If you are interested in the spatial and general temporal trends of a parameter then it is usually sufficient to save only the Grid Series output Water balance output The water balance is often a vital part of assessing the results of a MIKE S
200. e command prompt line type MShe ModflowExtraction file name pfs The extraction will proceed silently that is without any messages To run the extraction with the messages you need to use MZLaunch file name pfs e MShe ModflowExtraction exe which will start the MZLaunch utility The file name pfs variable is the input file for the MODFLOW extractor The input file has the standard MIKEZero Pfs format The input fields of the file are explained below Lines starting with are not read but rather can be used as comment lines Table 10 1 is an example pfs file for the MODFLOW data extractor pro gram Table 10 1 MODFLOW Extraction pfs file format and description Line item Comment File Version 3 MIKESHE_ModflowExtraction File version 3 is for Release 2009 and up ModflowModel MODFLOW 96 ModflowModel MODFLOW 2000 be changed to MODLFOW 2000 if The ModflowModel variable should the MODFLOW model is a MOD FLOW 2000 model 264 MIKE SHE MIKE SHE versus MODFLOW A Table 10 1 MODFLOW Extraction pfs file format and description Line item Comment NameFileName Airport5 nam The NameFileName is the name of the MODFLOW name file that con tains all of the references to the other input files The around the name file name and the path of the specified file name must be relative to the location of the pfs file
201. e data values namel namel2 name3 01 01 1981 00 00 00 0 1 0 2 0 3 02 01 1981 00 00 00 0 304 0 304 0 304 03 01 1981 00 00 00 0 025 0 025 0 025 04 01 1981 00 00 00 0 604 0 604 0 604 16 1 3 Import from old t0 file The old t0 file format is from the X Motif version of MIKE SHE that existed before the Windows version was introduced in 2001 The t0 file format contains all of the relevant time information For more information on the t0 file format please refer to your original MIKE SHE documenta tion 16 2 Working with Spatial Time Series In the MIKE SHE Toolbox there is a Tool in the File Converter section called dfs2 dfs0 to dfs2 In this utility you specify a dfs2 grid file with integer grid codes and a dfs0 file with time series data where the dfs2 file grid codes are the item numbers in the dfs0 file Working with Data 341 Time Series Data The utility will read the dfs2 file and for each time step in the dfs0 file it will substitute the grid code with the time series value The result is a dfs2 file with one grid for each time step and the grid values are the time series values 16 3 Time Series Types Specifies how the time step is being defined and how the measured value is being assigned to the time step There are five different value types available Instantaneous The values are measured at a precise instant For example the air temper ature at a particular time is an instantaneous value I
202. e flow processes in MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE 7 5 Building a MIKE 11 model Integrating a MIKE SHE and a MIKE 11 model is not very different from establishing a stand alone MIKE 11 HD model and a stand alone MIKE SHE model In principle there are three basic set up steps 1 Build a stand alone MIKE 11 HD hydraulic model and make a per formance test and if possible a rough calibration using prescribed inflow and stage boundaries If needed you can specify a default groundwater table e g MIKE SHE s initial groundwater level and leakage coefficients for any leakage calculations Build a stand alone MIKE SHE model that includes the overland flow component and optionally the saturated zone and unsaturated zone components An SZ drainage boundary can be used to prevent exces sive surface flows in low lying areas and the river flood plain Couple MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 by defining branches reaches where MIKE 11 HD should interact with MIKE SHE Modify your MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 models so that they work together properly For example by removing the specified groundwater table in MIKE 11 and adjusting your SZ drainage elevations if you used these in Step 2 In the above scheme the first step in coupling MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE is to create a normal MIKE 11 HD model without coupling it with MIKE SHE In this regard a few things should be emphasised Surface Water 195 Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 5 1 e na normal MIKE 11 ri
203. e ground water table is at or above the ground surface Inflow negative Note sign change com pared to detailed Ponded Storage water balance yes sz qGihbPos Outflow from SZ storage to inter nal general head boundaries GHB cells Outflow positive yes sz qGihbNeg Inflow from internal general head boundaries GHB cells to SZ storage Inflow negative yes sz qlrrWell Groundwater pumping from irri gation wells This includes both specified irri gation wells and shallow wells Outflow positive yes sz qSzDrToMouse SZ drainage to specified MOUSE MIKE Urban manholes These are specified in the Extra Parameter option in SZ Drainage to MOUSE V1 p 319 Outflow positive yes sz qSzMousePos Outflow from SZ storage to Mouse MIKE Urban pipes Outflow positive yes sz qSzMouseNeg Inflow from Mouse MIKE Urban pipes to SZ storage Inflow negative yes sz qSzExtSink Outflow to external sinks speci fied via OpenMI Outflow positive yes 134 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error sz qSzExtSource Inflow from external sources Inflow negative yes specified via OpenMI sz szWblErrTot Aggregated SZ water balance Positive if water generated error for all layers Astorage Outf
204. e i If you use an area resolution then the water balance will be a summary water balance for either the entire catchment or the sub areas that you define If you use a single cell resolution you will be able to generate dfs2 maps of the water balance Sub catchment grid codes The subcatchment integer grid code file is only used if you have selected the sub catchment water balance type You can specify a delete value to exclude areas from the water balance The grid spacing and dimensions in this dfs2 file do not have to match the model grid exactly However the sub catchment grid must be both coarser than and aligned with the origi nal grid You can also specify a polygon shape file to define the sub catchment areas The shape file may contain multiple polygon with the same or dif ferent codes Further the shape file length units do not have to be the same as the model length units e g feet vs meters Gross files The pre processor extracts the water balance data from the standard MIKE SHE output files and saves the data in a set of gross files The file names of the gross files is built up from the project name and prefix specified here The default value is normally fine Run the extraction To run the extraction you simply have to click on the Run Extraction icon 08 or the Run Extraction top menu item 5 1 3 Specify your water balance After you have extracted the water balance data from the MIKE SHE r
205. e model grid are aligned with one another if the parameter grid or the model grid contain an even multiple of the other grid s cells For example if the parameter grid was two times finer then every model grid cell must contain exactly four parameter grid cells If the grids are aligned then the parameter grid will be averaged to the model grid during the pre processing stage However in some cases it does not make sense to average parameter values For example Van Genuchten soil parameters cannot really be averaged since they are a characteristic of the soil In such cases you should ensure that the model grid and the parameter grid file are identical 350 MIKE SHE Gridded dfs2 Data A 18 4 1 Stationary Real Data Spatially distributed Real parameters such as conductivity or topography can be defined in three ways namely they can be defined as a uniform global value or they may be distributed and defined using either gridded data dfs2 file GIS points and polygons ArcView shp file or irregu larly distributed point data x y value coordinate file It does not make sense to interpolate some parameters to the model grid In such cases the use of line and point data should be avoided Uniform A uniform global value means that all the grid cells in the model will have the same value GIS point and line data or Distributed point data If the parameter is defined using irregularly distributed point data
206. efore the damping function is only applied when the gradient between cells is below a user defined threshold The details of the available functions can be found in the section Low gra dient damping function V 2 p 272 found in the Reference manual For both functions and both the explicit and implicit solution methods each calculated intercell flow in the current timestep is multiplied by the local damping factor Fp to obtain the actual intercell flow In the explicit method the flow used to calculate the courant criteria are also corrected by Fp The damping function is controlled by the user specified threshold gradi ent see Common stability parameters V2 p 38 for the Overland Flow below which the damping function becomes active The choice of appropriate threshold value depends on the slope of the flow surface Based on both actual model tests in Florida and synthetic setups the following conclusions can be reached e A Threshold gradient greater than the surface slope can lead to exces sive OL storage on the surface that takes a long time to drain away e A Threshold gradient equal to the surface slope is often reasonable but there may still be some excess storage on the surface e Threshold values less than the surface slope typically cause rapid drainage and give nearly the same answers e Threshold values below le 7 do not significantly improve the results even if the topography is perfectly flat e In general
207. el is below the coarse grid bottom of the model then a warning will be printed and the drain level will be adjusted to the bottom of the model In the sub grids you may have the situation where the sub grid drain level is below the bottom of the model but the average drain level is above In this case the sub grid drain level will be the maximum elevation of the bottom of the model and the drain level Meaning if the drain level of a sub grid is below the bottom of the model the drain level is adjusted to the maximum value of i the bottom of the model and ii the drainage elevation Groundwater 261 Saturated Groundwater Flow Disabling Multi Cell Drainage By default when if the multi cell OL option is invoked multi cell drain age will be active If you want to disable multi cell drainage perhaps for backwards compatability with older models an Extra parameter option is availble to switch off multi cell drainage Parameter Type Value Name disable multi cell Boolean On drainage If this option is used then the multi cell drainage is switched off and the drainage will function using the groundwater level and drain level based on the course cells 10 4 MIKE SHE versus MODFLOW The MIKE SHE can be used to simulate all of the processes in the land phase of the hydrologic cycle including overland flow channel flow groundwater flow in the unsaturated zone and saturated groundwater flow MODFLOW
208. ence system for linking the drainage to a recipient node or cell The recipient can be a MIKE 11 river node another SZ grid cell or a model boundary There are four different options for setting up the drainage source recipi ent reference system Drainage Option Drainage routed downhill based on adjacent drain levels Drainage routing based on grid codes Distributed drainage options C Drainage not routed but removed from model Drainage routed downhill based on adjacent drain levels This option was originally the only option in MIKE SHE The reference system is created automatically by the pre processor using the slope of the drains calculated from the drainage levels in each cell Thus the pre processer calculates the drainage source recipient reference system by 1 looking at each cell in turn and then 2 look for the neighbouring cell with the lowest drain level 3 If this cell is an outer boundary cell or contains a river link the search stops 254 MIKE SHE Groundwater Drainage j 4 If this cell does not contain a boundary or river link then the search is repeated with the next downstream neighbour until either a local mini mum is found or a boundary cell or river link is found The result of the above search for each cell is used to build the source recipient reference system If local depressions in the drainage levels exist the SZ nodes in these depressions may become the recipients for
209. ent The gaining and losing calculations are done in MIKE SHE for every river link within the Baseflow reservoir For the losing river links the water level is interpolated from the nearest H points the bottom elevation and bank width is interpolated from the nearest cross sections The length is simply the cell size MIKE SHE keeps track of the inflow volumes to ensure that sufficient water is available in the river link Weir Data for overland river exchange The choice of using the weir formula for overland river exchange is a glo bal choice made in the MIKE SHE OL Computational Control Parameters V 2 p 36 dialogue If the weir option is chosen in MIKE SHE then all MIKE 11 coupling reaches will use the weir formula for moving water across the river bank The weir option is typically used when you want to simulate overbank spilling and detailed 2D surface flow in the flood plains The following parameters and options are available when you specify the weir option in MIKE SHE If you chose the Manning equation option in MIKE SHE then these parameters are ignored Surface Water 221 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Weir coefficient and Head exponent The Weir coefficient and head exponent refer to the C and k terms respec tively in Equation 7 11 The default values are generally reasonable Both the weir coefficient and the head exponent are dimensionless Minimum upstream height above bank for full weir width In Equation 7
210. ent on the orientation ofthe bathymetry The Triangular Interpolation is made as an answer to this problem First the closest point to x lt Ye 1s found The fol lowing figure shows this 359 Spatial Data Figure 18 5 Illustration of triangular interpolation In this example the point xo yo Zo 1s the closest point When this point is identified two quadrants are identified indicated by the light grey and the dark grey areas The closest point in these two quadrants are then found They can be seen on the figure as x Y1 Z1 and x2 Y2 Z2 The interpolation is then done in two steps First the coefficients describing the plane defined by the 3 found points are computed _ V Vo MZ Zo x M Yo Z Zy i x Xo 02 o x x V1 yo x x0 Z2 Zo X gt xo0 Z Zo 18 11 x1 x0 2 Vo X2 X9 V1 Yo C zo 4x Byo A B And secondly the actual interpolation is done Z x By C 18 12 If less than 3 points are found reverse distance interpolation RDI is used The triangular interpolation is more time consuming due to the more complex direction independent search but better end results should be achieved with this method 360 MIKE SHE Performing simple math on multiple grids j 18 5 3 Inverse Distance The two inverse distance methods both use the nearest point in each quan drant to cal
211. ention storage continues to be available for infiltration to the unsaturated zone and to evapotranspiration Initial and Boundary Conditions In most cases it is best to start your simulation with a dry surface and let the depressions fill up during a run in period However if you have signif icant wetlands or lakes this may not be feasible However be aware that stagnant ponded water in wetlands may be a significant source of numeri cal instabilities or long run times The outer boundary condition for overland flow is a specified head based on the initial water depth in the outer cells of the model domain Normally the initial depth of water in a model is zero During the simulation the water depth on the boundary can increase and the flow will discharge Getting Started 49 Building a MIKE SHE Model across the boundary However if a non zero value is used on the bound ary then water will flow into the model as long as the internal water level is lower than the boundary water depth The boundary will act as an infi nite source of water If you need to specify time varying overland flow boundary conditions you can use the Extra Parameter option Time varying Overland Flow Boundary Conditions V1 p 302 Separated flow areas The Separated Flow Areas V 2 p 123 are typically used to prevent over land flow from flowing between cells that are separated by topographic features such as dikes that cannot be resolved wi
212. er The lower layers could be alluvial zones with interbedded clay lenses or less weathered bedrock layers 52 MIKE SHE Unsaturated Flow A The soil profile that you define can be as detailed as the available informa tion There is no restriction on the amount of detail that you can input However from a practical point of view you are probably better off grouping similar soil types together and simplifying the soil profiles as much as possible The specified soil profile depth must be deeper than the vertical discretiza tion In the 2 Layer UZ method the soil profile is uniform with depth Soil properties database The soil properties database is used to define the unsaturated flow proper ties and relationships for the different soil types if you are using one of the finite difference UZ methods i e the Richards Equation and Gravity methods In the database each soil type has a set of properties and the profile is composed of different soil types Vertical Grid Discretisation The vertical discretisation of the soil profile typically contains small cells near the ground surface and increasing cell thickness with depth How ever the soil properties are averaged if the cell boundaries and the soil property definitions do not align The discretisation should be tailored to the profile description and the required accuracy of the simulation If the full Richards equation is used the vertical discretisation may va
213. er bodies local topographic depres sions or out of the model The amount of drainage is calculated based on the groundwater head and the drain level using a linear reservoir formula tion When water is removed from a drain it is immediately moved to the recip ient In other words the drain module assumes that the time step is longer than the time required for the drainage water to move to the recipient Conceptually you can use a full pipe analogy The drain is a pipe full of water As groundwater is added to the pipe an equivalent amount of water must be discharged immediately out of the opposite end of the pipe because the water is incompressible and there is no additional storage in the pipe 60 MIKE SHE Saturated Groundwater Flow Each cell requires a drain level and a time constant which is the same as a leakage factor Both drain levels and time constants can be spatially defined A typical drainage level might be Im below the ground surface and a typical time constant may be between le 6 and 1 e 7 1 s Drainage reference system MIKE SHE requires a reference system for linking the drainage to a recip ient node or cell There are four different options for setting up the drain age source recipient reference system M Drainage Option Drainage routed downhill based on adjacent drain levels Drainage routing based on arid codes Distributed drainage options Drainage not routed but removed
214. er of internal cells in the sub area The default units are mm but this can be changed to any length unit e g inches by changing the EUM unit of the variable Storage Depth 5 2 Calculating Water Balances in Batch Mode Like most DHI software the water balance utility can be run in batch mode Some possible ways to run the water balance utility in batch mode are e Running the water balance utility immediately after completion of a MIKE SHE simulation run in batch mode e Running the water balance utility for a MIKE SHE simulation without using the water balance utility graphical users interface e Running multiple water balance Postprocessing stages automatically without using the water balance utility graphical users interface The water balance graphical utility stores all of its information in a wbl file The wbl file is an ASCII file that can be edited with Notepad or other text editor but the format of the water balance file must be preserved For more information on editing the wbl file and creating custom water bal ances see Making Custom Water Balances V 1 p 144 To run the water balance utility in batch mode the wbl file must be cre ated prior to executing it and all file names in the wbl file need to be valid If during calibration the same MIKE SHE file name is used for each 113 i Using the Water Balance Tool simulation then the same water balance file can be used for all calibration runs If the M
215. erally faster because it can run with larger time steps The Explict method is generally more accurate than the SOR method but is often constrained to smaller time steps The time step con straint prevents flow from crossing a cell in a single time step The time step constraint is determined by the cell with the highest velocity and applied to the entire model in the current time step The Explicit method is generally used when the river is allowed to spill from MIKE 11 onto the flood plain Alternatively you can use Flood codes V 2 p 116 to inundated flood plain areas based on the water level in MIKE 11 The Multi grid overland flow option allows you to take advantage of detailed DEM information if it is available The multi grid method sub divides the overland flow cell into an even number of sub cells The gradi ents between the cells and the flow area between cells water surface eleva tion in the cell is then calculated based on the volume of water and the detailed topography information In MIKE SHE the calculation of 2D overland flow can become a very time consuming part of the simulation So you need to be very careful when setting up your model to minimize the calculation of overland flow between cells when it is unnecessary Detailed information on Overland Flow the coupling between MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE and the overbank spilling options and ways to optimize 48 MIKE SHE Overland Flow A the calculation of
216. eries is displayed automatically in an HTML format graph on the Run tab while the simulation is running You can also add observation data to each of the detailed time series items A full list of available output items as well as more detail on the individ ual items is found in the section Output Items VJ p 72 Importing ASCII data Detailed MIKE SHE Time Series data can be imported directly into the Detailed MIKE SHE Time Series dialogue using the Import button The data file must be a tab delimited ASCII file without a header line The file must contain the following fields and be in the format specified below 64 MIKE SHE Storing of results i Name gt data typeCode gt NewPlot gt X gt Y gt Depth gt UseObsdata gt dfs0Filename gt dfs0ItemNumber where the gt symbol denotes the Tab character and Name is the user specified name of the observation point This is the name that will be used for the time series item in the Dfs0 file created during the simulation data typeCode This is a numeric code used to identify the output data type See the list of available Data Type Codes in Table 3 1 and Table 3 2 under Output Items V 1 p 72 NewPlot This is a flag to specify whether a new detailed time series HTML plot will be created on the Results Tab 0 the output will be added to the previous plot 1 Create a new plot X Y This is the X Y map coordinates of the point in the same EUM units ft m etc
217. eries will be applied 18 4 3 Integer Grid Codes The dialogues for Integer Codes function essentially same as those for Stationary Real Data except that interpolation does not make sense for integer grid codes If Integer Grid Codes are being used to assign Model Properties such as soil profiles or time series then new sub branches will appear in the data 353 Spatial Data tree corresponding to the number of unique Integer Grid Codes in the dfs2 file Uniform Value A Uniform global value means that all the grid cells in the model will have the same value Thus all cells would belong to the same zone Grid File dfs2 If the Integer Code is defined using a grid file then the Integer Code is defined on a grid This grid may be different than the numerical model grid However the grids must be subsets of one another That is the Inte ger Code grid and the model grid must be aligned with one another and the Integer Code grid or the model grid must contain an even multiple of the other grid s cells For example if the Integer Code grid was two times finer then every model grid cell must contain exactly four Integer Codes Normally the Integer Code will be assigned to the model grid based on the most prevalent Integer Code in the cell However this can lead to prob lems when the a particular code is both infrequent and widely dispersed For example if a model area contained many small wetland areas that were mu
218. eriod should be chosen long enough to include events of similar kind as the ones you are going to investigate A satisfactory calibration is reached when the model is able to reproduce the measured values taking the following conditions into account e uncertainty in the measurements time space equipment representativeness of measurements point average grid values differences between your conceptual model and nature uncertainty in other model parameters and data source description etc In general it is impossible to specify an exact level of divergence between measured data and computed results before the model is satisfactorily cal ibrated In each application you have to consider all factors influencing your result After the calibration you should verify your model by running one or more simulations for which measurements are available without changing your model parameters If the model is able to reproduce the validation measurements you can consider your calibration to be successful This ensures that simulations can be made for any period similar to the calibra tion and the verification period with satisfactory results 11 4 Executing MIKE SHE WQ In the top icon bar there is a three button set of icons for running your model pp wn wg WQ The WQ button starts the Water Quality simulation After you have successfully run a water movement WM simulation to completion you can run a water quality simulation
219. ers V 2 p 36 e UZ Computational Control Parameters V2 p 41 e SZ Computational Control Parameters V 2 p 42 Time step control Likewise the time step control is important but the default values are usu ally reasonable to get your model up and running Then you should go back to the Time Step Control V 2 p 31 dialogue to optimize your simu lation time stepping For more information on time step control you can 36 MIKE SHE Model domain and grid j go to the help section for the Time Step Control V 2 p 31 dialogue or see the Controlling the Time Steps V1 p 161 section Note Although the different hydrologic processes can run on different time steps the processes exchange water explicitly Therefore there are restrictions on the relationship between the time steps in the processes In particular the longer time steps must be even multiples of the shorter time steps In other words a 24 hour groundwater time step can included four 6 hour unsaturated flow timesteps which can each include three 2 hour overland flow timesteps See Time Step Control V 2 p 31 for more infor mation 2 2 6 Hot Starting from a previous simulation Your MIKE SHE simulation can be started from a hot start file A hot start file is useful for simulations requiring a long warm up period or for gener ating initial conditions for scenario analysis Hot starting can also be an effective way to change parameters that are normally st
220. ers the saturated zone and affects flow conditions in the unsaturated zone The actual rise of the groundwa ter table depends on the moisture profile above the water table which is a function of the available unsaturated storage and soil properties plus the amount of net groundwater flow horizontal and vertical flow and source sink terms The main difficulty in describing the linkage between the two the satu rated SZ and unsaturated UZ zones arises from the fact that the two components UZ and SZ are explicitly coupled i e they run in parallel and exchange water only at specific times Explicit coupling of the UZ and SZ modules is used in MIKE SHE to allow separate time steps that are representative of the UZ minutes to hours and the SZ hours to days domains Error in the mass balance originates from two sources e keeping the water table constant during a UZ time step and e using an incorrect estimate of the specific yield S in the SZ calcula tions In the first case above mass balance and convergence problems can be addressed by making the maximum UZ time step closer to the SZ time step In the second case above the MIKE SHE forces the specific yield of the top SZ layer to be equal to the specific yield of the UZ zone as defined by the difference between the specified moisture contents at saturation 9 and field capacity This correction is calculated from the UZ values in the UZ cell in which the ini
221. erty values or you can specify multiple individual polygon files each with unique prop erty values In the case of lenses an extra step is added to the beginning of the 2 step process outlined in the previous section The location of the lenses is first interpolated to the horizontal numerical grid Then the lenses become essentially extra geologic layers in the columns that contain lenses How Groundwater 251 Saturated Groundwater Flow ever there are a number of special considerations when working with lenses in the geologic model e Lenses override layers That is if a lense has been specified then the lense properties take precedence over the layer properties and a new geologic layer is added in the vertical column e Vertically overlapping lenses share the overlap If the bottom of lense is below the top of the lense beneath then the lenses are assumed to meet in the middle of the overlapping area e Small lenses override larger lenses If a small lense is completely contained within a larger lense the smaller lense dominates in the loca tion where the small lense is present e Negative or zero thicknesses are ignored If the bottom of the lense intersects the top of the lense the thickness is zero or negative and the lense is assumed not to exist in this area 10 2 Numerical Layers 10 2 1 Specific Yield of the upper SZ numerical layer The specified value for specific yield is not used for the specific
222. es The output from MIKE SHE is stored in a combination of files sheres this is an ASCII file that is a catalogue of all the output files asso ciated with a simulation frf this is a binary output file containing all of the static information on the simulation as well as all of the time series results that cannot be easily stored in a dfs format dfs files The rest of the output is stored in a series of dfs0 dfs2 and dfs3 files The dfs file format is a binary time series format Each file can contain multiple output items but each of the items must be stored at the same time step interval Thus the output for each of the processes that has an independent storing time step is stored in separate output file e g OL water depth is stored separately from SZ Recharge even though each is a 2D output item Viewing Output Files The primary means of viewing the dfs2 and dfs3 output is the Results Viewer The gridded output files can be also viewed in the Grid Editor The Grid Editor includes icons in the icon bar to step between layers and time steps as well as to switch between output items Dfs0 output is viewed most easily in the Time Series Editor All three of these are MIKE Zero tools and are described in the MIKE Zero documentation See the section on The Results viewer V1 p 81 for more details on the Results Viewer There are three main log files where the xx refers to your document file name All three of the
223. es can be either e Dissolved Dissolved species are mobile in the water They are active in the subsurface and surface water Disolved species have a default concentration of ug m e Sorbed Sorbed species are only available in the subsurface They are fixed to the soil matrix and do not move with the water Sorbed species have a default concentration of g g e Suspended Suspended species are only available in ponded water They do not infiltrate to the UZ or SZ and they cannot become Sorbed species If the ponded water infiltrates the spe cies is left behind Suspended species have a default concentra tion of ug m e Fixed A fixed species is neither disolved or nor sorbed It is used as an immobile state variable by ECOLab This allows ECOLab to read and write arbitrary values to MIKE SHE during the simulation Fixed species have an undefined unit In particular the Fixed species is especially interesting in MIKE SHE It is a species type without pre defined units of concentration The non dimen sional species cannot be transported with the flow and can be used as a 287 MIKE SHE ECO Lab book keeping mechanism for resulting processes ECO Lab itself can read a value from any file update the value and write it back to the file How ever ECO Lab cannot append a new value to a file That is ECO Lab can not read a value update the value and add the new value as a new timestep in file The Fixed species ty
224. es of time series plots in the result viewer Because of the rich functionality available in the Result Viewer with respect to time series output users should experiment with the available options An example of the available functionality for modification of the time series plot properties is shown in Figure 4 11 For example as shown in the upper left of Figure 4 11 time series items can be added or deleted from a plot on the items tab 94 MIKE SHE Saturated Zone Cross section Plots Figure 4 11 Modification of A items displayed on the time series plot B x axis properties C y axis properties and D time series plot title 4 4 Saturated Zone Cross section Plots To display a cross section plot of a set of 3D gridded data you must click on the Profile icon 8 Clicking on this icon will allow you to interac tively define a cross section by left clicking at each vertex of the profile line and double clicking to close the profile After closing the profile the following dialogue will be displayed listing the available output items 95 The Results viewer Profile Item Selection m ltem Overview O r averea Conductiviy C woromammshe 2 T 3D Storage Coefficient CWoremammshe tm 3 0 Specie ied CWorkmanmshe 10 T GD horizontal Conductivty Year C Workman She Im S F GD Horizontal Conductivity Xc
225. ess included and the process model selected which in turn depend on what 20 MIKE SHE Requirements problem you are trying to solve with MIKE SHE However the following basic model parameters are required for nearly every MIKE SHE model e Model extent typically as a polygon e Topography as point or gridded data and e Precipitation as station data rain gauge data Additional basic data is required depending on the hydrologic processes included and their options e Reference evapotranspiration as station data or calculated from mete orological data e Air Temperature for calculating snowmelt station data e Solar Radiation for calculating snowmelt station data e Sub catchment delineation for runoff distribution e River morphology geometry cross sections for river flow and water level calculations e Land use distribution for vegetation and paved runoff calculations e Soil distribution for distributing infiltration and calculating runoff e Subsurface geology for calculating groundwater flow If you also want to calculate water quality then additional basic informa tion includes e Species to be simulated and e Source locations The data items listed above are the basic input data that define your prob lem They are not usually part of the calibration If we now look at each of Getting Started 21 Introduction the hydrologic processes and the process models available f
226. essed data If needed the pre processed topography can be saved to a dfs2 file right click on the map modified and then used as input for a new set up now using the Use Grid Data option Bed Leakage If one of the flood options are selected then you must also specify if and how the leakage coefficient will be applied on the flooded cells The infil tration seepage of MIKE SHE flood grids is calculated as ordinary over land exchange with the saturated or unsaturated zone That is the leakage coefficient if it exists is applied to both saturated exchange to and from the flooded cell and unsaturated leakage from the flooded cell In the case of the unsaturated leakage the actual leakage is controlled by either the leakage coefficient or the unsaturated zone hydraulic conductivity rela tionship which yields the lowest infiltration rate e Use grid data In this case the leakage coefficient specified in Sur face Subsurface Leakage Coefficient is used If this item has not been specified then the leakage coefficient will be calculated based on the aquifer material only e Use river data default In this case the Leakage Coefficient 1 sec for the coupling reach is actually copied to the flooded cell and used for all flood grid points of the coupling reach This makes sense if the flood plain is frequently flooded and covered with the same sediments as the river bed However in many cases the flood plain material is not the same a
227. esults files then you can switch to the post processing tab Here you can create any number of individual water balances by simply clicking on the Add item icon and specifying the water balance parameters in the parame ter dialogue 109 Using the Water Balance Tool Alternative contig file IV Use default Config file C Program Files DHI MIKEZero bin MS he_ wbl_Config pfs At Fosiprocessing name Comment Total Accumulated as Fisher Creek Incremental A single Postprocessing item is created by default when the water balance file is created The default Postprocessing name can be change to a more appropriate name Postprocessing items that are no longer needed can be deleted using the Delete button Use default Config file Unchecking the Use default Config file checkbox allows you to specify the location of a custom water balance Config file Development of cus tom water balance configuration files is described in detail in Making Custom Water Balances V 1 p 144 For each item in the Postprocessing list above a new item will be added to the data tree If you expand the data tree each will have the following dia logue 110 MIKE SHE Creating a water balance Water balance Water balance type fr otal waterbalance gt Description ee water balance of the entire model setup M Output period Start date End date V Use default period 1800 01 01 00 00
228. eter x Model Domain and Grid 2 C2_YES Topography Built in Forcings and Constants If the Forcing or Constant is not user defined User Defined NO then the Forcing or Constant is an internal value in MIKE SHE and will be passed automatically to ECO Lab The list of available parameters is quite short primarily geometry related e g cell volume plus a few domain specific constants e g porosity After selecting the parameter from the list of available parameters in the combo box select the units that are being used in the template The list of units is taken from the standard available units in the EUM database for the particular item The Constant or Forcing can be used in various equa tions in the template However there is no check on the units being used So it is expected that the Forcing or Constant will used one of the options 288 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Templates A from the list of units in the EUM database Otherwise and appropriate conversion must be done in the template equation User Specified Forcings and Constants If the Forcing or Constant is user defined User Defined YES then the Forcing or Constant must be specified explicitly in MIKE SHE In this case there is nothing to specify on the main list of Forcings and Constants but a Forcing or Constant item is added to the data tree down under the appropriate branch in the data tree In this branch you will find a table of user spe
229. etween the actual cell and the next cell in positive x direction 10 a E W sheet piling link between the actual cell and the next cell in the positive y direction 1 a Horizontal sheet piling surface between the actual layer and the layer above ground surface if actual layer is 1 and 0 no sheet piling Thus for example a cell containing the code 110 defines the existence of sheet piling along the Eastern and Northern cell boundaries A cell con taining the code 11 defines a sheet piling along the Northern cell bound ary and at the top of the layer 312 MIKE SHE Saturated Zone A Leakage Coefficient The Leakage Coefficient is required for flow in the x y and z direction for each layer containing sheet piling The Leakage Coefficient is required in the x direction if any cell contains a 100 value in the y direction if any cell contains a 10 value and in the z direction if any cell contains a 1 value The leakage coefficients can be specified as a global value per layer or as a distribution in a dfs2 file In the case of a dfs2 file the values must be specified in the cells where the grid codes are specified The EUM type unit of the dfs2 files must be Leakage coefficient Drain time constant with the unit 1 Time Top and bottom levels optional This option can be used when the vertical sheet piling only extends across part of a layer The levels are spec
230. ever it is specified In areas where a delete value is specified the vertical hydraulic conductivity of the top SZ layer is used In the processed data the item Surface subsurface Exchange Grid Code is added where areas with full contact are defined with a 0 and areas with reduced contact are defined with a 1 Separated Flow areas The Separated Flow Areas V 2 p 123 are typically used to prevent over land flow from flowing between cells that are separated by topographic features such as dikes that cannot be resolved within a the grid cell In many detailed models surface drainage on flood plains and irrigation areas is highly controlled The Seperated Flow Areas option allows you to define these drainage control land features in the model If you define the separated flow areas along the intersection of the inner and outer boundary areas MIKE SHE will keep all overland flow inside of the model making the boundary a no flow boundary for overland flow However seperated flow areas are not respected by the other hydrologic processes such as the SZ drainage function Thus lateral flow out of the model may still occur via SZ drainage SZ boundary conditions MIKE 11 irrigation control areas etc even when the seperated flow areas are defined Therefore if you use seperated flow areas you should carefully evaluate your results for example by using the water balance tool to make sure that the water flow is behaving as you ex
231. evious Step Rewinds result files to the previous time k step Video Generates an avi file from the current time Reverse step to the first time step Play Reverse Plays result files from the current time step lt to the first time step Identical to Video Reverse except an avi file is not generated Stop Anima Stops forward and reverse playing of result tion files and creation of avi files Play Forward Plays result files from the current time step gt to the last time step Identical to Video For ward except an avi file is not generated Video For Generates an avi file from the current time ward step to the last time step Next Step Advances result files from the current time step to the next time step Wind Advances results files to the last time step Go to time Rewinds or advances result files to the ms step specified time step 81 The Results viewer Table 4 1 Description of Result Viewer tools Button Name Description bi Time step Change the time step used by the result viewer The time step can be less than or greater than the result file time step Default Default extraction tool Time Series extractor Tool to extract time series data from result files Multiple time series can be extracted by holding down the Ctrl key while left click ing A single extraction or the last multiple extraction is selected using a double left click See Displaying a time
232. f files will not be correct Output Items Some of the available output items are calculated as part of another proc ess For example the depth of overland water is calculated based on seep age to and from the groundwater and as part of the MIKE 11 surface water calculations even if the overland flow is not directly simulated Furthermore some of the output items require that more than one process be simulated For example the leaf area index is only available if both evapotranspiration and unsaturated flow are calculated In the absence of an explicit remark the sign convention for MIKE SHE s output is positive in the positive direction In other words all flows in the 72 MIKE SHE Output Items A direction of increasing X Y and Z coordinates are positive Thus vertical downward flows such as infiltration are negative Flows that do not have a direction are positive if storage or outflow is increasing Thus all flows leaving the model are positive and water bal ance errors are positive if the model is generating water Also important to remember is that the output items related to flow are accumulated over the storing time step In many cases these values are required for the Water Balance program described in the section Using the Water Balance Tool V 1 p 105 The values that are part of the water bal ance are automatically turned on when the water balance option is selected However the output item
233. fer material only See Aquifer Only Con ductance V 1 p 208 or e the conductivity of the river bed material only See River bed only con ductance V 1 p 209 or e the conductivity of both the river bed and the aquifer material See Both aquifer and river bed conductance V p 210 Aquifer Only Conductance When the river is in full contact with the aquifer material it is assumed that there is no low permeable lining of the river bed The only head loss between the river and the grid node is that created by the flow from the grid node to the river itself This is typical of gaining streams or streams that are fast moving Thus referring to Figure 7 11 the conductance C between the grid node and the river link is given by _ K da dx ds 7 7 where K is the horizontal hydraulic conductivity in the grid cell da is the vertical surface available for exchange flow dx is the grid size used in the SZ component and ds is the average flow length The average flow length ds is the distance from the grid node to the middle of the river bank in the triangular river link cross section ds is limited to between 1 2 and 1 4 of a cell width since the maximum river link width is one cell width half cell width per side There are three variations for calculating da 208 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 j e Ifthe water table is higher than the river water level da is the saturated aquifer thicknes
234. ferring to Figure 7 11 the conductance C between the grid node and the river link is given by C L w dx 7 8 where dx is the grid size used in the SZ component L is the leakage coef ficient 1 T of the bed material and w is the wetted perimeter of the cross section In Eq 7 8 the wetted perimeter w is assumed to be equal to the sum of the vertical and horizontal areas available for exchange flow From Figure 7 11 this is equal to da l respectively The horizontal infiltration length is calculated based on the depth of water in the river and the geometry of the triangular river link cross section The infiltration area of the river link closely approximates the infiltration area of natural channels when the river is well connected to the aquifer In Surface Water 209 Surface Water in MIKE SHE this case the majority of the groundwater surface water exchange occurs through the banks of the river and decreases to zero towards the centre of the river However for losing streams separated from the groundwater table by an unsaturated zone the majority of the infiltration occurs verti cally and not through the river banks In this case the triangular shape of the river link does not really approximate wide losing streams and the cal culated infiltration area may be too small especially if the MIKE 11 bank elevations are much higher than the river level This can be compensated for by either choosing a
235. file by first restarting the sewer simulation in MIKE URBAN Otherwise your changes to the sewer network will not be reflected in the coupled models Output Files Output from the coupled run is written to a number of dfs0 results files all located in the standard results directory In the case of storing reaches there is one item in the dfs0 file for each storing reach Table 8 2 File names and conditions for output for the MIKE SHE MIKE URBAN coupling setupname refers to the name of the model setup file file name The file is created when setupname setupname_SZ2MouseReaches dfs0 the MIKE SHE SZ coupling is included setupname setupname_OL2MouseReaches dfs0 the MIKE SHE Overland cou pling is included setupname setupname_OL2MouseManholes dfs0 the MIKE SHE Overland flow coupling to manholes is included setupname setupname_SZDrain2MouseManholes dfs0 the MIKE SHE SZ drain cou pling to manholes is included setupname setupname_PavedDrain2MouseManholes dfs0 the MIKE SHE SZ paved areas to manholes is included Warning messages Exchange inflows reduced Warning Exchange inflows from Overland to MOUSE reduced by Overland house keeping in order to avoid instabilities No of time steps 27000 of 27000 Total a priori inflows 1332286 m3 Total reduced inflows 920643 0 m3 69 10 MIKE SHE calculates tine in out flows after an overland time
236. fixed concentration source showed that MIKE SHE under estimates the mass flux into the model when the model includes longitudinal disper sion The problem is that the SZ transport scheeme QUICKEST doesn t include dispersive transport to from open boundary cells This is as designed but apparently not correct After including the boundary disper sion the mass input to the model is within 2 of the analytical solution From Release 2011 and onwards the boundary dispersion has been made optional for backwards compatibility and is activated with the extra parameter Parameter Type Value Name enable sz bound Boolean On ary dispersion Additional Options 323 Extra Parameters However the SZ boundary dispersion option above does not calculate dispersive transport to an inflow boundary correctly A gain this problem was identified in the tests of MShe WQ with ECOLab vs analytical solu tion For example e Species 1 enters the model via an inflow flux boundary with fixed concentration including dispersive transport due to the new sz bound ary dispersion option e Species 1 decays to Species 2 which again decays to Species 3 e The concentrations of Sp2 amp Sp3 are too high especially close to the inflow boundary The analytical solution includes dispersive transport of Sp2 amp Sp3 against the flow direction because the concentration of these species are 0 at the boundary
237. for the final simu lations but remember to check you calibration first 160 MIKE SHE Controlling your simulation e Doyou really need the Richards equation for unsaturated flow For regional models the two layer water balance method is usually sufficient which is very fast The gravity flow method is also typically 2 5 times faster than the Richards equation method Again during the calibration it can be a good idea to use one of the simpler methods and the more detailed method for the final simulations e Is your MIKE 11 simulation too detailed If your MIKE 11 cross sections are too close together MIKE 11 will run with a very short time step Regional models can often be run with the simple routing meth ods in MIKE 11 which are very fast If your simulation is still too slow then several sections in the manual might be of help In particular e Hardware Requirements V p 24 contains information on different hardware configurations e Controlling the Time Steps V 1 p 161 contains information on how the dynamic time step control works e Overland Flow Performance VJ p 178 contains information on how to improve the efficiency of the overland flow solution which can be very time consuming if you have permanently ponded water e Parallelization of MIKE SHE V 1 p 167 contains information on the using MIKE SHE with multi core PCs and 64 bit operating systems 6 4 3 Controlling the Time Steps Each of t
238. from model e Drain Levels The drainage recipient is calculated based on the drain levels in all the down gradient cells That is the location of the recipi ent cell is calculated as if the drain water was flowing downhill based on the drain levels This is the most common method of specifying drainage routing and the default setting e Drain Codes The drainage recipient is specified by the user based ona distribution map of integer code values e Distributed option With this option there are several different drain age possibilities including a combination of Codes and Levels The Distributed option can also be used to define a specific MIKE 11 H point or MOUSE manhole as a recipient e Removed The fourth option is simply a head dependent boundary that removes the drainage water from the model This method does not involve routing and is exactly the same as the MODFLOW Drain boundary 2 10 5 Groundwater wells Groundwater wells can be included in your SZ simulation The groundwa ter well locations filter depth pumping rates etc are stored in a wel file that is edited using the Well editor V 2 p 229 Getting Started 61 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 10 6 Linear Reservoir Groundwater Method In the linear reservoir method the entire catchment is subdivided into a number of subcatchments and within each subcatchment the saturated zone is represented by a series of interdependent shallow interflow reser vo
239. g the preprocessing The geologic model can include both geologic layers and geologic lenses The former cover the entire model domain and the later may exist in only parts of your model area You also have the option to set up your conceptual model e by layers where you specify the property distribution in the layer or 58 MIKE SHE Saturated Groundwater Flow e by units where you specify the unit distribution in the layer Lenses Inbuilding a geologic model it is typical to find discontinuous layers and lenses within the geologic units The MIKE SHE setup editor allows you to specify such units again independent of the numerical model grid Lenses are often useful when building up a geologic model where the units are discontinuous For example a coarse alluvial flood plain aquifer can be defined as a lense inside of a regional bedrock aquifer Lenses are specified by defining either a dfs grid file or a polygon shp file for the extents of the lenses The shp file can contain any number of polygons but the user interface does not use the polygon names to distin guish the polygons If you need to specify several lenses you can use a single file with many polygons and specify distributed property values or you can specify multiple individual polygon files each with unique prop erty values There are a number of special considerations when working with lenses in the geologic model e Lenses override layers
240. g this task you should have developed a conceptual model of your system and have at your disposal digital maps of all of the important hydrologic parameters such as layer elevations and hydraulic conductivities In MIKE SHE you can specify your subsurface geologic model independ ent of the numerical model The parameters for the numerical grid are interpolated from the grid independent values during the preprocessing The geologic model can include both geologic layers and geologic lenses The former cover the entire model domain and the later may exist in only parts of your model area Both geologic layers and lenses are assigned geologic parameters as either distributed values or as constant values The alternative is to define the hydrogeology based on geologic units In this case you define the distribution of the geologic units and the geologic properties are assigned to the unit Each geologic layer can be specified using a dfs2 file a shp file or a dis tribution of point values However you should be aware of the way these different types of files are interpolated to the numerical grid The simplest case is that of distributed point values In this case the point values are simply interpolated to the numerical grid cells based on the available interpolation methods In the case of shp files at present only point and line theme shp files are supported Since lines are simply a set of connected points the shp file is essent
241. h the following grid codes In grid points where auto matic classification should be used the grid code 1 must be given In grid points where computation should be performed for all cells the grid code 2 must be given 9 0 2 Coupling Between Unsaturated and Saturated Zone The following procedure should be used to ensure that the unsaturated zone does not drop below the bottom of the first calculation layer of the saturated zone e After a simulation create a map of grid statistics of the potential head in the first calculation layer of the saturated zone Subtract the map of the minimum potential head from the map of the bottom level of the first calculation layer of the saturated zone e View the difference map If the difference is very small in some areas of the map e g lt 0 5 m it is strongly advised to move the bottom level of the first calculation layer of the saturated zone downwards e Repeat this procedure until there are no small differences Groundwater 245 Unsaturated Groundwater Flow The water balance program can be used to get an overview of errors due to a bad setup of the unsaturated zone The follow procedure can be used to make a map of UZ errors e Create a sub catchment map by retrieving UZ classification codes from the input file e Replace negative values of the classification code map by positive val ues in the 2D graphical editor e Use the sub catchment map in the water balance setup
242. han the time step length However the cri teria can lead to very short time steps during short term high intensity events For example if your model is running with maximum time steps of say 6 hours but your precipitation time series is one hour a high intensity one hour event could lead to time steps of a few minutes during that one hour event 162 MIKE SHE Controlling your simulation Max infiltration amount per time step If the total amount of infiltration due to ponded water mm in the current time step exceeds this amount the time step will be reduced by the increment rate Then the infiltration will be recalculated If the infiltration criteria is still not met the infiltration will be recalculated with progressively smaller time steps until the infiltration criteria is satisfied If your model does not include the unsaturated zone or if you are using the 2 Layer water balance method then you can set these conditions up by a factor of 10 or more However if you are using the Richards equation method then you may have to reduce these factors to achieve a stable solution Input precipitation rate requiring its own time step If the precipitation rate mm hr in the precipitation time series is greater than this amount then the simulation will break at the precipitation time series measure ment times This option is added so that measured short term rainfall events are captured in the model For example assume y
243. hange with MIKE 11 Direct exchange between MIKE 11 and the unsaturated zone is not cur rently supported Groundwater exchange is assumed to be a line source and sink at the boundary between cells and the exchange mechanism assumes that the primary exchange takes place along the river banks This is a suitable assumption when the river is well connected to the aquifer However when MIKE 11 can exchange water with overland flow via overbank spilling or flood codes then river water is added to the ponded water on a MIKE SHE cell which can then infiltrate to the unsaturated zone 7 9 Water balance with MIKE 11 The water balance tool in MIKE SHE Using the Water Balance Tool V1 p 105 includes the exchange with MIKE 11 but it does not include the water balance within MIKE 11 In other words once water enters MIKE 11 it is no longer part of the MIKE SHE water balance Thus there are numerous water balance items that detail the different exchanges to and from MIKE 11 Surface Water 217 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Water exchanges within MIKE 11 can be evaluated using the MIKE View tool In some cases this may require you to include the additional output for MIKE 11 which is selected in the Additional Output tab in MIKE 11 s HD editor Note output in MIKE 11 is instantaneous whereas the output in MIKE SHE is generally accumulated within a time step Therefore a flow at a rate at a point in MIKE 11 e g a weir will be t
244. hat is it reduces both the infiltration rate and the seepage outflow rate across the ground surface Conceptually the leakage coefficient is used to account for soil compac tion and fine sediment deposits on flood plains in areas that otherwise have similar soil profiles If the groundwater level is at the ground surface then the exchange of water between the surface water and ground water is based on the speci fied leakage coefficient and the hydraulic head between surface water and ground water In other words the UZ model is automatically replaced by a simple Darcy flow description when the profile becomes completely satu rated If the groundwater level is below the ground surface then the vertical infiltration is determined by the minimum of the moisture dependent hydraulic conductivity from the soils database and the leakage coeffi cient This option is often useful under lakes or on flood plains which may be permanently or temporarily flooded and where fine sediment may have accumulated creating a low permeable layer lining with considerable flow resistance Surface Water 173 Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 1 3 7 1 4 The value of the leakage coefficient may be found by model calibration but a rough estimate can be made based on the saturated hydraulic con ductivities of the unsaturated zone or in the low permeable sediment layer if such data is available The specified leakage coefficient is used wher
245. hat you define in your MODFLOW user interface may not be the same as those written to the MODFLOW files So you need to be careful of units and know what units the MODFLOW files are written in The MODFLOW name file has the usual MODFLOW format However you should e Specify a new name for the LIST file in order not to overwrite the LIST file of an existing simulation and e Make copies of or rename all output files lines starting with DATA Existing result files might otherwise be overwritten during the execu tion of the extraction routine The coordinate information is the UTM coordinates of the lower left and upper right MODFLOW model corners not the MODFLOW block cen tered nodal coordinates Xmax Ymax UTM Map Xmin Ymin 266 MIKE SHE MIKE SHE versus MODFLOW These coordinates plus the DELR DELC vectors from the MODFLOW files are used to defined the spatial location of the shape file and dfs2 out put For a MODFLOW model the extraction routine reads and outputs the fol lowing MODFLOW static parameters to a point theme shape file Top Bot Shead Tran Hy Vcont Sfl and Sf2 Plus it outputs the Specific storage which is calculated as Sfl divided by the layer thickness If the well output option is selected a dfs0 file will be created In this file every cell in the MODFLOW file containing a well will have a seperate item in the dfs0 file If the recharge data and head results
246. he pdf versions of the MIKE 11 Reference Manuals that are installed with MIKE 11 or the MIKE 11 documentation in the on line help These can be easily accessed from your Windows Start menu under MIKE by DHI 7 1 Overland Flow When the net rainfall rate exceeds the infiltration capacity of the soil water is ponded on the ground surface This water is available as surface runoff to be routed downhill towards the river system The rate of over land flow is controlled by the surface roughness and the gradient between cells The direction of flow is controlled by the gradient of the land surface as defined by the topography The quantity of water available for over land flow is the available ponded depth minus the detention storage as well as the losses due to evaporation and infiltration along the flow path Overland flow can be a very time consuming part of the simulation There are many ways to reduce this burden often without significantly impact ing the accuracy of the results Surface Water 171 j Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 1 1 Parameters The main overland flow parameters are the surface roughness which con trols the rate of flow the depth of detention storage which controls the amount of water available for flow plus the intial and boundary condi tions Surface Roughness The Stickler roughness coefficient is equivalent to the Manning M The Manning M is the inverse of the commonly used Mannings n The value
247. he chart graphic Run the Post Processing To run the post processing you have two choices You can click on the Run Selected Post Processing icon which runs only the current post processing item Or you can click on the Run All Post Processing icon 0 which runs all of the post processing items in the list These two options are also available in the Run top menu 112 MIKE SHE Calculating Water Balances in Batch Mode i 5 1 4 Calculate and View the Water Balance The data tree for the results tab lists all of the calculated water balances The dialogue for each item includes the file name and an Open button that will open an editor for the file For ASCII output this will be your default ASCII editor usually Notepad For dfs0 and dfs2 files the DHI Time Series Editor or Grid Editor will be opened For the chart output the graphic will be displayed by the program WbIChart Units for the water balance The values in the water balance are in the EUM unit type Storage Depth This normalization allows water balances for different models or model areas to be more easily compared The Storage Depth values can be con verted to volume by multiplying by the internal model area The number of internal model cells can be found in the WM _ PRINT LOG file Thus the internal area is the number of cells times the area per cell If you have calcuated a water balance on a sub area the volumes must be calculated based on the numb
248. he instantaneous flow at the end of the time step In MIKE SHE however the flow into a cell will be the average flow over the time step 7 10 Coupling MIKE SHE Water Quality to MIKE 11 Detailed information on the MIKE 11 Water Quality modules are found in the MIKE 11 documentation The coupling between MIKE 11 and the rest of MIKE SHE s hydrologic processes is relatively automatic You must set up a MIKE 11WQ model independent of MIKE SHE and specify this sim11 file in the Rivers and Lakes dialog This sim11 file must only have the same network geometry as the WM sim11 file It does not have to be the same sim11 file The MIKE 11 WQ model can also include EcoLab which will allow you simulate eutrophication etc in the surface water There are a few caveats limitations that you need to be aware of e Species names must be identical in MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 If they are not identical then the solutes will be transfered to the river as an infinite sink but will not be transported in MIKE 11 e The overland WQ must be included if you want to simulate water qual ity coupled to MIKE 11 e Recycling of WM results is not supported in MIKE 11 This means that if you want to simulate the coupling between MIKE 11 and the rest of MIKE SHE your WQ simulation must be continuous e There is no solute transfer from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE via overbank spilling or flood codes Only the water is transfered to flood codes and overbank spilling
249. he main hydrologic components in MIKE SHE run with inde pendent time steps Although the time step control is automatically con trolled whenever possible MIKE SHE will run with the maximum allowed time steps The component time steps are independent but they must meet to exchange flows which leads to some restrictions on the specification of the maximum allowed time steps e If MIKE 11 is running with a constant time step then the Max allowed Overland OL time step must be a multiple of the MIKE 11 constant time step If MIKE 11 is running with a variable time step then the actual OL time step will be truncated to match up with the nearest MIKE 11 time step e The Max allowed UZ time step must be an even multiple of the Max allowed OL time step and Running MIKE SHE 161 Running your Model e The Max allowed SZ time step must be an even multiple of the Max allowed UZ time step Thus the overland time step is always less than or equal to the UZ time step and the UZ time step is always less than or equal to the SZ time step If you are using the implicit solver for overland flow then a maximum OL time step equal to the UZ time step often works However if you are using the explicit solver for overland flow then a much smaller maximum time step is necessary such as the default value of 0 5 hours If the unsaturated zone is included in your simulation and you are using the Richards equation or Gravity Flow methods
250. he pre processed data 150 6 1 2 Editing the pre processed data 150 6 2 Pre processed data items 151 6 21 MIKE 11 coupling 151 622 Land US sessi oucas nan a Mani na aR a Roni e e aa Ea 151 6 2 3 Unsaturated Flow aoaaa aa 152 6 2 4 Saturated Flow oaoa aa 153 6 3 The Results Tab 0000002 eee ee 154 6 3 1 Detailed Time Series Results 155 6 3 2 Gridded Results 156 6 3 3 MIKE 11 Detailed Time Series 158 6 3 4 RunStatistics 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 158 64 Controlling your simulation 222004 160 6 4 1 Model Limits 160 6 4 2 Speeding up yoursimulation 160 6 4 3 Controlling the Time Steps aoaaa 161 65 Using Batch Files naaa aaa A eu aeds 164 66 OpenMi ss 2 lt 4 Sori aan bale p E a gne eA EY 166 6 7 Parallelization of MIKE SHE 167 SurfaceWaters __ ___ AOR ee Beare 4 169 7 SURFACE WATER IN MIKE SHE 02 0 00505 171 7 1 Overland Flow ce 1 171 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 1 1 Parameters _ __ 172 7 1 2 Reduced OL leakage to UZ and to from SZ 173 7 1 3 Separated Flow areas
251. he top and bot tom of each computational layer If the optional second parameter is used then the top and bottom eleva tions that are written to the files will be adjusted to be confined between the topography and the lowest computational layer 326 MIKE SHE MIKE ZERO OPTIONS 327 328 MIKE SHE A 15 EUM DATA UNITS All MIKE Zero products use a standard library of data units called the Engineering Unit Management EUM library This allows you to change the displayed units for any value that is included in the library Every parameter in MIKE SHE has been added to the EUM library and to change the displayed unit you must know the EUM Data Type In most cases the EUM Data Type is displayed in the fly over text when you put your mouse cursor in the text field Alternatively all items in the on line help F1 list the EUM Data Type in the table at the beginning of the sec tion To change the display units of any EUM Data Type you must close all open documents and then select Options Edit Unit Base Groups from the File pull down menu ZZ MIKE Zero Start Page File View Window Help New Open Glose Glose Project Save Ghrl S Save All Ctrl Shift S Saye sn Saye Project 45 Template YCS Control Print Setup Print Preview Print Gtrl P Recent Files Recent Projects o Recent Log Files Options Edit Map Projections Datu
252. hen each sub grid may have a unique drain level since each sub grid can have a dif ferent Each coarse grid cell has a water table that is common for all fine scale grids within the coarse grid If the coarse cell water table is above the fine scale drain level then drainage is calculated based on the drain time constant and the depth of water above the fine scale drain level Total drainage in a coarse cell is the sum ofall the fine scale drainage volumes Drainage routing by levels will be determined by the coarse grid How ever to make it more realistic with respect to the fine scale hydrology the drainage routing by levels will be based on the lowest drain level in a coarse cell Drainage to local depressions will be added to the SZ cell and result ant ponding will then follow the multi scale OL flow Internal validation of the drainage scheme MIKE SHE performs an internal validation of the SZ drainage scheme The following are used in connection with the sub scale feature Drainage depths of zero are allowed and drainage depths above the topography are set to the topography This allows drain levels at the ground surface This check will be done on the coarse grid That is if the coarse grid drain level is above the coarse grid topography a warn ing will be issued and all the sub grid drain depths will be set to zero Note for Release 2011 In Release 2011 and prior releases a drain level of zero turned off SZ drainage
253. hen your previous set tings will be re loaded and your results will open with the settings from the previous time you opened these results Running MIKE SHE 157 i Running your Model 6 3 3 MIKE 11 Detailed Time Series Refresh Obs C 8 Training Courses 2006 Beijing Demo projects Napa Napa Valley FD Mikel 1 Time Calibration Flow Huichica dfs0 item no Huichica Creek Observed Water level m Huichica Creek H m Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May 02 02 02 O02 02 O02 O2 O2 O2 O2 O03 03 O3 O38 O3 ME 0 0433203 MAE 0 0898819 RMSE 0 17411 STDres 0 168634 R Correlation 0 651106 R2 Nash_Sutcliffe 0 977305 Dist nimhar 7 x The MIKE 11 Detailed time series tab includes an HTML plot of each point selected in the Setup Editor The HTML plots are updated during the simulation whenever you enter the view Alternatively you can select the Refresh button to refresh the plot Note The HTML plot is regenerated every time you enter the Detailed Time Series page So if you have a lot of plots and a long simulation then the regeneration can take a long time For information on the statistics see Statistic Calculations V 2 p 217 6 3 4 Run Statistics Run statistics can be generated in HTML format for a MIKE SHE simula tion The run statistics table information can be copied and pasted directly into any word processing program such as Microsoft Word or spread sheet such as Mi
254. her intercepted by leaves canopy storage or falls through to the ground surface Once at the ground surface the water can now either evaporate infiltrate or runoff as overland flow If it evaporates the water leaves the system However if it infiltrates then it will enter the unsaturated zone where it will be either extracted by the plant roots and transpired added to the unsaturated storage or flow downwards to the water table If the upper layer of the unsaturated zone is saturated then additional water cannot infiltrate and overland flow will be formed This overland flow will follow the topography downhill until it reaches an area where it can infiltrate or until it reaches a stream where it will join the other surface water Groundwater will also add to the base flow in the streams or the flow in the stream can infiltrate back into the groundwater 34 MIKE SHE The MIKE SHE User Interface In the main simulation specification dialogue you select the processes that you would like to include in your model For the main water movement processes you can also select the numerical solution method In general the simpler methods will require less data and run more quickly Your choice here will be immediately be reflected in the data tree Numeric Engine MIKE SHE Water Movement wM Overland Flow OL Finite Difference gt 7 Rivers and Lakes OC 7 Unsaturated Flow UZ Richards equation w Evapotranspi
255. here is effectively no limit to the amount of RAM In this case MIKE SHE will use all available RAM CPU Speed In general the higher the CPU clock speed the faster the calculations However simulation speed also depends on the chip design which depends on the manufacturer e g Intel vs AMD the platform e g laptop vs desktop etc Given the huge range of chip designs and the rapid pace of development it is difficult to give specific guidance on choice of CPU other than faster is usually better all other things being equal Getting Help If you click F1 in any MIKE SHE dialogue you will land in one of the sections of The MIKE SHE Reference Guide Likewise if you click F1 in any MIKE 11 or other MIKE Zero dialogue you will land in a relevant section of the on line help This manual is a supplement to the basic on line F1 help and provides you with additional information on how to use MIKE SHE to get the results that you want Service and Maintenance As with any complex software package the software is being continually improved and extended Some of these improvements are fixes of prob lems that have slipped though our quality control Others are fixes of known minor problems with the software However the vast majority of the changes in new releases and service packs are related to improvements to the functionality of the software Your initial purchase of the software is protected by a one year subscrip tion
256. hod utilizes two grids a fine scale topography grid and a coarser scale overland flow calculation grid However both grids Surface Water 181 Surface Water in MIKE SHE are calculated from the same reference data that is the detailed topogra phy digital elevation model In the Multi cell method the principle assumption is that the volume of water in the fine grid and the coarse grid is the same Thus given a vol ume of water a depth and flooded area can be calculated for both the fine grid and the coarse grid See Figure 7 1 In the case of detention storage the volume of detention storage is calcu lated based on the user specified depth and OL cell area During the simulation the cross sectional area available for flow between the grid cells is an average of the available flow area in each direction across the cell This adjusted cross sectional area is factored into the diffu sive wave approximation used in the 2D OL solver For numerical details see Multi cell Overland Flow Method V 2 p 275 in the Reference man ual The multi grid overland flow solver is typically used where an accurate bathymetric description is more important than the detailed flow patterns This is typically the case for most inland flood studies In other words the distribution of flooding and the area of flooding in an area is more impor tant than the rate and direction of ingress Available flow volume Detention storage Coa
257. ially identical to the case of distributed point values Thus it is interpolated in exactly the same manner Groundwater 249 Saturated Groundwater Flow The case of dfs2 files is in fact two separate cases If the dfs2 file is aligned with the model grid then the cell value that is assigned is calcu lated using the bilinear method with the 4 nearest points to the centre of the cell If the dfs2 file is not aligned with the model grid then the file is treated exactly the same as if it were a shp file or a set of distributed point values The geologic model is interpolated to the model grid during preprocess ing by a 2 step process 1 The horizontal geologic distribution is interpolated to the horizon tal model grid If Geologic Units are specified then the integer grid codes are used to interpret the geologic distribution of the model grid If distributed parameters are specified then the individual parameters are interpolated to the horizontal model grid as outlined above 2 The vertical geologic distribution is interpolated to the vertical model grid In each horizontal model grid cell the vertical geologic model is scanned downwards and the soil properties are assigned to the cell based on the average of the values found in the cell weighted by the thickness of each of the zones present Thus for example if there were 3 different geologic layers in a model cell each with a different Specific Yield then the Specific Yie
258. ified in the same cells as the leakage coefficients in the x and y direction one set of top and bottom levels for each direction The levels can be specified as global values per layer or as a distribution in a dfs2 file Both can be absolute levels or relative to ground The EUM type of the dfs2 files must be elevation for absolute levels and depth below ground positive values or height above ground negative val ues when specified relative to the ground surface The type and unit of the global value is elevation m when absolute and height above ground m negative value when relative In cells where the sheet pile extends across the entire layer the top and bottom levels should simply be set to large positive and negative values respectively e g 1 0E 30 and 1 0E 30 Input File for the Sheet Pile Module The name of the input file is specified in the Extra Parameters section described above The file has the general MIKEZero parameter file pfs format The exact format of the file is given below along with a descrip tion of the different data items Note The pfs format must be adhered to exactly There is a small utility pfsEditor exe in the installation bin directly that you can use for editing and testing pfs files that you create Additional Options 313 Extra Parameters Line item Comment MIKESHE SheetPiling File File Version 2 SheetPiling FileVersi
259. igure is a plan view of the interpolation to a 100m grid resolution and a 25m grid res olution respectively The bottom figure is a cross section across the middle of the top figure where you can clearly see the more accurate resolution of the drainage features 192 MIKE SHE Multi cell Overland Flow DEM 100 m Wie 25 m 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 Figure 7 9 Example of preprocessed data topography using a 100 meter res olution and a sub scale factor of 4 25 m sub scale resolution When SZ Drainage is also active then the following items are also availa ble e Max MC Drain Level displays the maximum drain level of the sub cells within each of the model cells Surface Water 193 Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 4 7 4 1 Min MC Drain level displays the minimum drain level of the sub cells within each of the model cells Min MC Drain Depth displays the minimum drain depth of the sub cells within each of the model cells Max MC Drain Depth displays the maximum drain depth of the sub cells within each of the model cells Additional results options When the Multi grid OL option is active the following additional items will be available in the result items Depth of Multi Cell overland water displays the depth of overland water using the sub scale resolution Multi Cell overland water elevation displays the overland water ele
260. ill be calculated accordingly The transport limits are used to avoid negative concentrations in cases with extreme gradients e g close to sources or in areas with highly irreg ular velocity fields Enter the maximum allowable transport from a node or grid as a fraction of the storage in the node or grid A recommended value for all components is 0 9 which ensures that this option is in use the value 0 determines that this option is not in use 11 3 1 Calibrating and Verifying the Model The advection dispersion of solutes depends largely on the simulated flows and fluxes calculated by the MIKE SHE flow model After your first AD simulations you will usually have to go back and improve the calibra tion of your flow model Rarely can the simulated concentrations and mass fluxes be calibrated to the measured concentrations by tuning only the solute transport model 273 Solute Transport It is important to recognise that a transport model must be calibrated This Is true for all applications larger than the laboratory scale since model out put cannot necessarily be compared directly to measured values Measure ments are mostly point measurements at a certain time whereas results often are mean values over larger volumes and longer times The purpose of the calibration is to tune the model so that it is able to reproduce measured conditions for a particular period in a satisfactory way This period known as the calibration p
261. ill give you the option of saving the map to a dfs2 file which you can then correct and use with the Manual option Surface Water 223 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Flood Code If the Manual option is selected then you must specify a Flood code for the coupling reach The flood code is used for mapping MIKE SHE grids to MIKE 11 h points You must click on the Flood Code checkbox in Figure 7 13 and then specify an integer flood code file in MIKE SHE The specified flood code for the coupling reach must exist in the dfs2 Flood Code file It is important to use unique flood codes to ensure correct flood mapping Bed Topography Since the flood mapping procedure will only flood a cell when the river water level is above the cell s topography accurate flood inundation map ping requires accurate elevation data If one of the flood options are selected then you have the option to refine the topography of the flood plain cells based on the actual cross section elevations or on a more detailed local scale DEM if it exists e Use Grid Data default If Grid Data option is selected the MIKE SHE topography value is used to determine whether or not the cell is flooded However the program first checks to see if a Bathymetry file has been specified If a Bathymetry file is available the topography values of the cells with flood codes are re interpolated based on the bathymetry data The bathymetry option is useful when a more detailed
262. ime step length SZ 147 SimStatus No of SZ iterations time step SZ 148 SimsStatus Avg no UZ iterations column time step UZ 149 sSimsStatus No of Overland iterations per time step OL 29 recharge to interflow reservoirs LR 30 interflow from interflow reservoirs LR 31 percolation from interflow reservoirs LR 32 interflow reservoir storage LR 33 change in interflow reservoir storage LR 34 inflow to baseflow reservoir LR 211 dead zone inflow to baseflow reservoir LR 35 baseflow from baseflow reservoir LR 36 groundwater feedback from baseflow reservoir LR UZ LR 2LUZ 44 pumping from baseflow reservoir LR 46 storage in baseflow reservoir LR 212 dead zone storage in baseflow reservoir LR 38 change in subcatchment storage in baseflow reservoir LR 213 change in dead zone storage in baseflow reservoir LR 155 simple overland water depth SubOL 156 simple overland exchange to lower zone or river SubOL 157 simple overland recharge SubOL 80 MIKE SHE Toolbars 4 THE RESULTS VIEWER 4 1 Toolbars M k OS q m p en j bD tig A hy e me O Many of the functions in the Results Viewer are the same as those availa ble in other DHI software tools e g 2D Grid Editor Additional tools available in the result viewer are summarized in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Description of Result Viewer tools Button Name Description Rewind Rewinds result files to first time step M Pr
263. imental conditions Therefore it is often practical to use simplified process descriptions Sim ilarly in most watershed problems one or two hydrologic processes domi nate the watershed behaviour For example flood forecasting is dominated by river flows and surface runoff while wetland restoration depends mostly on saturated groundwater flow and overland flow Thus a com plete physics based flow description for all processes in one model is rarely necessary A sensible way forward is to use physics based flow descriptions for only the processes that are important and simpler faster less data demanding methods for the less important processes The down side is that the parameters in the simpler methods are usually no longer physics meaningful but must be calibrated based on experience The process based modular approach implemented in the original SHE code has made it possible to implement multiple descriptions for each of the hydrologic processes In the simplest case MIKE SHE can use fully distributed conceptual approaches to model the watershed processes For advanced applications MIKE SHE can simulate all the processes using physics based methods Alternatively MIKE SHE can combine concep tual and physics based methods based on data availability and project needs The flexibility in MIKE SHE s process based framework allows each process to be solved at its own relevant spatial and temporal scale For example evapotranspiration
264. imits of your computer then critically evaluate your model to see if you really need such a large complex model For example maybe you can reduce the number of UZ nodes or increase the grid size Getting Started 23 Introduction If the model is simply too slow then you may be able do an initial rough calibration with a less complex model For example during the initial cal ibration you could use Gravity flow instead of Richards equation double the grid spacing or shorten the calibration period Afterwards you can switch back to the original configuration for the final calibration You might even be surprised that the rougher model is actually good enough 1 2 3 MIKE SHE Demo model limits If no dongle is installed or if a current license file is not available then MIKE SHE will run in demo mode In this case the model size is restricted If you need a full size MIKE SHE to perform your evaluation then you are welcome to contact your local DHI office to request a 30 day evaluation license The current demo restrictions are as follows number of cells in x and y direction 70 number of computational cells per layer incl boundary cells 2000 number of computational saturated zone layers 2 number of river links 250 number of computational UZ columns multi layer UZ 155 number of nodes per UZ column multi layer UZ 100 simulation time 4444 hours or 185 days number of UZ timesteps
265. inear Saturated Zone component water balance Reservoir for the linear reservoir Saturated Zone layers Saturated Zone component water balance Linear Reservoir for the linear reservoir Irrigation component Irrigation component water balance 142 MIKE SHE Standard Water Balance Types A Table 5 8 Water balance types available in the default configuration files Water balance type Description MOUSE coupling terms MIKE SHE MOUSE exchange depth integrated MOUSE coupling terms Saturated zone layer s MIKE SHE sat zone MOUSE exchange each or specified layer Map output Total error Distributed output Total water balance error Map output Overland flow error Distributed output Overland water balance error Map output Unsat Zone error Distributed output Unsat zone water bal ance error Map output Sat Zone error Distributed output Saturated zone water balance error depth integrated Map output Sat Zone error layer s Distributed output Saturated zone water balance error each or specified layer Map output Total irrigation Distributed output Total irrigation Chart output Total water balance Chart output General water balance of the entire model depth integrated Chart output Total each SZ layer Chart output General water balance of the entire model each SZ layer Chart output Total water
266. ing Started 45 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 7 can be defined in a hierarchy such that when one is unavailable the water will be removed from the next Irrigation is applied in control areas Each control area is defined by an area and a control function that defines when and how much water will be applied For more information on Irrigation see e Irrigation Command Areas V2 p 103 e Irrigation Demand V 2 p 111 e Irrigation Priorities V 2 p 113 Channel Flow In the Rivers and Lakes dialogue below you can link MIKE SHE to a MIKE 11 model River Simulation File sin11 C Program Files DHIMMIKEZero E xamples MIKE_SHE Model Model Inundation Areas C Flood Codes C Bathymetry River Simulation File for Water Quality sim11 esi The River Simulation File sim11 is the main MIKE 11 simulation file which contains the file references to all the files used in the MIKE 11 model For MIKE SHE the primary MIKE 11 files are e the simulation control file sim11 e the river network file nwk11 e the cross section database xns11 e the boundary condition file bnd11 and e the hydrodynamic setup file hd11 46 MIKE SHE Overland Flow In the Rivers and Lakes dialogue there are two Inundation Areas options These options are always available for input but are only used if you have selected specific options in the MIKE SHE Links dialogue inthe MIKE 11 Network Editor
267. inkName_1 Dike_0411 EndSect Storing Reach 2 EndSect Storing Reaches When No_Of_ Storing reaches is greater than 0 the Storing Reaches section must be specified and inside this the Storing Reach_1 Storing Reach 2 defining the no of links and link names for each reach Drainage Manholes Draincode_1 No_Of_DrainCodes 8 Draincode 12 ManholeName DNB3 182 Endsect Draincode_1 Endsect Draincode_8 EndSect Drainage Manholes When No_Of Storing reaches is greater than 0 the Storing Reaches section must be specified and inside this the Storing Reach_1 Storing Reach 2 defining the no of links and link names for each reach EndSect MIKESHE MOUSE Specifications Note on file names The pfs file line item is always Mouse_MPR_file name When coupling MIKE SHE to an old MOUSE model the MOUSE file name has the extension mpr When coupling MIKE SHE to MIKE URBAN the equivalent file is the mex file This file contains all the necessary information for the cou pling and is generated automatically by MIKE URBAN Drainage modelling with MIKE URBAN 237 Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN 8 1 4 8 2 To create the mex file you must start a sewer simulation from MIKE URBAN However since the mex file is only created when the simulation is launched if you make changes to the sewer network then you must re create the mex
268. interact Isolines Isolines can be with or without labels In the current version the format of the labels cannot be modified However the colour scale set tings can be used to change the contour intervals Miscellaneous Additional options are available to display the model mesh and legend The legend scale is controlled by the Colour tab Item Layer The Item Layer section allows you to switch to a different model layer for the gridded data Note You must remember to manually change the layer number of any other displayed data such as vectors in the other display items Changing the legend and colour scale In some cases the default colour scheme may not be appropriate for the intended purpose The colour scheme and or contour intervals can be modified by right clicking in the graphical view and selecting Properties from the pop up menu or using the Projects Active View Settings Hori zontal keystrokes and navigating to the grid file entry that you want to modify and the Colour tab for the grid entry Figure 4 1 Options for modifying the colour scheme and or contour intervals include making a New scheme contour interval Editing the existing scheme contour inter val Opening an existing scheme contour interval Saving the current scheme contour interval or Resetting not implemented yet the current scheme contour interval to default values When making a new scheme contour interval it is possible to modify the Max and or Min
269. iration and exchange to the groundwater table Unsaturated flow is primarily vertical since gravity plays the major role during infiltration Therefore unsaturated flow in MIKE SHE is calcu lated only vertically in one dimension which is sufficient for most appli cations However this assumption may not be valid for example on steep hill slopes There are three options in MIKE SHE for calculating vertical flow in the unsaturated zone e the full Richards equation which is the most computationally inten sive but also the most accurate when the unsaturated flow is dynamic e asimplified gravity flow procedure which ignores capillary forces and is suitable when you are primarily interested in the time varying recharge and not the dynamics in the unsaturated zone and e asimple two layer water balance that is suitable when the water table is shallow and groundwater recharge is primarily influenced by eva potranspiration in the root zone More detailed information on the setup and calculation of unsaturated flow is found in the chapter Unsaturated Groundwater Flow V 1 p 243 The Technical Reference manual includes detailed information on the cal culation methods Unsaturated Flow Reference V 2 p 319 2 9 1 Soil Profiles The unsaturated zone usually includes several different soil types For example the soil profile could include a compacted upper zone or a loamy active layer with lots of humus and other organic matt
270. irs plus a number of separate deep groundwater reservoirs that contrib ute to stream baseflow The lateral flows to the river i e interflow and baseflow are by default routed to the river links that neighbour the model cells in the lowest topo graphical zone in each subcatchment Interflow will be added as lateral flow to river links located in the lowest interflow storage in each catchment Similarly baseflow is added to river links located within the baseflow storage area Three Integer Grid Code maps are required for setting up the framework for the reservoirs e a map with the division of the model area into Subcatchments e a map of Interflow Reservoirs and e amap of Baseflow Reservoirs The division of the model area into subcatchments can be made arbitrarily However the Interflow Reservoirs must be numbered in a more restricted manner Within each subcatchment all water flows from the reservoir with the highest grid code number to the reservoir with the next lower grid code number until the reservoir with the lowest grid code number within the subcatchment is reached The reservoir with the lowest grid code number will then drain to the river links located in the reservoir For baseflow the model area is subdivided into one or more Baseflow Reservoirs which are not interconnected However each Baseflow Reser voir is further subdivided into two parallel reservoirs The parallel reser voirs can be used to differentiat
271. is the item number in the table of extraction items in the PT Registration Extraction V 2 p 220 dialog The extraction will pro ceed silently that is without any messages To run the extraction with the messages you need to use MZLaunch project_name she e Ptoutputretrieval ex which will start the MZLaunch utility projectname_ptoutputretrieval err If errors occur during execution of the program these are written to this log file 13 3 2 Limitations with the PT registration method When using registration zones to identify particles that move through cer tain parts of the model it should be noted that particles can appear more than once in the output As they move from one zone to the next they are repeatedly registered and are finally also registered when they are removed from the model by a sink An example would be a particle mov ing into a registration zone with code 1 The particle is then registered as being in an active cell and the registration zone code and travel time to this zone is memorised If the particle is at a later time removed by a well it will again be registered but now it will be registered as being removed by the Well sink If there are multiple wells within one cell and output for wells is requested then the output can contain the same particle more than once As the model does not know which of the wells the particle should be assigned to the program looks at the total well sink for the cell and
272. ive water balance error means that the change in storage plus the total outflows is greater than the total inflows In other words the error is positive if your model is creating water Snow Storage The snow storage items include all of the water balance items related to rainfall and the conversion to and from snow The items listed in Table 5 1 are those found in the Snow Melt component detailed water balance output in the water balance configuration file WbITypeDefinition Name SM_DETAIL DisplayName Snow Melt component detailed Description Detailed Snow Melt component water balance NoGroups 11 Group Precip and Irr gt Snow sm qprecandirrtosnow Group AirTemp Freezing sm qfreezing Group AirTemp Melting sm qthawing Group Radiation Melting sm qradmelting Group Rain Melting sm qrainmelting Group Snow gt OL sm qsnowtool Group Snow Evap sm qesnow Group Dry Snow Stor Change sm dsnowsto sm dwetsnowsto Group Wet Snow Stor Change sm dwetsnowsto Group Total Snow Stor Change sm dsnowsto Group Error sm smwoblerr EndSect WblTypeDefinition The sign convention is such that precipitation is negative inflow and melting is positive outflow All of the noted tems together should add to zero The freezing and thawing items are not included in the error term because they are internal transfers of water between dry snow and wet snow storages 116 MIKE
273. k Outflow to OpenMI sink Outflow positive yes ol qOLExtSource Inflow from OpenMI sink Inflow negative yes 124 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items Table 5 3 OL Overland flow items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error ol dOLSto Change in overland storage Positive if storage increases yes ol OLWbIErr OL water balance error Positive if water generated Astorage Outflow gt Inflow 5 3 4 Unsaturated Zone Storage Unsaturated zone storage includes all the water between the ground sur face and the water table Thus all water stored in the root zone is also included here The items listed in Table 5 4 are those found in the Unsaturated Zone detailed water balance output in the water balance configuration file WblTypeDefinition Name UZ_DETAIL DisplayName Unsaturated Zone detailed Description Detailed Unsaturated zone component water balance NoGroups 10 Group gh uz qh Group qhmp uz qhmp Group qeuz uz qeuz Group qtuz uz qtuz Group qrech uz qrech Group qrechmp uz qrechmp Group qgwfeedbackuz uz qgwfeedbackuz Group duzdef uz duzdef Group uzszstocorr uz uzszstocorr Group uzwblerr uz uzwblerr EndSect WblTypeDefinition The sign convention in the UZ water balance is such that infiltration from the surface is negative inflow an
274. k If there are no rivers the drain flow will be routed to the nearest boundary If you want to route all drain flow to the boundaries instead of the rivers a negative drain code can be specified for the entire area e g Drain Code 1 Distributed drainage options Choosing this method adds the Option Distribution item to the data tree With the Option Distribution you can specify an integer grid code distri bution that can be used to specify different drainage options in different areas of your model Code 1 In grid cells with a value of 1 the drainage reference system is calculated based on the Drain Levels Code 2 In grid cells with a value of 2 the drainage reference system is calculated based the Drain Codes Code 3 Drainage in grid cells with a value of 3 is routed to a specified MIKE 11 branch and chainage At the moment this options requires the use of Extra Parameters V 2 p 193 and is described in SZ Drain age to Specified MIKE 11 H points V1 p 316 Code 4 Drainage in grid cells with a value of 4 is routed to a specified MOUSE man hole At the moment this options requires the use of Extra Parameters V 2 p 193 and is described in the section Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN VJ p 229 Drain flow not routed by removed from model The fourth option is simply a head dependent boundary that removes the drainage water from the model This method does not involve routing and is exactly the same a
275. keryd mpr See Note below this table Name of the MOUSE mpr file or the MIKE URBAN mex file The MIKEZero file name format indicates that the file name is relative to the location of this document SZ_Coupling 1 1 or 0 to include exclude SZ lt gt MIKE URBAN coupling OL Coupling 1 1 or 0 to include exclude Overland lt gt MIKE URBAN coupling Dynamic_Coupling 1 1 for dynamic coupling Otherwise the initial MIKE URBAN conditions will be used Drainage modelling with MIKE URBAN 235 Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN Table 8 1 MsheMouse pfs file format and description Line item Comment Drainage_To_Manholes 1 to include SZ and paved area drain to manholes In this case the SZ drain option must be Levels and Codes should rather be named Distributed Option In the areas with drain to MIKE URBAN the Distributed option code must be 4 For each drain code value found in areas with Distributed code 4 a reference from the code to a MIKE URBAN manhole must be defined in the Drainage_Manholes section see below Smooth_SZ_Inflow 1 Smooth_OL_Inflow 1 Ensures a more smooth calculation of flows to MIKE URBAN when the MIKE SHE time steps are large com pared to the MIKE URBAN time step The MIKE URBAN coupling is only made at every integer multiple of the MIKE SHE time step If the Smooth option is not activated the flows to MIKE URBAN can stop afte
276. l Numerical layers 60 Index Ecological _ 288 O Integer Grid Codes 353 OpenMl 166 324 Grid File dfs2 354 Output Polygons 354 file types 71 Uniform Value 354 iliems_ _ 72 Inverse distance 361 multiple simulations 72 Irrigation 45 results concatentation 72 Overland Flow L Boundary Conditions 49 LAM fae sac nos R qos ae a acus x 44 Overland flow 367 A Index alternative damping function 308 R boundary conditions 49 RAMi Lo de ee 9 aos ds Be ee oe 25 catchment based options 304 Recharge 74 detailed output option 307 Redistribution of ponded water 304 detention storage 49 Release 2011 260 261 embankments 50 174 Results evaluating 179 detailed time series output 64 extra parameter options 302 River links 199 Mannings M 49 River Aquifer Exchange 207 multi ccell 2 181 Full Contact 208 no flow boundaries 50 Reduced Contact 209 210 no flow boundary 50 174 Rootdepth 45 performance 178 181 seperated flowareas 174 s stagnant water 178 Saturated flow 57 Stickler coefficient 172 Saturated zone Threshold gradien
277. l ex which will start the MZLaunch utility Particle IDs can be found by using the PT Output Retrieval utility 296 MIKE SHE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS 297 298 MIKE SHE A 14 EXTRA PARAMETERS The Extra Parameters section is a special section of the Setup data tree that allows you to input parameters for options that have not yet been included in the MIKE SHE user interface The Extra Parameters are only recognized if the Name e g sheet piling module are spelled exactly correct After the initial run you should check in the Preprocessor _print log file to ensure that the module has actu ally been activated Available Extra Parameters include Climate e Negative Precipitation V 1 p 300 e Precipitation Multiplier V 1 p 301 Surface water e Time varying Overland Flow Boundary Conditions V 1 p 302 e Time varying surface infiltration Frozen soils V1 p 303 e Simplified Overland Flow Options V p 304 e Irrigation River Source Factors V 1 p 306 e Explicit Overland Flow Output V 1 p 307 e Alternative low gradient damping function VJ p 308 e Paved routing options V p 309 e Transpiration during ponding V 1 p 309 Unsaturated Zone e Threshold depth for infiltration 2 Layer UZ V 1 p 310 e Increase infiltration to dry soils V1 p 311 Saturated Zone e Sheet Pile Module V p 312 e SZ Drainage to Specified MIKE 11 H points V 1 p 316 e SZ Drainage Dow
278. lar radiation ET SM Melting due to energy in rain ET SM 99 Snow evaporation ET SM 61 depth of overland water OL SZ SubOL This is the instantaneous depth of water at the end of the storing time step 58 overland flow in x direction OL This is the flow across the boundary from cell to cell in volume time e g m3 s 59 overland flow in y direction OL this is the flow across the boundary from cell to cell in volume time e g m3 s flow from flooded areas to river Overland flow to MOUSE External sources to Overland for OpenMI 62 paved area drainage to river or MOUSE OL M11 MOUSE Drainage Paved Overland water elevation Mean OL wave courant number explicit OL Max OL wave courant number explicit OL Max output OL OL per cell volume explicit OL 141 Water content in root zone 2 layer UZ 2LUZ 142 Water content below root zone 2 layer UZ 2LUZ 143 Maximum water content 2 layer UZ 2LUZ 144 Minimum water content 2 layer UZ 2LUZ 121 infiltration to UZ negative UZ 2LUZ SZ LR 122 exchange from UZ to SZ negative UZ 2LUZ SZ LR bypass flow UZ negative 57 UZ deficit UZ 2LUZ infiltration to macropores negative macropore recharge to SZ negative 76 MIKE SHE Output Items A Table 3 1 Available output items for gridded data and time series Key to symbols ET Evapotranspiration OL Finite Difference Overland Flow SubOL Sub catchment based Overland Flow UZ Richards
279. ld of the model cell would be 9 Sy Zi Sy Zy Sy3 Z3 y 10 1 Zi TZ Z where z is the thickness of the geologic layer within the numerical cell Conductivity values Hydraulic conductivity is a special parameter because it can vary by many orders of magnitude over a space of a only few meters or even centime ters This necessitates some special interpolation strategies Horizontal Interpolation The horizontal interpolation of hydraulic con ductivity interpolates the raw data values Thus in Step 1 above when interpolating point values that range over several orders of magnitude such as hydraulic conductivity the interpolation methods will strongly weight the larger values That is small values will be completely over shadowed by the large values In fact the interpolation in this case should be done on the logarithm of the value and then the cell values recalculated Until this option is available in the user interface you should interpolate conductivities outside of MIKE SHE using for example Surfer Alternatively the 250 MIKE SHE Conceptualization of the Saturated Zone Geology j 10 1 1 Lenses point values could be input as logarithmic values and the Grid Calcula tor Tool in the MIKE SHE Toolbox can be used to convert the logarith mic values in the dfs2 file to conductivity values Vertical Interpolation In Step 2 above the geologic model is scanned down and interpreted to the model cell
280. le water balance utility file The water balance batch file can contain Extraction and Postprocessing steps from multiple water balance utility files 5 3 Available Water Balance Items The shres file contains a list of all of the simulation output files generated during the WM or WQ simulation When you use the water balance extraction utility all of these files are processed and a special set of water 114 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items balance files are created the wblgross files One file is created for each of the water balance components e Snowmelt and precipitation projectname_sm wblgross e Canopy interception projectname_ci wblgross e Ponded surface water projectname_ol wblgross e Unsaturated zone projectname_uz wblgross e Saturated zone projectname_sz wblgross The contents of each of these files can be output using the Detailed water balances All of the items in these files are listed and described in the following tables e Table 5 1 SM Precipitation and snowmelt items p 117 e Table 5 2 CI Canopy interception water balance items p 119 e Table 5 3 OL Overland flow items p 122 e Table 5 4 UZ Unsaturated Zone items p 126 e Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers p 130 e Table 5 6 SZ Saturated Zone specified by layers p 136 e Table 5 7 SZ Saturated Zone Linear Reservoir all layers p 137 The water balance utility is a very flexible tool that
281. les are not coincident then the Bilinear Interpolation V1 p 355 method is used to determine the cell value Note The dfs2 files for integer grid codes must be coincident with the model grid For more information on this see Integer Grid Codes V 1 p 353 Using an polygon shape shp file It is much easier to define your Model Domain and Grid via a GIS poly gon shape shp file In this case the definition of integer code values is taken care of internally Once you have defined the polygon file to use then you specify the spatial extent and origin location of the model domain and grid 38 MIKE SHE Topography A An important advantage of using a polygon for the model domain is that the number of rows and columns can be easily adjusted See Using MIKE SHE with ArcGIS V 1 p 345 for more information Creating dfs2 or shp files There is a Create button next to the Browse button that opens a dialogue where you can define a dfs2 grid file This utility automatically creates the grid file with the appropriate Item Type In this dialogue you can specify the overall dfs2 grid dimensions and ori gin After you have created the file then you can open and edit the file in the Grid Editor using the Edit button Geographic projections MIKE SHE supports all available geographic projections If you have defined the domain using a dfs2 file then the geographic projection is defined in the dfs2 file If you use polygon
282. ling 56 245 Well Fields 292 Unsaturated flow 52 WM Requirements 291 UZ Work flow 29 bypass flow 54 discretization 53 dry soils 54 GreenandAmpt 54 initial conditions 53 macropore flow 54 soil profiles 52 soils database 53 specific yield 56 59 153 246 sub grid variability 54 UZ Classification 55 243 UZ mass balance errorsourceSs 56 369 j Index 370 MIKE SHE
283. llows you to specify an elevation for the temperature stations and a temperature change rate with elevation During the pre processing a tem perature change factor is calculated for each cell and the actual tempera ture in the cell is calculated during the simulation using this factor In terms of snow melt the air temperature along with the degree day melt ing coefficient determine the amount of melting that can occur If you 42 MIKE SHE Land Use A have daily temperature data it may be difficult to properly account for the diurnal melting and freezing cycles Air temperature can also be an important parameter during water quality simulations For more information on the snow melt parameters see the specific snow melt dialogue information in the Climate V 2 p 76 section of the on line help and User Interface manual 2 6 Land Use The land surface plays a very important role in hydrology In principle the land use section is used to define the properties of the land surface The most important of these is the distribution of vegetation which is used by MIKE SHE to calculate a the spatial and temporal distribution of actual evapotranspiration However the land surface comes into play in many ways and other sec tions of the data tree also include properties related to land use Some of these properties are related to the vegetation distribution and may even be spatially identical For example Topography The
284. loping your surface water model specifying flow on flood plains and coupling to MIKE 11 is in the chapter Surface Water V 1 p 169 Additional documentation on MIKE 11 can be found in the MIKE 11 User Guide 2 8 Overland Flow Overland flow simulates the movement of ponded surface water across the topography It can be used for calculating flow on a flood plain or runoff to streams Getting Started 47 Building a MIKE SHE Model You can run the Overland flow module separately or you can combine it with any of the other modules However overland flow is required when you are using MIKE 11 in MIKE SHE as the overland flow module pro vides lateral runoff to the rivers The Simplified Overland Flow Routing V 2 p 279 method can be used for regional applications when detailed flow is not required This method assumes that ponded water in the upland areas of a subcatchment flows into the flood plain areas of the subcatchment which in turn discharges uniformly into the stream network located in the subcatchment The Finite Difference Method V 2 p 265 uses the diffusive wave approx imation and should be used when you are interested in calculating local overland flow and runoff There are two solution methods available Successive Over Relaxation SOR Numerical Solution V 2 p 270 Explict Numerical Solution V 2 p 271 The choice of method is a tradeoff between accuracy and solution time The SOR solver is gen
285. low gt Inflow Saturated zone layers The saturated zone water balance can also be calculated by numerical layer This means that all of the items in Table 5 5 are repeated for each numerical layer However in this case the water balance error term sz szWbIErrTot is replace by a water balance error for each layer The layer water balance is slightly more complicated It includes terms for the exchange between layers and the upper layer includes the terms for the exchange with UZ and ponded water In particular the output for each SZ layer water balance only includes the exchange with the layer above This is found in the two additional layer water balance terms qSzZpos and qSzZneg The first term qSzZpos is the flow from the current layer upwards to the layer above In the results files this term is in the positive upwards direction In the water balance the term is also a positive outflow The second term qSzZneg is the flow from the layer above downwards into the current layer In the results files this term is in the negative downwards direction In the water balance the term is also a negative inflow to the current layer Note The layer water balance error includes the flows to and from the layers above and below However when summing up the flows the sign 135 Using the Water Balance Tool must be changed for the qSzZpos and qSzZneg terms that originate from the layer below Table 5
286. low which must be con stant between the H points The water levels at the MIKE 11 H points are transferred to the MIKE SHE river links using a 2 point interpolation scheme That is the water level in each river link is interpolated from the two nearest H points upstream and downstream calculated from the centre of the link The interpolation is proportionally distance weighted The volume of water stored in a river link is based on a sharing of the water in the nearest H points In Figure 7 12 River Link A includes all the water volume from H points 1 and 2 plus part of the volume associated with H point 3 The volume in River Link B is only related to the volume in H point 3 While the volume in River Link C includes water from H points 3 and 4 This is done to ensure consistency between the river vol umes in MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE as the amount of water that can infil trate or be transfered to overland flow is limited by the amount of water stored in the river link MIKE SHE river links MIKE 11 H point volumes Figure 7 12 Sharing of MIKE 11 H point volumes with MIKE SHE river links The water levels and flows at all MIKE 11 H points located within the coupling reaches can be retrieved from the MIKE SHE result file However since the MIKE 11 flows are not used by MIKE SHE the river flows stored in the MIKE SHE result file are not the flows calculated at the MIKE 11 Storing Q points Rather
287. m Convert Data Utility Exit User Settings When you select this menu item the Unit Base Group Editing dialogue appears By default all of the data units for each active module are dis played For a clearer overview of the data types close all of the model engines that are not relevant Next select the data item that you want to change the units of Then select the new units from the combobox list of available units MIKE ZERO Options 329 EUM Data Units After you have changed the data units click Save and Close This saves your changes to the default Unit Base Groups ubg file C Program Files Common Files DHI MIKEZero MIK EZero ubg which is read every time you open a model Note If you have already added data to your model changing the Unit Base Group will not convert any of your data This process simply changes the displayed units in the user interface and the conversion factors used to make the input files internally consistent In some cases the relevant data item name is not clear as there may be several data items with similar names This is more likely to occur if sev eral modules are selected at the same time To find out which data item is correct close the dialogue and re open your model Then either move the mouse to the relevant textbox where a fly over text box should appear telling you what is the relevant data type for this field Alternatively for gridded data you can use
288. m the canopy to the soil surface e Evaporation from the canopy surface e Evaporation from the soil surface and e Uptake of water by plant roots and its transpiration based on soil mois ture in the unsaturated root zone The primary ET model is based on empirically derived equations that fol low the work of Kristensen and Jensen 1975 which was carried out at the Royal Veterinary and Agricultural University K VL in Denmark This model is used whenever the detailed Richards equation or Gravity flow methods are used in the Unsaturated zone In addition to the Kristensen and Jensen model MIKE SHE also includes a simplified ET model that is used in the Two Layer UZ ET model The Two Layer UZ ET model divides the unsaturated zone into a root zone Getting Started 41 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 5 4 from which ET can occur and a zone below the root zone where ET does not occur The Two Layer UZ ET module is based on a formulation pre sented in Yan and Smith 1994 Its main purpose is to provide an estimate of the actual evapotranspiration and the amount of water that recharges the saturated zone It is primarily suited for areas where the water table is shallow such as in wetland areas The reference evapotranspiration ET is the rate of ET from a reference surface with an unlimited amount of water Based on the FAO guidelines the reference surface is a hypothetical grass surface with specific charac teristics The
289. me varying dfs0 x Time Series File Create ey Edt The time series in the dfs0 file will be assigned to every cell in the model or layer as appropriate Station based Grid Codes or Polygons Station based time varying data means that the model domain is divided into zones that are defined by an Integer Grid Code If a dfs2 file is used then the Integer Grid Codes are defined on a regular grid which is interpreted to the model grid during the Pre processing stage If the Integer Grid Codes are defined using polygons then you must supply an ArcView shp file containing polygons each with an Integer Grid Code The item Fill Gaps with allows you to define the Integer Grid Code to use in the event that a cell is not included within one of the polygons Once the file containing Integer Grid Codes has been defined a new level in the data tree will appear below the current level containing one entry for every unique Integer Grid Code in the file On this level you must then supply a time series values for every Integer Grid Code However the time series can also be fixed in the sense that a constant value over time is used This makes it easy to use detailed time series for some zones and constant values for zones where little informa tion exists The time series dialogue itself includes two graphical views The upper graphic displays the time series that is being applied and the lower graphic shows where the time s
290. models If pumping stops the system will again reach an equilibrium with the same water table in both the SZ and UZ sim ply because of the pressure head redistribution As mentioned the upper Sy value is calculated only at the beginning of the simulation based on the UZ layer in which the initial SZ water table is located If the soil profile has multiple soil types with different field capacities and saturated water contents then the specific yield in the SZ and UZ model may diverge during the simulation With slowly moving water tables the differences may not be that large and the errors generated will likely be tolerable If the water table drops into a lower SZ layer then the specified Sy will be used The actual value used in the model is displayed in the pre processed tab under Specific Yield 10 2 2 SZ Boundary Conditions The upper boundary of the top layer is always either the infiltration exfil tration boundary which in MIKE SHE is calculated by the unsaturated zone component or a specified fraction of the precipitation if the unsatu rated zone component is excluded from the simulation The lower boundary of the bottom layer is always considered as imperme able In MIKE SHE the rest of the boundary conditions can be divided into two types Internal and Outer If the boundary is an outer boundary then it is defined on the boundary of the model domain Internal boundaries on the 10 3 Groundwater Drainage Saturated z
291. moved by evapotranspiration and recharge to the groundwater table Unsaturated flow is primarily vertical since gravity plays the major role during infiltration Therefore unsaturated flow in MIKE SHE is calculated only vertically in one dimension Vertical 1D unsaturated flow is sufficient for most applications However this assumption may not be valid in some situations such as on very steep hill slopes with contrasting soil properties in the soil profile MIKE SHE includes an iterative coupling procedure between the unsatu rated zone and the saturated zone to compute the correct soil moisture and the water table dynamics in the lower part of the soil profile There are three options in MIKE SHE for calculating vertical flow in the unsaturated zone e the full Richards equation which requires a tabular or functional rela tionship for both the moisture retention curve and the effective con ductivity e asimplified gravity flow procedure which assumes a uniform vertical gradient and ignores capillary forces and e asimple two layer water balance method for shallow water tables The full Richards equation is the most computationally intensive but also the most accurate when the unsaturated flow is dynamic The simplified gravity flow procedure provides a suitable solution when you are prima rily interested in the time varying recharge to the groundwater table based on actual precipitation and evapotranspiration and not the dynamic
292. mping func tion is available as an Extra Parameter that goes to zero more quickly and is consistent with the function used in MIKE FLOOD The alternative function is a single parabolic function see Figure 11 5 in the Reference Manual To activate the alternate function you must specify the following boolean parameter in the Extra Parameters V 2 p 193 dialog Parameter Type Value Name Enable Alterna Boolean On tive Damping Function For more detail see the section Low gradient damping function V2 p 272 in the Reference manual 308 MIKE SHE Unsaturated Zone A 14 2 7 Paved routing options By default the paved area function routes the available ponded water to the SZ drainage network However the available ponded depth does not include the detention storage If you want to route all of the ponded water in a cell including the water in detention storage to the SZ drainage network then you can define the following Extra Parameter Parameter Type Value Name allow paved rout Boolean On ing of detention storage There is an option to restrict the maximum drainage rate for paved drain age If this is specified then the actual drainage rate will not exceed this value In Release 2012 this has been added to the user interface Parameter Type Value Name max paved flow Float greater than zero rate mm d 14 3 Unsaturated Zone
293. mputers The numerically intensive operations in the MIKE SHE engine have been optimized for multi core computers However not all of the hydrologic processes scale equally well Thus the simulation speed improvements on multi core computers depends on the model The AUTOCAL program for parameter optimization and sensitivity anal ysis has been updated to automatically spread out the simulation load to the available cores The standard MIKE Zero license is supports up to four cores processors If you want to take advantage of more than four cores then you will need to contact your local DHI sales office to obtain additional run time licenses RAM MIKE SHE does not dynamically allocate RAM That is the amount of RAM required by the model is allocated at the beginning of the simulation based on the specified number of nodes If you don t have enough RAM then MIKE SHE will swap to the hard disk which can drastically slow down your simulation The amount of RAM may also be important when running multiple simu lations at the same time since each simulation will require a full memory space Getting Started 25 Introduction 1 3 1 4 In a computer with a 32 bit operating system each application is restricted to 2GB of RAM If you have a 32 bit system each MIKE SHE simulation can only use a maximum of 2GB of RAM even if you have installed more than 2GB of RAM If your computer has a 64 bit operating system then t
294. mulation time steps are to some extent controlled by the user Several possibilities for time step control exist to make the execution as fast as possible with no numerical dispersion and instabilities The first possibility for controlling the simulation time steps in the differ ent components is simply to define the maximum time step in each com ponent Note that time steps should be given in increasing order i e Atriver lt atoveRLAND lt dtyz lt dt sz Also note that this is the MAXIMUM time step That is the actual simulation time step is controlled by the sta bility criterions with respect to advective and dispersive transport given below Furthermore time steps for transport cannot exceed the storing time step for the relevant data in the flow result file from a MIKE SHE flow simulation Enter the maximum allowable Courant number for each component The Courant number is defined by V x dt dx velocity times time step divided by grid size This number should normally not exceed 1 0 for one and two dimensional transport UZ Overland and Channel Flow and 0 8 for three dimensional transport SZ The maximum time step will be calcu lated accordingly Enter the maximum allowable dispersive Courant number for each com ponent The dispersive Courant number is defined by D x dt dx2 Disper sion coefficient times time step divided by grid size squared This number should normally not exceed 0 5 The maximum time step w
295. n be negative if This is always zero for the inter injection rates specified in flow reservoirs wells Irr pumping This is the sum of groundwater Outflow positive yes sz qirrwell pumping for irrigation irrigation wells shallow irrigation wells feedbackUZ This is a fraction of the discharge Outflow positive yes sz qUZfeedback from the baseflow reservoirs to _ from baseflow reservoirs MIKE 11 to account for discharge only to riparian zones that is lost to ET Error SZ water balance error for the cur Positive if water generated sz szwblerr rent layer only available for LAYER water balances Astorage Outflow gt Inflow Error sz szwblerrtot SZ water balance error for the both the interflow and baseflow reservoirs combined This is only available for the total water balance option Positive if water generated Astorage Outflow gt Inflow 5 3 6 Limitations for Linear Reservoir and Sub catchment OL Water Balance The water balance calculations have the following restrictions on single cell sub catchment water balances with the SZ Linear Reservoir and Simple OL e single cell won t be correct for TOTAL OL SZ water balances But can be used for UZ and others 140 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items e sub catchment For TOTAL and OL water balances the smallest valid water balance sub catchment is one Overland flow zone i e topo graphical
296. n error condition will occur if the specified drain code does not exist in the drainage code file used in MIKE SHE The branch name must be spelled correctly and include all spaces con tained in the name if any The branch name should not be enclosed in quotes An error condition will occur if the specified branch is not present in the MIKE 11 network The chainages refer to the starting and ending chainage of the specified branch which drainage and or paved area discharge is routed to The interval does not have to correspond exactly to specific MIKE 11 H points because the MIKE SHE pre processor finds the closest H points to the specified interval If the upstream and downstream chainages are the same the drainage and or paved area discharge is routed to the closest H point Additional Options 317 Extra Parameters 2 Addthe following items to the Extra Parameters list Parameter Type Value Name use specified Boolean On reaches for drain age specified reaches file name the pfs file name including the path for drainage 3 Inthe Drainage item under the Saturated Zone select distributed drainage options See Drainage V 2 p 173 4 Specify drain codes is the same manner as usual Remember that all drain codes in the RFD option pfs file must exist in the active domain of the model or you will get an error 5 Specify where the RFD option should be used in Drainage Distribution item in the data t
297. n which is open then MIKE SHE can exchange overland flow with it in both directions In this case the exchange coeffi cient in Equation 8 1 is defined as C Ca L 8 7 where C is the conductance and L is the length of the MIKE URBAN pipe link in the MIKE SHE cell If the exponent Equation 8 1 is 1 0 then this is a simple drain formula tion and the conductance is per length with units of m s If the exponent is 1 5 then this is a weir formulation and the units of the conductance term are m s MIKE SHE Overland flow to MIKE URBAN Manholes If the MIKE URBAN manholes are not sealed then MIKE SHE can dis charge overland flow into the MIKE URBAN manholes In this case the exchange coefficient in Equation 8 1 is defined as C C 8 8 where C is the conductance If the exponent Equation 8 1 is 1 0 then this is a simple drain formula tion and the conductance Cz is per length with units of m s If the expo nent is 1 5 then this is a weir formulation and the units of the conductance term are m 7 s MIKE SHE SZ drain flow to MIKE URBAN Manholes If drain flow is specified in MIKE SHE then the drainage can be dis charged to a MIKE URBAN manhole The flow in the drain is calculated by MIKE SHE based on the groundwater height above the drain level In MIKE SHE the distributed drainage option must be chosen see Drainage V2 p 173 and the cells that drain to a manhole must have an option value of 4 see
298. nces in the way boundary conditions are defined Setting up the saturated zone hydraulic model involves defining the e the geological model e the vertical numerical discretisation e the initial conditions and e the boundary conditions In the MIKE SHE GUI the geological model and the vertical discretisa tion are essentially independent while the initial conditions are defined as a property of the numerical layer Similarly subsurface boundary condi tions are defined based on the numerical layers while surface boundary conditions such as wells drains and rivers using MIKE 11 are defined independently of the subsurface numerical layers Groundwater 263 A Saturated Groundwater Flow The use of grid independent geology and boundary conditions provides a great deal of flexibility in the development of the saturated zone model Thus the same geological model and many of the boundary conditions can be re used for different model discretisation and different model areas 10 4 1 Importing a MODFLOW 96 or MODFLOW 2000 Model A FORTRAN executable is automatically installed with MIKE SHE and located in the MIKE SHE bin directory The program can be used to read a MODFLOW file set and extract the stationary distributed data to a set of point theme shape files The shp files can then be used directly in MIKE SHE To extract data from a MODFLOW model open a command prompt in the directory containing the input files On th
299. nd 12 The small est grid size was 125 ft which is 12 times smaller than the coarse 1500 ft grid The following graphs illustrate the impact of the multi grid option on the running times for the test model Figure 7 7 shows that the OL run time increases linearly with higher multi cell factors In the test model a multi cell factor of 12 caused the OL portion of the simulation time took 30 times longer Figure 7 8 shows that the multi cell factor also impacts the run time for MIKE 11 However this impact is not linear with the impact on MIKE 11 leveling off after a multi cell factor of four The test model run time is dominated by MIKE 11 In this case the origi nal run time for the OL is not very long and the multi cell factor increases the OL run time considerably However as a fraction of the total run time the OL is still small When the OL cells are subdivided there is probably some significant changes in the lateral inflow to MIKE 11 However as the multi cell factor increases the increased resolution of the inflows is not signficant above a factor of about four 190 MIKE SHE Multi cell Overland Flow Relative increase in OL effort Fraction increase in time 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 21 12 13 Multi cell factor Figure 7 7 Increase in OL run time as a function of multi cell factor Relative increase in MIKE 11 effort Fraction increase in time Multi cell factor Figure 7 8 Inc
300. nder the Extraction item in the MIKE Zero Toolbox Some items in the MIKE SHE Setup Editor do not support shape files Mostly these are related to integer grid codes such as Drain codes In this case it is difficult to assign integer values based on grid independent poly gons In a complex setup it would be very difficult to control which cells are being assigned to which code when the polygons do not coincide with the cell boundaries In some areas the model results could be very sensi tive to the code assigned 345 Using MIKE SHE with ArcGIS 346 MIKE SHE The Grid Editor j 18 SPATIAL DATA Spatial data includes all model data that can be location dependent for example precipitation rates and soil parameters 18 1 The Grid Editor The Grid Editor is a generic MIKE Zero grid tool for all MIKE by DHI software It is the primary means to edit and manipulate gridded data in MIKE SHE The Grid Editor was originally developed for the Marine programs MIKE 21 and MIKE 3 However this often leads to confusion in the node and layer numbering because MIKE 21 and MIKE 3 use a different nodal sys tem because they are based on a node centered finite difference scheme Whereas MIKE SHE is based on a block centered finite difference scheme Node numbering in the Grid Editor In the Grid Editor and in MIKE 21 and MIKE 3 the nodes are numbered starting in the lower left from 0 0 whereas in MIKE SHE the nodes are num
301. ned about potential changes in your results they you should backup all of the files in the MIKE SHE installation directory before installing the Service Pack If you did not back up your installation directory and you need to restore a previous version DHI maintains an archive of all standard patch versions Contact your local support centre and we will send you a copy of your pre vious executable Getting Started 27 Introduction 28 MIKE SHE MIKE Zero A 2 BUILDING A MIKE SHE MODEL The MIKE SHE user interface is organized around the workflow to build a model Basically your work flow follows the data tree You typically start at the top of the data tree and work your way down As you complete each of the items in the data tree the red x will be replaced by a green check mark Thus the basic work flow for a fully integrated MIKE SHE model is built around the following components j The MIKE SHE User Interface V 1 p 31 Background Maps V 1 p 34 Initial Model Setup V1 p 34 Simulation parameters V 1 p 36 Model domain and grid V1 p 37 Topography V1 p 39 Climate V 1 p 40 Channel Flow V 1 p 46 Overland Flow V1 p 47 10 Unsaturated Flow V1 p 52 11 Saturated Groundwater Flow V 1 p 57 12 Storing of results V 1 p 62 Co GO ON Hn W N 13 Preprocessing your model V1 p 149 14 Running your Model V 1 p 149 2 1 MIKE Zero MIKE SHE is part of the MIKE
302. ned by the initial water depth on the boundary In most models the recommended value is a water depth of zero In this case if the water level adjacent to the boundary increases water will discharge across the boundary and out of the model If you want to prevent overland out flow then you can use the Seperated Flow Areas option to restrict lateral flow out of the model If you specify a non zero value for initial water depth on the boundary then this value becames a constant for the entire simulation If the water level inside the model decreases below this value the boundary will act as an infinite source of inflow to the model However in many models especially those with significant wetland areas the constant water level condition on the boundary is too restric tive The following extra parameter options allow you to specify a time varying condition for the outer boundary of the overland flow If you initialize this option then you must supply a dfs2 integer grid code file that defines the locations at which you want a time varying boundary The input require ments have been set up such that you can re use the model domain dfs2 output file from the pre processor In the model domain pre processed out put the outer cells are defined by a value of 2 and the inner cells are defined by a value of 1 If the grid code value on the boundary is e 2 the cell is a time varying boundary node or e the cell will have a constant w
303. ng and compaction can be defined as a reduced contact between ponded water and the subsurface This is defined in the Overland flow section as a Sur face Subsurface Leakage Coefficient V 2 p 121 Groundwater drainage As the groundwater table rises it intersects low lying topographic features such as ditches or other man made drainage features such as buried farm drains These features are related to land use but are specified as Groundwater Drainage V p 60 Paving Paved areas are treated as a drainage feature for ponded water not rainfall The paved drainage function is part of the Land use section but requires Groundwater drainage to be defined and depends completely on the land use functions above that affect ponding of water By default the only section under Land use is the vegetation distribution The vegetation properties are used to calculate the actual evapotranspira tion from crop reference evapotranspiration defined under Climate The primary vegetation properties are Leaf Area Index LAI and Root Depth RD The LAI and Root Depth can be specified directly as a time series Or they can be defined as a crop rotation in the Vegetation Proper ties Editor V 2 p 235 A good source of local information on LAI and root depth is the agronomy department at your local university Leaf Area Index The LAI is defined as the area of leaves per area of ground surface The LAI values are characteristic of the plant typ
304. nstantaneous Data m O o Instantaneous Item Value Type Delete Values 14044 d d ed Sasa Ideas Z sassssk ssssss H i H Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 200 2000 2000 2000 2000 Accumulated The values are summed over successive intervals of time and always rela tive to the same starting time For example rainfall accumulated over a year with monthly rainfall values 342 MIKE SHE Time Series Types j Accumulated Data m O o Accumulated Item Value Type Delete Values Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 20 20 20 20 2000 200 Step Accumulated The values are accumulated over a time interval relative to the beginning of the interval For example a tipping bucket rain gauge measures step accumulated rainfall In this case the rain gauge accumulates rainfall until the gauge is full then it empties and starts accumulating again Thus the time series consists of the total amount of rainfall accumulated in each time period say in mm of rainfall Step Accumulated Data m O o Step Accumulated Item Value Type Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 200 2000 200 200 2000 2000 Mean Step Accumulated The values are accumulated over the time interval as in the Step Accumu lated but the value is divided by the length of the accumulation period Thus based on the p
305. nstream Water Level Check V 1 p 319 e SZ Drainage to MOUSE V1 p 319 e Time varying drainage parameters V 1 p 320 Additional Options 299 Extra Parameters e SZ Drainage River Link Reference Table V1 p 321 e Canyon exchange option for deep narrow channels V 1 p 322 Water Quality e Disable SZ solute flux to dummy UZ V1 p 323 e SZ boundary dispersion VJ p 323 Miscellaneous e Including OpenMI V 1 p 324 e Plot control for Detailed Time Series Output V1 p 325 e Extra Pre Processing output V1 p 325 e GeoViewer Output V1 p 325 14 1 Climate 14 1 1 Negative Precipitation Negative precipitation is sometimes required when net groundwater recharge has been calculated using an external program such as DAISY GIS In this case the evapotranspiration may exceed infiltration leading to a net upward flux of water from the groundwater table However the standard precipitation module in MIKE SHE does not recognize negative rainfall In this case you must specify the negative rainfall using the fol lowing Extra Parameters options Parameter Name Type Value use negative precipitation Boolean On If the negative precipitation is uniformly distributed negative precipitation max float greater than zero depth negative precipitation max integer greater than zero layer 300 MIKE SHE Climate Parameter Name Type Value If the negative precipitation is
306. nt the actual distri bution of velocities and water depths in a natural topography Finally if the area of interest is next to a river then the physical exchange with the river depends on the calculation method used Even in the best case exchange between the river and the flood plain is conceptual There is no velocity calculated for the river OL exchange Water is simply taken from the river and put on the flood plain cell or vice versa The rate of exchange depends the water level difference and the weir coefficients used Thus the calculated velocity is probably not very useful for things like damage assessment If velocities are important then MIKE FLOOD is a much better tool MIKE SHE on the other hand is good at calculating overland water depths general flow directions and the exchange of pon ded water with the subsurface and rivers Surface Water 177 j Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 2 Overland Flow Performance The overland flow can be a significant source of numerical instabilities in MIKE SHE Depending on the setup the overland flow time step can become very short leading to very long Overland flow has both an Implicit and Explicit solver Your choice of solver affects both the accuracy of your results and the simulation run time The Implicit solver is faster than the Explicit solver because it can run with longer time steps However the it must iterate to converge on a solu tion Thus if each time step
307. nt to simulate flooding The table in the simula tion log file mentioned above is useful to locate these inconsistencies It is usually necessary to have a very fine grid and a detailed DEM for such simulations which tends to reduce the inconsistencies because it reduces the amount of interpolation and averaging when creating the model topog raphy Flooding with Flood Codes If you are simulating flooding on the flood plain using the flood code option then flood plain elevation should be consistent with the cross sec tions Otherwise the flood plain storage will be inconsistent with the river storage based on the cross sections When you are using Flood Codes you typically specify wide cross sec tions for your rivers The wide cross sections can then account for the increased flood plain storage during flood events MIKE 11 then places water on the MIKE SHE cells that are defined by flood codes if the water level in the river is above the cell topography The flood water is then free to infiltrate or evaporate as determined by MIKE SHE In such flooded cells overland flow is no longer calculated so there is no longer any overland exchange to MIKE 11 in flooded cells Thus the bank elevation is not so critical as long as the cell is flooded However when the flood recedes the cells revert back to normal overland flow cells and the same considerations apply as if the cells were not flooded namely the bank elevation should be below
308. nterpolation Methods oaoa 355 18 5 1 Bilinear Interpolation ooo 355 18 5 2 Triangular Interpolation aoaaa aa 359 11 18 5 3 Inverse Distance Ak RR ee 361 18 6 Performing simple math on multiple grids 361 18 7 Performing complex operations on multiple grids 363 Index ccc ko ce hae da has Swed SER OS Oo 8d Gua Se Ee awe Ea 365 12 MIKE SHE GETTING STARTED 14 MIKE SHE A 1 INTRODUCTION In the hydrological cycle water evaporates from the oceans lakes and riv ers from the soil and is transpired by plants This water vapour is trans ported in the atmosphere and falls back to the earth as rain and snow It infiltrates to the groundwater and discharges to streams and rivers as base flow It also runs off directly to streams and rivers that flow back to the ocean The hydrologic cycle is a closed loop and our interventions do not remove water rather they affect the movement and transfer of water within the hydrologic cycle In 1969 Freeze and Harlan Freeze and Harlan 1969 proposed a blue print for modelling the hydrologic cycle In this original blueprint differ ent flow processes were described by their governing partial differential equations The equations used in the blueprint were known to represent the physical processes at the appropriate scales in the different parts of the hydrological cycl
309. o MIKE SHE using Flood Codes V 1 p 214 method The Area Inundation method is primarily used as a way to spread river water onto the flood plain and make it available for interaction with the subsurface via infiltration and evapotranspiration The Overbank spilling option treats the river bank as a weir When the overland flow water level or the river water level is above the left or right bank elevation then water will spill across the bank based on the standard weir formula H H 40385 1 5 1 11 k Q Ax C Hu H 1 ap where Q is the flow across the weir Ax is the cell width C is the weir coefficient H and Hu refer to the height of water on the upstream side and downstream side of the weir respectively H is the height of the weir and k is a head exponent The units of the weir coefficient depend on the exponent In MIKE SHE the default exponent is 1 5 which means that the weir coefficient has units of m1 2 s If the water levels are such that water is flowing to the river then the over land flow to the river is added to MIKE 11 as lateral inflow If the water level in the river is higher than the level of ponded water then the river water will spill onto the MIKE SHE cell and become part of the overland flow If the upstream water depth over the weir approaches zero the flow over the weir becomes undefined Therefore the calculated flow is reduced to zero linearly when the upstre
310. o MIKE 11 H points This is different from the normal drainage function which routes drainage and paved area discharges to river links rather than directly to H points Further this option can route drainage to MIKE 11 branches that are not defined in the MIKE SHE coupling section of the MIKE 11 net work file The following steps are required to activate the RFD option 316 MIKE SHE Saturated Zone 1 Create a pfs file containing information for each specified drainage area to be routed to the specific MIKE 11 H points Line item Comment MIKESHE MIKE11DrainageReach_File Specified MIKE 11 ReachesForDrainage NrOfReaches is the number of NrOfReaches 1 items specified in the section RiverChainageUnit meter Below Reach 1 For each specified reach you DrainCode 1 must Include a section specifying the MIKE SHE drain code and the MIKE 11 branch name and Upstream_Chainage 6000 the upstream and downstream Downstream_Chainage 8459 chainage EndSect Reach 1 BranchName Lammehavebekken EndSect SpecifiedMIKE11ReachesForDrainage EndSect MIKESHE MIKE11DrainageReach_File The drain code references the area that drainage and or paved area dis charge is routed to the specified MIKE 11 branch and chainage The drain code must be greater than or equal to zero Drain code values equal to zero 0 are not included in the reference drainage system Furthermore a
311. o the Tool for yes Paleta From this page you choose the type of palette autoscaled or fixed ard lard watar of standard It s standard palette is chosen diferent color models can be ured Besides the you can besip choose the number af colors in the palette Finally the colors can be spectied uang hue bghiness and sahamen by chocang HLS Palette Type Selection Palette tthe Palette Palette ype Feed gt Col modet Rarbow x Nba tcs q n Topmost value indication Figure 4 2 Step 1 of 3 modification of the number of colours used in the colour scheme 89 The Results viewer Palette Wizard Step 1 of 3 Welcome to the Tool for Cemating Palettes ia ir seseriai draping tardard pete is chosen diferent color models can be used Besdes tha you can cae rab o ca pale Fle co canbe sahuaton by chooang peched uang hus ighiness and Figure 4 3 Step 1 of 3 modification of the number of colours model used in the colour scheme Palette Wizard Step 2 of 3 Please Specty te Color Table n the Palette actual color table in the palette The easiest way to choose ard the press the button Land Color 74 9663074951 16 090 16 030 Land Vake 160370 f lt fr 20 14 45965009295 y Nice Vake Lines 7 ZZ se Tier ces se Figure 4 4 Step 2 of 3 modification of the colours used in the colour scheme and the values colours are applied to 90 MIKE SHE Modifying the plot
312. om of the Inflow negative yes UZ soil column to SZ via the UZ macropores or by pass flow In the MIKE SHE results recharge is a vertical downward flow thus in the negative direc tion This is the same sign as the water balance convention of nega tive inflow sz qOlSzPos Upward flow directly from SZ to Outflow positive yes ponded water This is non zero only when the groundwater table is at or above the ground surface The sign is positive upwards which is the same as the positive outflow water balance sign con vention sz qOlSzNeg Downward flow directly from Inflow negative yes ponded water to SZ This is non zero only when the groundwater table is at or above the ground surface The sign is positive upwards which is the same as the negative inflow water balance sign conven tion sz EtSz Evapotranspiration directly from Positive outflow yes SZ sz qSzIn Inflow to SZ storage across the Inflow negative yes boundary of the model or inflow across the boundary of the water balance sub area Inflow from internal fixed head cells is also included in this term 131 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error sz qSzOut Outflow from SZ storage across the boundary of the model or out flow across the boundary of the water balance
313. on ET or detention storage and set the initial water depth at 1m Then look at the results to find places were the water is piling up against the river links In the pre processor log file a table is create that lists all the river links where the bank elevation is different than the topography of the adjacent cell The critical river links with bank elevations above the topography are highlighted with the gt symbol This list can be surprisingly long because the river link bank elevations are interpolated from the neighbour ing cross sections Whereas the topography is already defined So fre quently the interpolated bank elevations do not line up precisely with the topography If overland flow on the flood plain is essentially absent for example due to infiltration or evapotranspiration then these differences are not relevant and there is no need to modify the topography However if the overland to river exchange is important then you may have to carefully modify your topography file or your bank elevations so that they are consistent Hint In many cases your topography is from a DEM that is different from your model grid either because it is a shp or xyz file or if it is a different resolution than your model grid In this case it may be easier to save the pre processed topography to a dfs2 file right click on the topography map in the pre processed tab Then modify and use the new dfs2 file as the topography in your model
314. on can be or 2 but must be 2 if you want to check for the SpecifiedX YLevels option NrOfLayers 1 Total number of SZ layers with sheet piling SpecifiedX YLevels 1 0 not specified 1 top and bottom levels specified for each layer Note only checked when FileVersion gt 1 Layer_1 This section must be repeated for each NrOfLayers sheet piling layer The sections must be named Layer_1 Layer_2 etc LayerNumber 1 The MIKE SHE SZ layer number of the actual sheet piling layer 1 top layer GridCodes Type 1 Fixed Value 0 DFS_2D DATA FILE FILE_NAME SPGrid_1 dfs2 ITEM COUNT 1 ITEM NUMBERS 1 EndSect DFS_2D_DATA_FILE EndSect GridCodes GridCodes section Specifica tion of grid codes for the current layer Type Normally 1 because a dfs2 file is required 0 means global value FILE_NAME Name of the dfs2 file with grid codes The file name is enclosed in which tells the system that the name is relative to the location of this module input file ITEM_NUMBERS One number because IIEM_ COUNT must be 1 defining the item of the dfs2 file to be used MIKE SHE Saturated Zone A Line item Comment X_Leakage Type 0 FixedValue 1 0E 7 DFS_2D_DATA FILE FILE_NAME maps SPLeakX_1 dfs2 ITEM_COUNT 1 ITEM NUMBERS 1 EndSect DFS_2D DATA FILE EndSect X_Leakage X_Leakage section Required if there ar
315. on is reduced during the winter months When the air temperature is cold enough to maintain precipitation as snow then infiltration will be limited in any case However in the spring when snow storage is melting then infiltra tion may still be limited for some period of time Although this function was conceived as a way to support reduced infiltra tion in winter it can be used any time a time varying leakage is required The time varying infiltration function is a modification of the Surface Subsurface Leakage Coefficient V 2 p 121 to allow it to be time varying Additional Options 303 Extra Parameters Parameter Type Value Name time varying ol Boolean On leakage coeffi cient leakage coeffi filename dfs2 file cient dfs2 file name leakage coeffi integer item number in dfs2 file greater than cient item zero number mean step accu Boolean On mulated leakage coefficient The time varying leakage coefficient dfs2 file contains a uniform time series of leakage values By default the leakage values are instantaneous values However the last option above allows you to specify mean step accumulated values Note that the areas in which these values will be applied has not changed The areas are defined in the original Surface Subsurface Leakage Coeffi cient V 2 p 121 dialogue That is the leakage coefficient is active if a non delete value is specified in this file
316. on three UZ calculations one for the ponded fraction of the cell one for the non ponded fraction of the cell and finally a calculation is made using the area weighted infiltration of the two first UZ calculations The last step is needed as there is only one UZ column below the multi cells In a MIKE SHE simulation without multi cell infiltration the engine cal culates an average storage depth which is available for infiltration This storage depth is then used for the infiltration calculations The storage depth is calculated as follows 1 Assuming that the OL depth from the previous OL time step is known 2 the OL depth is updated using the current net precipitation and any sink and source terms irrigation by pass flow paved area drainage etc Noting that e Bypass flow is extracted from the net precipitation before the infil tration calculation and e Paved area drainage is also extracted before the infiltration calcula tion If you want to calculate the infiltration before paved area drainage this is available as an Extra parameter Parameter Type Value Name infiltration before Boolean On paved routing e The updated OL depth is used for the infiltration calculation 184 MIKE SHE Multi cell Overland Flow j e Ifthe reduced contact option is used the leakage coefficient is used to calculate the maximum infiltration rate When using the multi cell infiltration the infiltration is
317. one drainage is a special boundary condition in MIKE SHE used to defined natural and artificial drainage systems that cannot be defined in MIKE 11 It can also be used to simulate simple overland flow if the overland flow system can be conceptualized as a shallow drainage network connected to the groundwater table for example on a flood plain Saturated zone drainage is removed from the layer of the Saturated Zone model containing the drain level Water that is removed from the saturated zone by drains is routed to local surface water bodies local topographic depressions or out of the model Groundwater 253 Saturated Groundwater Flow When water is removed from a drain it is immediately moved to the recip lent In other words the drain module assumes that the time step is longer than the time required for the drainage water to move to the recipient This is the same as a full pipe That is water added to the end of a full pipe of water causes an equal amount of water to immediately flow out the oppo site end regardless of the length of the pipe Drain flow is simulated using an simple linear reservoir formula Each cell requires a drain level and a time constant leakage factor Both drain lev els and time constants can be spatially defined A typical drainage level is 1m below the ground surface and a typical time constant is between le 6 and 1 e 7 I s Drainage reference system MIKE SHE also requires a refer
318. or river source dis float 0 or positive charge factor None one or both can be specified If the factor is not specified then a Volume factor of 0 99 and a Discharge factor of 0 0 will be used The factors are used in the calculation of the available water depth of a river source C At Depth MIN 4 I 4 14 1 where Depth is the available water depth in the river link C is the source capacity At is the time step length F is the specified volume factor Vz is the volume of water in the link Fp is the specified volume discharge Dz is the river link discharge and A is the cell area The river link discharge is the same as used when checking with the threshold discharge for switching on off the source It is the absolute dis charge in the middle of the MIKE SHE river link interpolated between two MIKE 11 H points MIKE SHE prints the following message in the xxx_WM_Print log file when the parameters are specified Extra parameter specified river source volume factor value 1 500000 Extra parameter specified river source discharge factor value 1 000000 306 MIKE SHE Surface Water MIKE SHE also prints the following warnings in the xxx WM Init Messages log file if one or both of the factors may result in water balance errors or numerical instabilities WARNING Specified value for river source volume factor is greater than 1 1 500000 There is a risk
319. or Precipitation 258 w Storage change Canopy Storage ch pg vapotranspit ation 3 Jae flow to Riv 178 Accumulated waterbalance from 1 1 1981 12 00 00 PM to 3 31 1981 12 60 00 PM Data type Storage depth millimeter Flow Result File C MIKEZero Examples MIKE_SHE Karup Karup Karup Title Karup setup Text Figure 5 1 Graphical water balance output example 105 Using the Water Balance Tool Creating a water balance Before you can create a water balance for a MIKE SHE WM simulation you must have saved the water balance data during the simulation Saving ofthe water balance data is specified in the Storing of Results V 2 p 183 dialogue If you have forgotten to save the water balance data then you will need to re run your simulation r Water Movement Output V Storing of Water balance V Storing of input data for W simulation C Store SZ flow data only Store all flow data V Storing of Hot start data Only store Hot start data at the end of simulation Hot start storing interval fi hrs Storing interval for grid series output Overland OL Prec SM ET UZ S2 Heads SZ Fluzes B hrs fe hrs 148 hrs 148 hrs After you have run your WM simulation creating and running a water bal ance in MIKE SHE is quite simple following these steps 1 Create a new water balance document V 1 p 106 2 Extract the water balance data V1 p 107 3 Specify your water balance V
320. or Gravity Unsaturated flow 2LUZ 2 Layer Unsaturated Water Balance SZ Finite Difference Saturated Zone flow LR Linear Reservoir groundwater AD Advection Dispersion Water Quality PT Particle Tracking SM Snow melt Code Output Item Appears with these processes 37 average soil moisture content in top 5 compartments LR UZ Total recharge to SZ positive down This is a sum of exchange from UZ to SZ bypass flow to SZ if active macropore flow to SZ if active flow between OL and SZ if water table at above topography transpiration from SZ SZ drainage and exchange to MIKE 11 is NOT included in this term The Recharge is positive downwards and has the EUM units of precipita tion rate so that it can be used directly as input to another MIKE SHE model in place of precipitation 119 rate of change in UZ storage UZ 123 epsilon calculated in UZ UZ 2LUZ 120 accumulated error in UZ UZ water balance in the UZ cells only column mean macropore water content above GW column total net exchange matrix to macropores column total exchange matrix to macropores column total exchange macropores to matrix 45 groundwater feedback to the unsaturated zone LR UZ LR 2LUZ 117 junsaturated zone flow UZ 118 water content in unsaturated zone UZ 159 pressure head in unsaturated zone UZ 129 root water up
321. or an ArcView shape shp file then the data will be interpolated to the model grid during the pre processing stage using the interpolation method selected The following interpolation methods are included e Bilinear Interpolation V 1 p 355 or e Triangular Interpolation V1 p 359 e Inverse Distance V p 361 It does not make sense to interpolate some parameters to the model grid In such cases the use of line and point data should be avoided Elevation Data Elevation data such as Layer elevations is handled exactly the same as all other Stationary Real Parameters except that the value may be optionally specified as a depth below the ground surface rather than absolute eleva tion above the datum Spatial Distribution qn a Grid file dfs2 Values relative to ground Filename attribute O Edt Create V Show grid data Note The value must be negative if it is below the ground level 351 Spatial Data Tip The current tools do not allow you to specify a polygon shape file with real values However this would be desirable in some cases such as when implementing Mannings M values based on vegetation distributions A trick to get around this limitation is the following 1 Temporarily assign an integer grid code to each of the polygons 2 Specify this file as an input file for one of the data items that needs integer grid codes such as drain codes 3 Right click on the map tha
322. or each then we can separate out the principle calibration parameters Table 1 1 Principle parameters for MIKE SHE Principle calibration parameters Other parameters Overland flow Surface roughness Detention storage finite difference Overland flow Surface roughness Detention storage subcatchment Slope parameters based River flow River bed roughness River bed leakage coeffi cient Unsaturated flow finite difference Saturated hydraulic conduc tivity Soil water contents at saturation field capac ity and wilting point Soil pedotransfer func tion parameters Unsaturated flow 2 layer method Saturated hydraulic conduc tivity Soil water contents at saturation field capac ity and wilting point Capillary thickness Actual Evapotran spiration Leaf Area Index Root depth Canopy Interception FAO Crop coefficient Kristensen and Jensen ET parameters Groundwater flow finite difference Hydraulic conductivity Specific yield Specific storage Drain level Drain time constants MIKE SHE Requirements Table 1 1 Principle parameters for MIKE SHE Principle calibration Other parameters parameters Groundwater flow Reservoir time constants Interbasin transfers linear reservoir Reservoir volumes specific dead zone storage yield depths Water quality Porosity Source strength Soil bulk density Dispersivities
323. or headers COUPLINGMMSHE NODE1 1 0 001 2 One line for each coupling item COUPLINGMMSHE LINK1 2 0 001 2 0 2 D Link name LinkType 1 for node 2 for link C conductance for Overland flow to MIKE URBAN units depend on OLExp and whether it is a pipe or a manhole SzLeakageCoeff leakage coeffi cient needed only when the saturated zone is coupled to a link Endsect 234 MIKE SHE Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE URBAN A 8 1 3 Creating a MsheMouse pfs file The MsheMouse pfs file is an ASCII file that includes all of the specifica tions for the coupling The following table defines the structure of the file along with some information on the parameters When the MIKE URBAN coupling has been added to the user interface the creation of this file will be automatic Note The pfs format must be adhered to exactly There is a small utility pfsEditor exe in the installation bin directly that you can use for editing and testing pfs files that you create Table 8 1 MsheMouse pfs file format and description Line item Comment MIKESHE_MOUSE_ Specifications FileVersion 2 Link SZ_Exchange Option 2 1 Leakage coefficient based only on MIKE URBAN pipe leakage coeffi cient 2 Leakage coefficient based on a series connection of the MIKE URBAN pipe leakage coefficient and the MIKE SHE aquifer properties Mouse_MPR file name MOUSE_NASSJO hands
324. or information on the statistics see Statistic Calculations V 2 p 217 Shape file output for run statistics A shape file of statistics is also generated when the html document is gen erated The shape file contains all of the information contained in the HTML document and can be used to generate maps of model errors that can be used to evaluate spatial bias The shape file is created in the simula tion directory and is named ProjectName_Stat shp where ProjectName is the name of the she file for the simulation Note the Run Statistics shape file does not have a projection file associated with it and this file should be created using standard ArcGIS methods The statistics contained in the HTML document and the shape file are cal culated using the same methods used to calculate statistics for the detailed time series output The reader is referred to the Detailed Time Series Out put section for more information on how the statistics are calculated Running MIKE SHE 159 Running your Model 64 Controlling your simulation 6 4 1 Model Limits Although there are no physical limits to the size of your model there are practical limits and hardware limits The practical limits are generally related to run time We all want the model to be a little bit bigger or more detailed However that little extra detail or slightly smaller grid size can quickly lead to long run times The physical limits are generally related to mem
325. orp DeSorp EcoLab UZ Matr MP UZ This is a special item that includes only the mass exchange between macropores and the matrix when the macropore option is selected in the UZ OL SZ UZ MP UZ River Sinks Sources Ext Sinks OpenMI Bound ary Decay Sorp DeSorp Colloid Sorp DeSorp EcoLab River SZ OL Boundary River to OL is always zero because this exchange has not yet been implemented 11 6 Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE 11WQ Coupling the WQ modules between MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE is described in the section Coupling MIKE SHE Water Quality to MIKE 11 V 1 p 218 278 MIKE SHE Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 WQ j 12 MIKE SHE ECO LAB ECO Lab is an open and generic equation solver ECO Lab is mostly used for water quality and ecosystem modeling such as modelling eutrophica tion of lakes calculating the fate and transport of heavy metals and deter mining ecology indicators e g distribution of sea grass Originally ECO Lab was developed as a tool to simulate water quality reactions in surface water but has been expanded to include agent based modeling and other more complex reactions and components In MIKE SHE ECO Lab can be used from basic water quality kinetic reactions in surface and groundwater to complex coupled feedback inter actions between nutrients plant growth and hydrology The initial implementation of ECO Lab in MIKE SHE depends on MIKE SHE s WQ module That is you must run a WQ sim
326. ory size If you model requires more memory than is physically installed on the computer then the computer will start to swap data to the hard disk This will vastly slow down your simulation The section Hardware Requirements V 1 p 24 outlines some hardware considerations when using MIKE SHE If your model reaches the practical or physical limits of your computer then may we suggest the following 1 Critically evaluate your model to see if you really need such a large complex model For example you may be able to reduce the number of UZ elements or the slightly increase the grid size 2 Do arough calibration with a smaller model first The model independ ent structure of MIKE SHE makes it reasonable to refine your model later with a minimum of effort For example you can use Gravity flow instead of Richards equation double the grid spacing or shorten the calibration period during the initial calibration and switch back to the original during the final calibration You might even be surprised that the rougher model is actually good enough 6 4 2 Speeding up your simulation In most cases the best way to speed up your model is to make it simpler You should look very carefully at your model and ask yourself the follow ing questions for example e Do you really need a fine discretisation during calibration A coarser grid may allow you to do many more calibration runs Then when the model is calibrated you can refine the grid
327. ositive grid code value For example if an UZ recharge to SZ of 0 5 m3 day is calcu lated for UZ grid code 51 then all the SZ cells below the UZ cells with a grid code of 51 will also be given the same recharge Tip This map can be difficult to interpret without using the Grid Editor Related Items e Unsaturated Zone V 2 p 127 e Soil Profile Definitions V2 p 132 152 MIKE SHE Pre processed data items j e Partial automatic classification V2 p 137 e Specified classification V 2 p 138 6 2 4 Saturated Flow The saturated zone data is generally written to a dfs3 file In the map view there is a combo box where you can specify the layer that you want to view Specific Yield of upper SZ layer MIKE SHE forces the specific yield of the top SZ layer to be equal to the specific yield of the UZ zone as defined by the difference between the specified moisture contents at saturation 0 and field capacity Of This correction is calculated from the UZ values in the UZ cell in which the ini tial SZ water table is located This is reflected in the pre processed data For more information on the SZ UZ specific yield see Specific Yield of the upper SZ numerical layer V 1 p 252 Saturated Zone Drainage The rate of saturated zone drainage is controlled by the drain elevation and the drain time constant However the destination of the drainage water is controlled by the drain levels and the drain codes whi
328. ou have hourly rainfall data and 6 hour time steps If an intense rainfall event lasting for only one hour was observed 3 hours after the start of the time step then MIKE SHE would automatically break its time stepping into hourly time steps dur ing this event Thus instead of a 6 hour time step your time steps dur ing this period would be 3 hours 1 hour and 2 hours This can also have an impact on your time stepping if you have intense rainfall and your precipitation measurements do not coincide with your storing time steps In this case you may see occasional small time steps when MIKE SHE catches up with the storing time step Actual time step for the different components As outlined above the overland time step is always less than or equal to the UZ time step and the UZ time step is always less than or equal to the SZ time step However the exchanges are only made at a common time step boundary This means that if one of the time steps is changed then all of the time steps must change accordingly To ensure that the time steps always meet the initial ratios in the maximum time steps specified in this dialogue are maintained After a reduction in time step the subsequent time step will be increased by timestep timestep x 1 IncrementRate 6 1 Running MIKE SHE 163 Running your Model 6 5 until the maximum allowed time step is reached Relationship to Storing Time Steps The Storing Time Step specified in
329. overland flow MIKE SHE s overland flow solver calculates the overland flow across the boundary of the MIKE SHE cells If a river link is located on the cell boundary any overland flow is intercepted by the river link and added to the water balance of the river link However two checks are first made to ensure exchange to the river is physically possible The level of ponded water in the cell must be above the 1 water level in the river link and 2 bank elevation of the river link In the second case the level of ponded water is checked against the appro priate left and right bank elevations of the river link However there is no mechanism for exchange from MIKE 11 to overland flow If the water level in the river rises above the bank elevation then the bank elevation is simply extended vertically upwards Flooding from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE using Flood Codes The MIKE SHE MIKE 11 coupling allows you to simulate large water bodies such as lakes and reservoirs as well as flooded areas If this option is used MIKE SHE MIKE 11 applies a simple flood mapping procedure where MIKE SHE grid points e g grid points in a lake or on a flood plain are linked to the nearest H point in MIKE 11 where the water lev els are calculated Surface water stages are then calculated in MIKE SHE by comparing the water levels in the H points with the surface topo graphic elevations Conceptually you can think of the flooded cells as side storages
330. pe gives you a mechanism for handling vari ous auxiliary user defined quantities during the simulation In other words ECO Lab can read the current Fixed species value and return a new value to MIKE SHE MIKE SHE moves forward in time and ECO Lab starts over again In the mean time MIKE SHE has saved the value from the previous time step This mechanism greatly increases the flexibility of the ECO Lab coupling in MIKE SHE It allows you for example to create things like ecological indexes that map changing ecohydrologic condi tions over time 12 1 4 Specifying Constants and Forcings in MIKE SHE When you browse to the ECO Lab template the template is read by MIKE SHE s Setup Editor to find the MIKE SHE SUPPLIED _FORCINGS and MIKE SHE SUPPLIED CONTANTS used in the template These are separated into Built in and User Specified Forcings and Constants In both cases the Forcing or Constant is added to the appropriate list of Forcings and Constants in the MIKE SHE data tree separated into the different domains OL UZ and SZ MIKE SHE Flow Model Descript Display ECO Lab Constants OL Simulation specification WO Simulation Specification ECO Lab Template Specificat x ECO Lab Constants OL s ECO Lab Forcings OL ECO Lab Constants UZ ECO Lab Forcings UZ x ECO Lab Constants SZ Cumiad Mane MIKE SHE MIKE SHE Parameter Unit used in s ECO Lab Forcings SZ paramater Data Type ECOLab template Species 1 C1_No Topography m
331. pect Also you should note that Overland flow cannot cross a river link So the cell faces with river links always define a seperated flow boundary Paved Area Drainage In MIKE SHE there is a paved area function to account for the increased runoff in urban areas However the paved area function is rather complex and currently two limitations The paved area function in MIKE SHE relies on the saturated zone drain age reference system to move drainage to the river links Thus an impor 174 MIKE SHE Overland Flow A tant limitation is that paved area drainage can only be simulated if you are using the finite difference SZ model The second limitation is that the SZ drainage reference is used for routing paved drainage to river links specified MIKE 11 h points and MOUSE manholes Paved drainage is not routed to SZ boundaries or internal SZ depressions The paved area drainage is calculated from ponded water It is not calcu lated from rainfall directly However the order of operations in the three UZ solvers Richards Gravity and 2Layer Water Balance is such that rainfall is added to existing ponded storage before ET and infiltration are calculated and thus before the paved drainage is calculated Therefore the paved drainage effectively acts on rainfall The amount of paved drainage is calculated based on the available ponded water That is a specified fraction of the amount of available ponded water is rou
332. perations on dfs2 grid files How ever the grid files must have the same grid dimensions and they may not included multiple time steps or multiple items Thus this tool is much more restrictive than the grid operations available in the Grid Editor How ever you can make complex chains of operations and save the setup which can save you a lot of time if you are doing the same operation many times or after each simulation The Grid Calculator works like a wizard with Next and Back buttons to move between dialogues 363 Spatial Data 364 MIKE SHE INDEX A Index Symbols Exchange Type 220 fif file 149 Flood Area 223 Leakage Coefficient 221 Numerics Coupling MIKE 11 to MIKE SHEFlood 64 bit CPU 25 Code 24 ce 6 e rada wawis 224 64 bit support 167 Coupling MIKE SHE to MOUSE 234 Output Files 238 A GPU Speed 26 Actual time step Cross section ET es oe are ee ee 163 RiverLink 202 Ol eee een Se Scns S s ye t 163 UZ caine Su oo ale nasa 163 D Air temperature 42 Define ArcGIS 345 Grid l 37 Area Inundation Exchange 214 Model domain 37 Calculation Exchange Flows 215 DEM Auto Updater 27 formats 40 Auxiliary Variables Demo Limits 24 ECOLab 280 Derived Ou
333. plates An ECO Lab Template contains the mathematical description of the ordi nary differential equations to be solved These could for example describe an ecosystem including the processes affecting the ecosystem An ECO Lab template contains six components e State Variables State variables represent the state that the user wants to predict at least one state variable must be specified e Constants Constants are used as arguments in the mathematical expressions of processes in an ECO Lab model They are constant in time but can vary in space e Forcings Forcings are used as arguments in the mathematical expres sion of processes in an ECO Lab model They can vary in time and space They basically represent variables of an external nature that can affect the ecosystem e Auxiliary Variables Auxiliary Variables are arguments in the mathe matical expression in an ECO Lab model They can be used as inter mediate calculations that can include any state variable constant or forcing They can also be used to specify results directly e Processes Processes describe the transformations that affect the state variables That means processes are used as arguments in the differen tial equations that ECO Lab solves to determine the state of the State Variables e Derived Outputs Derived Outputs are output files that are derived based on the model results Additional details on developing ECO Lab templates is available in the
334. pre processed data MIKE SHE reads only the fif file during the simulation The dfs2 and dfs3 files are created to make it easier to view and plot the preprocessed data If you edit the dfs2 or dfs3 files the changes will not be used in the simulation If you want to change the pre processed data and use the changed data in the simulation you have a couple of options Option 1 1 Right click on the map view and save the data to a new dfs2 file 2 open the new dfs2 file in the Grid Editor and 3 make the changes in the new dfs2 file and save the file Option 2 1 Use the View button to open the dfs2 or dfs3 pre processed file in the Grid Editor 2 make your changes in the file and 3 save the file with a new name 150 MIKE SHE Pre processed data items j In both options above you then use the new dfs2 or dfs3 file as input in the Setup tab 6 2 Pre processed data items The following sections describe in more detail some of the pre processed data items 6 2 1 MIKE 11 coupling 6 2 2 Land Use The coupling between MIKE 11 and MIKE SHE is made via river links which are located on the edges that separate adjacent grid cells The river link network is created by the pre processor based on the MIKE 11 cou pling reaches The entire river system is always included in the hydraulic model but MIKE SHE will only exchange water with the coupling reaches The location of each of MIKE SHE river link is determined
335. properties that can be edited 4 6 UZ Specific Plots 4 6 1 UZ Scatter and Filled Plots For unsaturated zone results scatter or filled plots can be generated UZ Scatter and Filled Plots are only different for simulations that do not use the calculation in all cells UZ module option Scatter plots only show simulated results for UZ calculation cells The number of UZ calculation cells may be less than the total number of active model domain used by the overland and saturated zone modules if the UZ module for the simulation is not using the calculation in all cells option An example of when use of the UZ scatter plot is useful is shown in Figure 4 17 100 MIKE SHE UZ Specific Plots 4 6 2 UZ Plot A Figure 4 17 A UZ Scatter Plot and its relationship to B the UZ calculation cells An example of a UZ Filled Plot is shown in Figure 4 18 In cases where the UZ module for the simulation is not using the calculation in all cells option the Result Viewer interpolates values from the calculation cells to adjacent inactive UZ cells Figure 4 18 Filled UZ plot UZ Plots can only be extracted from simulated unsaturated zone water contents and flow This is because UZ plots display results for a single col umn for all of the UZ calculation nodes in the column Other simulated UZ results show net values for the entire UZ i e infiltration recharge to the SZ etc After selecting the UZ Plot extr
336. qszout Group dszsto sz dszsto Group qszabsex sz qszabsex Group qszdrin sz qszdrin Group qszdrout sz qszdrout Group qszdrtorivin sz qszdrtorivin 128 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items Group qszdrtorivex sz qszdrtorivex Group qszdrtoM11HPoint sz qszdrtoM11HPoint Group qszrivneg sz qszrivneg Group qszrivpos sz qszrivpos Group qszfloodneg ol qsztofloodneg Group qszfloodpos ol qsztofloodpos Group qgihbpos sz qgihbpos Group qgihbneg sz qgihbneg Group girrwell sz qirrwell Group qszdrtoMouse sz qszdrtoMouse Group qszMousepos sz qszMousepos Group qszMouseneg sz qszMouseneg Group qSzExtSink sz qSzExtSink Group qSzExtSource sz qSzExtSource Group Error sz szwblerrtot EndSect WblTypeDefinition The sign convention in the SZ water balance is such that infiltration from the unsaturated zone is negative inflow and discharge to overland flow is positive outflow All of the items together should add to zero The use of negative signs in the SZ water balance is avoided by explicitly including both inflow negative and outflow positive terms For exam ple sz qOISzPos is the flow from the saturated zone directly to ponded water when the groundwater table is at or above the ground surface In the MIKE SHE results this is a positive upwards flow and in the water bal ance it is a positive outflow Similarly sz qOlSzNeg i
337. r a number of MIKE URBAN time steps because the calculated flow volume exceeds the volume of the MIKE SHE SZ Overland grid cells The Smooth option tries to use a reduced flow rate which equals the available volume coupling time Dynamic _Coupling Specifications Limit_Inflow 0 Specify 1 if the inflow to MIKE URBAN should be limited so the MIKE URBAN volume inflow does not exceed a specified fraction of the maximum MIKE URBAN volume This is used to avoid instabilities due to high pressure Limit_Outflow 0 Specify 1 if the outflow from MIKE URBAN should be limited so the MIKE URBAN volume outflow doesn t come below a specified frac tion of the maximum MIKE URBAN volume This is used to avoid instabil ities due to drying negative volume 236 MIKE SHE Coupling MIKE SHE and MIKE URBAN A Table 8 1 MsheMouse pfs file format and description Line item Comment Inflow_Limitations MaxVolFac_Links 0 99 MaxVolFac_Manholes 0 99 EndSect Inflow_Limitations Outflow Limitations MinVolFac_Links 0 05 MinVolFac_Manholes 0 05 EndSect Outflow_Limitations The inflow and outflow fractions are specified here EndSect Dynamic_Coupling Specifications Storing Reaches No_Of Storing reaches 2 Storing Reach_1 No_Of Links 2 LinkName_1 Dike_0111 LinkName_2 Dike_0311 EndSect Storing Reach 1 Storing Reach 2 No_Of Links 1 L
338. r balance type to calculate the net vertical flow in a specified SZ layer This water balance type can only be used with the single cell resolution and specified output layers options Line item Comment Created 2004 06 2 16 28 48 File header DLL id C WINOWS System32 pfs2000 d11 PFS version Mar 3 2004 21 35 12 NoWb1Types the number of water bal MIKESHE WaterBalance ConfigFile ance types in the configuration file FileVersion 3 Remember to change this number if you NoWblTypes 31 add a water balance item to the file Wb1lTypeDefinition Existing water balance definitions Name TOTAL Group SZ Storage sz szsto EndSect WblTypeDefinition Wb1TypeDefinition First line of the water balance definition Name SZ LAYER NET VERT FLOW MAP Internal name No spaces allowed DisplayName Map output Net Vertical Name displayed in the combobox Saturated Zone Flow layer s Description Distributed output Description displayed under the com Saturated zone Storage specified bobox layer NoGroups 1 Number of calculation groups in the out put file 144 MIKE SHE Making Custom Water Balances j Line item Comment Group SZ Vertical Flow sz qszzpos Definition of the calculation group con sz qszzneg sisting of a name and a sum of the particu lar water balance items no spaces from Table 5 1 to Table 5 7 Map items can only have one group NoGroups 1 EndSect WblTypeDefinition
339. r ol qocdr Group gocdrtoM 11HPoint ol qocdrtoM11HPoint Group qfloodtorivin ol qfloodtorivin Group qfloodtorivex ol qfloodtorivex Group qoldrtoMouse ol qoldrtoMouse 120 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items j Group qolMousepos ol qolMousepos Group qolMouseneg ol qolMouseneg Group qOIExtSink ol qOIExtSink Group qOlExtSource ol qOIExtSource Group dolsto ol dolsto Group olwblerr ol olwblerr EndSect WblTypeDefinition WblTypeDefinition The sign convention for a ponded water control volume is such that pre cipitation is negative inflow and boundary outflow infiltration and evaporation are all positive outflow All of the Wbl Error items together should add to zero Note however the negative sign in front of some of the terms in the water balance definition above This is because the SZ exchange to ponded stor age is an upwards positive flow in MIKE SHE making it a positive value in the MIKE SHE results files when flowing to ponded water and a nega tive value when infiltrating to SZ Whereas these flows must be the oppo site sign in the water balance calculation Special considerations for water balances in Flood Code cells Water on the ground surface belongs to ponded storage except in active flood code cells Active flood code cells are those where the cell is flooded and the water level is controlled by the water level in MIKE 11 There are four terms
340. radi ent your simulation performance may be adversely impacted simply because the OL solver will begin to calculate flow sloshing back and forth in these areas Not only will the OL solver have to work harder the OL time step will likely also decrease because of the very low gradients Thus the Threshold gradient effectively reduces intercell flow in stagnant areas to zero allowing the Courant criteria to be satisfied at much higher time step lengths See Figure 11 4 in Threshold gradient for overland flow V 1 p 179 in the Reference manual 7 3 Multi cell Overland Flow The main idea behind the 2D multi grid solver is to make the choice of calculation grid independent of the topographical data resolution The approach uses two grids e One describing the rectangular calculation grid and e The other representing the fine bathymetry The standard methods used for 2D grid based solvers do not make a dis tinction between the two Thus only one grid is applied and this is typi cally chosen based on a manageable calculation grid The available topography is interpolated to the calculation grid which typically does not do justice to the resolution of the available data The 2D multi grid solver in MIKE SHE can in effect use the two grids more or less independently In the Multi cell overland flow method high resolution topography data is used to modify the flow area used in the St Venant equation and the cour ant criteria The met
341. ration ET Saturated Flow SZ Finite Difference V Include Advection Dispersion AD Water Quality Calculate W using the finite difference Advection Dispersion 4D method Calculate WO using random walk particle tracking SZ only E Use current WM simulation for Water Quality Flow result catalogue file Water Quality In this dialogue you can also chose to simulate water quality If you turn on the water quality then several additional items will be added to the data tree Also you will be able to chose to simulate water quality using either the full advection dispersion method for multiple species including sorp tion and decay Or you can chose to simulate water quality using the ran dom walk particle tracking method You can also do water quality scenario analysis by using a common water movement simulation and defining only the water quality parameters The common water movement simulation is defined by first unchecking the Use current WM simulation for Water Quality checkbox The Technical Reference contains detailed information on the numerical methods that can be selected from this dialogue e Overland Flow Reference V 2 p 265 e Channel Flow Reference V2 p 287 Getting Started 35 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 2 5 e Evapotranspiration Reference V 2 p 295 e Unsaturated Flow Reference V2 p 319 e Saturated Flow Reference 2 p 355 e Particle Tracking Referenc
342. ration capacity is calculated as K infiltration K infiltration i TnfiltrationFactor 14 2 if 0 9 fe wp ae 14 asta Ta lerationFactor 9 es where 0 is the wilting point water content Otherwise the infiltration capacity is calculated as 0 0 Ki iltration Kin iltration L _ J 14 4 Jual sale O actual 7 0 Parameter Type Value Name increase infiltra Boolean On tion to dry soils max infiltration Float Greater than 1 0 rate factor Additional Options 311 Extra Parameters 14 4 Saturated Zone 14 4 1 Sheet Pile Module The Sheet Piling module is not yet included in the MIKE SHE GUI How ever the input for the module is fairly simple and is handled via the Extra Parameters options The Sheet Piling module is activated by including the following two parameters in the Extra Parameters section of the data tree and creating the required module input file Parameter Type Value Name sheet piling mod Boolean On ule sheet piling file filename the file name of the Sheet Pile input file Sheet Pile Location The location of the sheet piles is defined using a dfs2 file with integer grid codes One file or item is required for each computational layer with sheet piling Each file must have the same grid size as the MIKE SHE model The grid codes are composed of simple sums of 100 10 1 0 where 100 a N S sheet piling link b
343. rease in MIKE 11 run time as a function of multi cell factor Impact on model results The model contains a mix of natural urban and agricultural areas The model also includes a complex river network with the relevant man made canals and structures and most of the natural flow ways However there is a natural flow way in the southeast part of the model that is not concep tualized in MIKE 11 Since the surface water flow in this area is relying only on overland flow the multi cell option should significant changes in the OL flow prediction in this natural flow way In urban and agricultural areas the drainage and the OL flow components in MIKE SHE route the water into the canal network The drainage com ponent would keep the water table level below the ground most of the time in those areas However it is of interest to test the OL flows predicted with the multi cell option in those areas during storms events Surface Water 191 j Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 3 6 Limitations of the Multi cell Overland Flow Method In principle all of the exchange terms in MIKE SHE could be adjusted to reflect the fine scale water levels and flooded areas However some of these are easier to implement than others and of greater importance Thus in current release the exchange with MIKE 11 as well as UZ and SZ depend only on the coarse scale grid elevations Overland flow exchange with MIKE 11 Overland flow exchange with MIKE 11 doe
344. ree under the Saturated Zone The RFD option will be used in all cells with a value of 3 If a combination of the original drainage method and the RFD option is going to be used 2 should be used for areas using the original drainage option and 3 should be used where you want the RFD option to be used 6 Pre process and run your MIKE SHE model normally If the MIKE SHE setup does not successfully preprocess you should review the above steps to see if you have any error in the setup The projectname_PreProcessor_ Messages log file where projectname is the name of your she file in your simulation subdirectory should help you identify why the MIKE SHE setup failed to preprocess If the MIKE SHE setup successfully preprocesses you should also look at the preprocessed data on the Processed data tab and the YourSetup_PreProcessor_Print log file in your simulation subdirectory to make sure you are comfortable with how the preprocessor has set up the drainage reference system You can search for Making setup of Specified MIKE 11 Reaches For Drainage in the YourSetup_PreProcessor_Print log file to find the start of the section that details the drainage reference sys tem Water balance The water balance utility e g Saturated zone detailed can be used to look at differences between drainage discharges from areas using the orig inal drainage option and the RFD option The MIKE SHE water balance 318 MIKE SHE Saturated Zone A
345. ref erence system In this case the pre processer calculates the reference sys tem within each grid code zone such that all drainage generated within one zone is routed to recipient nodes with the same drain code value When building the reference system the pre processor looks at each cell and then 1 looks for the nearest cell with a river link with the same grid code value 2 if there is no cells with river links then it looks for the nearest outer boundary cell with the same grid code 3 if there are no cells with outer boundary conditions then it looks for the cell with the same grid code value that has the lowest drain level In this case the reference system is calculated as if it was based on Drain Levels see previous section The result of the above search for each cell is used to build the source recipient reference system The above search algorithm is valid for all positive Drain Code values However all cells where Drain Code 0 will not produce any drain flow and will not receive any drain flow and Drain Code lt 0 negative will not drain to river links but will start at Step 2 above and only drain to either a outer boundary or the lowest drain level 256 MIKE SHE Groundwater Drainage j Tip One method that is often used is to specify only one Drain Code value for the entire model area e g Drain Code 1 Thus all nodes can drain and any drain flow is routed to the nearest river lin
346. revious example the time series consists of the rate of Working with Data 343 Time Series Data rainfall accumulated in each time period say in mm of rainfall per hour mm hr Mean Step Accumulated Data m oO Mean Step Accumulated Item Value Type 0 6 ee bere T S a ae AA PADA WOA Delete Values 02 oes ee ee Awe 0 0 r T r r T r T T Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 2000 2000 2000 2000 200 2000 2000 20 2000 2000 2000 Reverse Mean Step Accumulated In this case the values are the same as the Mean Step Accumulated but the values represent the time interval from now to the start of the next time interval The Reverse Mean Step Accumulated time series are primarily used for forecasting purposes Reverse Mean Step Accumulated Data m o o Reverse Mean Step Accumulated Item Value Type 06 0 4 Delete Values 4 i Do Jese aa waska Sasak maaa ay as SS aii aati wina eile Sain 0 08 T T T Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 20 200 200 200 20 20 344 MIKE SHE A 17 USING MIKE SHE WITH ARCGIS MIKE SHE has been designed to work smoothly with ArcGIS files In most cases distributed data can be linked directly to shape files created by ArcGIS or any other application The type of shape file depends on the type of data Distributed data such as initial water levels can be input as point and line
347. riteri ons However the transport time step cannot be greater than the flow stor ing time step in each component 11 2 Storing of Results The simulated concentration distribution in each component as well as the mass balances and fluxes will be stored in dfs2 and dfs3 files with differ ent time steps Besides these result files the program also writes output to the error log which describes errors encountered during execution and a print log which contains execution step information statistics on the run and a mass balance if requested Normally the results from the saturated zone species concentration in each grid is by far the most disk consuming parameter So be careful with the storing time step Mass balances which includes time series of mass storage and fluxes between components and sources drains bound aries etc can be stored at smaller time steps When you select the time step you should also be aware of the time scale of the process The time scale for transport processes in groundwater is usually much larger than the time scale for transport in a river Enter the desired time steps notice that the unit is hours in each of the edit fields There are no limitations on this time step but if you select a time step less than the simulation time step the storing time step will be the new simulation time step 272 MIKE SHE Simulation and Time Step Control 11 3 Simulation and Time Step Control Si
348. root zone UZ ET 2LUZ ET 11 rooting depth UZ ET 2LUZ ET 12 leaf area index UZ ET 2LUZ ET 182 crop coefficient UZ ET 2LUZ ET 15 actual evapotranspiration UZ ET 2LUZ ET 16 actual transpiration UZ ET 2LUZ ET 13 actual soil evaporation UZ ET 17 actual evaporation from interception UZ ET 2LUZ ET 18 actual evaporation from ponded water UZ ET 2LUZ ET 19 canopy interception storage UZ ET 2LUZ ET 14 evapotranspiration from SZ SZ UZ ET SZ 2LUZ ET total snow storage ET SM Dry snow storage ET SM Wet snow storage ET SM Wet snow storage fraction ET SM Fraction of cell area covered by snow ET SM Precipitation and Irrigation added to snow ET SM Total snow converted to overland flow ET SM Freezing due to air temperature ET SM Melting due to air temperature ET SM Results and Calibration 75 MIKE SHE Results Table 3 1 Available output items for gridded data and time series Key to symbols ET Evapotranspiration OL Finite Difference Overland Flow SubOL Sub catchment based Overland Flow UZ Richards or Gravity Unsaturated flow 2LUZ 2 Layer Unsaturated Water Balance SZ Finite Difference Saturated Zone flow LR Linear Reservoir groundwater AD Advection Dispersion Water Quality PT Particle Tracking SM Snow melt Code Output Item Appears with these processes Melting due to SW so
349. rs V1 p 299 Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 The exchange between overland flow and MIKE 11 rivers can be calcu lated in three different ways If the flooding from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE cells is ignored the no flooding option then the exchange from over land flow is one way that is overland flow only discharges to MIKE 11 rivers If the you want to simulate flooding from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE then the water can be transfered from MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE using Flood Codes or via direct overbank spilling using a wier formula In principle the flood code option does not impact the solution time signfi cantly is relatively easy to set up for simple cases and is sufficient when detailed flood plain flow is not required Direct overbank spilling com 212 MIKE SHE Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 bined with the explicit solution method requires more detailed topopgra phy data and is useful when detailed flood plain flow is required but can be significantly slower from a numerical perspective Flooding with Overbank Spilling If you are simulating flooding on the flood plain using the overbank spill ing option then the MIKE 11 cross sections are normally restricted to the main channel The flood plain is defined as part of the MIKE SHE topog raphy Since the bank elevation is used to define when a cell floods it is more critical that the cross sections are consistent with your topography in the areas where you wa
350. rse OL Fine topography grid yom calculation grid for volume and area Figure 7 1 The constant volume from the coarse grid is transfered to the fine scale grid 182 MIKE SHE Multi cell Overland Flow j Flooded area within the grid cell Figure 7 2 Flooded area is a function of the surface water level in the grid cell Elevations The elevation of the coarse grid nodes and the fine grid nodes are calcu lated based on the input data and the selected interpolation method How ever the coarse grid elevation is adjusted such that it equals the average of the fine grid nodal elevations This provides consistency between the coarse grid and fine grid elevations and storage volumes Therefore there may be slight differences between the cell topography elevations if the multi cell method is turned on or off This could affect your model inputs and results that depend on the topography For example if you initial water table is defined as a depth to the water table from the topography 7 3 1 Evaporation Evaporation is adjusted for the area of ponded water in the coarse grid cell That is evaporation from ponded water is reduced by a ponded area fraction calculated by dividing the area of ponding in the fine grid cell by the total cell area The ET from soil evaporation is also reduced to the areas where there is not ponding Total transpiration does not need to be adjusted for the non ponded area because evaporation from the
351. ry from 1 5 cm in the uppermost grid points to 10 50 cm in the bottom of the profile For the Gravity Flow mod ule a coarser discretisation may be used For example 10 25 cm in the upper part of the soil profile and up to 50 100 cm in the lower part of the profile Note that at the boundary between two blocks with different cell heights the two adjacent boundary cells are adjusted to give a smoother change in cell heights 2 9 2 Initial Conditions The default initial conditions for unsaturated flow are usually good which means that initially there is no flow in the soil column This means that the initial soil moisture content is based on the defined pressure saturation relationship If the 2 Layer UZ method is chosen then the initial conditions are auto matically defined by the method Getting Started 53 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 9 3 Macropore flow Macropores include vertical cracks as well as worm and root holes in the soil profile Macropores increase the rate of infiltration through the soil column Simple bypass flow A simple empirical function is used to describe sim ple bypass flow in macropores The infiltration water is divided into one part that flows through the soil matrix and another part which is routed directly to the groundwater table as bypass flow The bypass flow is calculated as a fraction of the net rainfall for each UZ time step Typically macropore flow is highest in wet conditions
352. s BD Visits 2006 Canada SeptC Topography Edit Create Topography IV Show grid data Precipitation s Land Use s Evapotranspiration s Rivers and Lakes Overland Flow Unsaturated Flow Saturated Zone E sf Storing of results Extra Parameters Data tree meter Topography 610000 A A A 605000 600000 95000 T 590000 Poe oaae EB 1120 1200 660000 aes 880 960 575000 4 4 720 800 670000 es sssesszessssassa f 480 560 565000 560000 65000 arrasaron L Undefined Value 1960000 1980000 meter Data validation area EA validation Simulation MIKE 11 ExecutionLog 4 Figure 2 1 Graphical overview of the in the MIKE SHE GUI without the Project Explorer The Setup editor is divided into three sections the data tree a context sensitive dialogue and a validation area The data tree is dynamic and changes with how you set up your model It provides an overview of all of the relevant data in your model The data tree is organized vertically in the sense that if you work your way down the tree by the time you come to the bottom you are ready to run your model The context sensitive dialogue on the right allows you to input the required data associated with your current location in the data tree The dialogues vary with the type of da
353. s above the bottom of the river bed Note however that da is not limited by the bank elevation of the river cross section which means that if the water table in the cell is above the bank of the river da accounts for overland seepage above the bank of the river e Ifthe water table is below the river level then da is the depth of water in the river e Ifthe river cross section crosses multiple model layers then da and therefore C is limited by the available saturated thickness in each layer The exchange with each layer is calculated independently based on the da calculated for each layer This makes the total exchange inde pendent of the number of layers the river intersects This formulation for da assumes that the river aquifer exchange is prima rily via the river banks which is consistent with the limitation that there is no unsaturated flow calculated beneath the river River bed only conductance If there is a river bed lining then there will be a head loss across the lin ing In this case the conductance is a function of both the aquifer conduc tivity and the conductivity of the river bed However when the head loss across the river bed is much greater than the head loss in the aquifer mate rial then the head loss in the aquifer can be ignored e g if the bed mate rial is thick and very fine and the aquifer material is coarse This is the assumption used in many groundwater models such as MODFLOW In this case re
354. s displayed Vectors Vectors can be added to the SZ plots of results by checking the Add X Y flow vectors checkbox These vectors are calculated based on the Groundwater flow in X direction and Groundwater flow in Y direction data types if they were saved during the simulation In the current version velocity vectors cannot be added for overland flow output 156 MIKE SHE The Results Tab The Overwrite existing file warning MIKE Zero 9 Do you want to overwrite the existing Results Viewer setup file For this item N C MIKE_SHE Result Karup_Example_DemoMode SHE Result Files head elevation in saturated zone REY When the Result Viewer opens one of the items in the table it creates a setup file for the particular view with the extension rev The name of the current rev file is displayed in the title bar of the Results Viewer Initially the rev file includes the default view settings and the overlay information from MIKE SHE However if you make changes to the view such as changes in the way contours are displayed when you close the view you will be asked if you want to save your changes The rev file can be opened directly at any time and your results will be displayed using the saved settings However the next time you open the item in the table you will be asked if you want to overwrite the existing rev file If you click on Yes then a new rev file will be created If you click on No t
355. s in the unsaturated zone The simple two layer water balance method is suitable when the water table is shallow and groundwater recharge is primarily influenced by evapotranspiration in the root zone 9 0 1 UZ Classification Calculating unsaturated flow in all grid squares for large scale applica tions can be time consuming To reduce the computational burden MIKE SHE allows you to optionally compute the UZ flow in a reduced subset of grid squares The subset classification is done automatically by the pre processing program according to soil and vegetation distribution climatic zones and depth to the groundwater table Groundwater 243 Unsaturated Groundwater Flow Column classification can decrease the computational burden considera bly However the conditions when it can be used are limited Column classification is either not recommended or not allowed when e the water table is very dynamic and spatially variable because the clas sification is not dynamic e ifthe 2 layer UZ method is used because the method is fast and the benefit would be limited e if irrigation is used in the model because irrigation zones are not a clas sification parameter and e if flooding and flood codes are used since the depth of ponded water is not a classification parameter Thus the column classification should probably be avoided today because the models have become more complex MIKE SHE has become more efficient and computers
356. s not consider the multi cell method That is flow into and out of the River Links is controlled by the water level calculated from the elevation defined in the coarse grid cell Likewise the flow area for exchange with MIKE 11 is calculated as the coarse water depth times the overall grid size Also the elevation used when calculating flood inundation with flood codes only considers the average cell depth of the coarse grid See Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 V 1 p 212 However if you choose to modify the topography based on a bathymetry file or the MIKE 11cross sections then this information will be used when calculating the multi cell elevations See Inundation options by Flood Code V 1 p 222 7 3 7 Setting up and evaluating the multi grid OL The multi cell overland flow method is activated in the OL Computational Control Parameters V2 p 36 dialogue In this dialogue you can check on the option and then specify a sub division factor The coarse grid will be divided into this number of cells in both directions That is for a factor of two the coarse grid will be divided into four cells Likewise a factor of five will lead to 25 fine cells per coarse grid cell In addition Pre processed data When you enable the Multi grid OL option the following new items will be available in the preprocessed data e Multi Cell ground levels subscale topography In Figure 7 9 two interpolations of the same DEM are shown The top f
357. s of the UZ SZ coupling The coupling between UZ and SZ is limited to the top calculation layer of the saturated zone This implies that e Asarule of thumb the UZ soil profiles should extend to just below the bottom of the top SZ layer e However if you have a very thick top SZ layer then the UZ profiles must extend at least to below the deepest depth of the water table 246 MIKE SHE A e Ifthe top layer of the SZ model dries out then the UZ model usually assumes a lower pressure head boundary equal to the bottom of the uppermost SZ layer e All outflow from the UZ column is always added to the top node of the SZ model e UZ nodes below the water table and the bottom of the top SZ layer are ignored Groundwater 247 Unsaturated Groundwater Flow 248 MIKE SHE Conceptualization of the Saturated Zone Geology j 10 SATURATED GROUNDWATER FLOW The saturated groundwater component of MIKE SHE includes all of the water below the water table If the water table is at or above the ground surface then the unsaturated zone is turned off this this cell The unsaturated zone geology is not related to the saturated zone geology Instead the unsaturated zone geology is essentially independent of the sat urated zone geology 10 1 Conceptualization of the Saturated Zone Geology The development of the geological model is probably the most time con suming part of the initial model development Before startin
358. s sections are close together then you may experience very short time steps in MIKE 11 Thus if you are have very short MIKE 11 time steps then you might want to check your river network to make sure you do not have cross sections that are too close together This frequently occurs when the cross sections have been imported If you do have cross sections that are too close together then you can easily eliminate one or more of them as long as the conveyance of the different cross sections is roughly the same In other words you can eliminate duplicate cross sections if their Q H relation ships are roughly the same even though the physical shape of the two Surface Water 197 Surface Water in MIKE SHE cross sections may appear quite different This is often the case in braided stream networks where the location of the main channels may move left or right but the overall conveyance of the river bed is relatively constant Cross sections versus MIKE SHE topography In the absence of flooding ponded water discharges to the MIKE 11 river as overland flow As a general rule the topography must be higher than or equal to the bank elevation If the bank elevation is higher than the topog raphy water will not be able to flow into the river in that cell but will run laterally along the river until it reaches a place for it to flow into the river An easy trick to see where this is happening is to run a simulation with no infiltrati
359. s that are not flows such as temperature water depth and Courant number represent the current value at the end of the storing time step Finally some of the output items are actually input items For example precipitation is usually input as a time series for several polygons or grid code areas The output file is a fully distributed dfs2 version of the input time series files The available output items for gridded data and time series data are listed in Table 3 1 and Table 3 2 Table 3 2 lists a number of additional output items such as the number of solver iterations that can only be displayed as a time series Code In Table 3 1 and Table 3 2 a Data Type Code is needed when importing time series items into the Detailed time series output V 2 p 186 dialogue The following are some additional notes on the gridded output items 3 3 1 Overland flow velocity The overland flow velocity in the list of available output items is used for the water balance calculations It is not the cell velocity The cell velocity cannot be directly calculated because the overland water depth is an instantaneous value output at the end of storing time step The overland flow in the x and y directions are mean step accumulated over the storing time step Thus the overland flow is not the flow in the cell but rather the accumulated flow across the cell face on the positive side of the cell Results and Calibration 73 MIKE SHE Results
360. s the MODFLOW Drain boundary Groundwater 257 Saturated Groundwater Flow Drain Code Example otalt EFELLIEIEIEI afo The grid cells with Drain Code 3 drain to a local depression since no boundary or river link is found adjacent to a grid with the same drain code The grid cells with Drain Code 1 or 2 drain to nearest river link located adjacent to a grid with the same drain code The grid cells with drain code 0 do not contain drains and thus no drainage is produced The grid cells with Drain Code 1 drains to local depression since no boundary is found adjacent to a grid with the same drain code The grid cells with Drain Code 2 drains to nearest boundary grid with the same drain code The Pre processed Drainage Reference System During the preprocessing each active drain cell is mapped to a recipient cell Then whenever drainage is generated in a cell the drain water will always be moved to the same recipient cell The drainage source recipient reference system is displayed in the following two grids in the Pre proc essed tab under the Saturated Zone Drain Codes The value in the pre processed Drain Codes map reflects the Option Distribution specified For example those cells with an Option Distribution equal to 1 Drainage routed based on Drain Levels will have 258 MIKE SHE Groundwater Drainage j a pre processed Drain Code equal to 0 because the Drain Codes are not being used for those
361. s the downward flow 129 Using the Water Balance Tool from ponded water directly to the saturated zone which is a negative downward flow and a negative water balance inflow to SZ Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error sz qSzPrecip Precipitation added directly to the SZ layer This can only be non zero when the simulation does not include UZ If UZ is included but the groundwater table is at the ground surface no UZ cells the precipi tation to SZ is included in the term sz qOlSzNeg Can be an outflow if the negative precipitation option specified in the Extra Parameters Negative Precipitation V1 p 300 In this case negative precipitation can be removed from multiple SZ layers Inflow negative Can be positive outflow if negative precipitation option specified yes uz rech Recharge out of the bottom of the UZ soil column to SZ via the UZ soil matrix In the MIKE SHE results recharge is a vertical downward flow thus in the negative direc tion This is the same sign as the water balance convention of nega tive inflow Inflow negative yes 130 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error uz rechmp Recharge out of the bott
362. s the river bed and the infiltration rate can be substantially different 7 12 Common MIKE 11 Error Messages There are a number of common MIKE 11 error messages that you are likely to encounter when using MIKE 11 with MIKE SHE 7 12 1 Error No 25 At the h point the water depth greater than 4 times max depth This error message essentially says that your MIKE 11 model is unstable It frequently occurs when there is an inconsistency in your bed elevations at the branch junctions For example if the bed elevation of the main branch is much greater than the side branch then the water piles up and causes this error Surface Water 225 j Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 12 2 Warning No 47 At the h point the water level as fallen below the bottom of the slot x times This warning message essentially says that your MIKE 11 model is unsta ble The slot is a numerical trick that keeps a very small amount of water in the MIKE 11 cross section when the river is dry So when the water level falls below the slot it implies that your river has dried out This warning frequently occurs when there is either an inconsistency in your bed elevations or there is an error in your boundary conditions that is keeping water from entering the system 7 12 3 Warning No __ Bed levels not the same This warning message is issued when the bed elevation of a side branch is not the same as the main branch If the difference is small say a few cm it
363. se water and solutes move in the fractures and solutes diffuse into the rock matrix The frac tures are then the primary porosity The item MP UZ is for solutes stored in the UZ macropores when the macropore option in UZ is turned on In this case water and solutes move in both the matrix and the macropores but the volume of water in the macropores is generally much less than the volume of water in the matrix So the primary porosity is the UZ matrix The Error is calculated for each of the five items as Error Output Input AStorage 275 Solute Transport However the mass in the SZ and UZ items includes the mass in both the primary and secondary porosities The Output Input and Storage are all displayed as positive values in the dfs0 file and the WQ log file A positive change in storage denotes an increase in mass Table 11 1 WQ mass balance items in the _Allltems dfs0 file Mass balance item Component Storage SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL Input SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL Output SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL Error SZ Immob SZ UZ MP UZ OL The rest of the items in the AllItems dfs0 file are only non zero if the item is relevant for the current WQ simulation Table 11 2 lists all of the rest of the items in the _ Allltems dfs0 organized by the source of the sol ute Table 11 2 Available WQ mass balance items in the _Allltems dfs0 file From To Comment Sour
364. se files are found in the default results directory along with the other result files Results and Calibration 71 MIKE SHE Results 3 2 3 3 xx_PP_Print log This is the main output file from the pre processor xx_WM Print log This is the main output from the water movement engine xx_WQ_Print log This is the main output from the water quality engine Multiple simulations There are several things to consider when running multiple MIKE SHE simulations e Ifyou run simulations one after another the results files will be over written unless you move or copy them first e Ifyou set up multiple simulations using the same MIKE 11 model the MIKE 11 results files will be overwritten To prevent this you must create different sim11 files and change the results file name in the sim11 file e Ifyou are starting from a Hot Start file then you need to be careful that the Hot start file you are using is the one you want The easiest way to ensure this is to change the name of the hotstart file e You can run a chain of models hot starting from the end of the last simulation This can be done using a batch command for example You can concatenate the results files using the Concatenate Tool in the MIKE Zero toolbox This will allow you to build up a set of continuous results files that includes the entire simulation However you will not be able to create a continuous water balance because the sheres file and the fr
365. se plot settings Typical changes fall into four broad categories e Adding additional result files and overlays V1 p 83 e Adding or modifying vectors V 1 p 85 e Changing the shading and contour settings of gridded data V 1 p 87 e Changing the legend and colour scale V p 88 4 2 1 Adding additional result files and overlays A project or view or plot in the Results Viewer is a collection of results files and overlays You can add additional results files or overlays to your current plot by following these steps 1 Select Projects Add Files to Project from the top pull down menu This will open the dialogue below Add Files to Project gt x Add Files to Project Overlay Manager aX File name MIKE SHE Result File ICM Projects OdenseelOdense2003 0dense 2 Click on the Add item button in this dialogue to add a line to the list of files attached to the current project 3 In the left hand column select the type of file to add including image files additional results files and MIKE 11 files 83 The Results viewer 4 Click on the browse button to find the file that you want to add All project files will be displayed that are the correct data type 5 Ifyou are adding shape files you must remember to specify the coordi nate axes or the file will not be displayed properly To do this you must scroll the dialogue to the right and change the units in the Units com bobox 6 After
366. series at a point V 1 p 92 Profile extrac tor Tool to extract vertical profiles cross sec tions from 3D result files Vertices of a pro file line are specified with a single left click and the profile line is closed with a double left click See Saturated Zone Cross sec tion Plots V 1 p 95 Cross sec tion extractor Tool to extract cross sections of MIKE 11 results at H points Additional information is given below UZ Plot extractor Tool to extract a UZ plot of the water con tent in the unsaturated zone This tool gen erates a plot of water content versus depth with time This tool can only be used on one cell at a time A cell is selected by double left click Additional information is given below UZ Scatter plot Limits displays of results to unsaturated zone calculation cells This button is only activated if unsaturated zone data is dis played in the result viewer Additional infor mation is given below UZ Filled Plot Displays interpolated unsaturated zone results in non calculation cells and unsatu rated zone results in calculation cells This button is only activated if unsaturated zone data is displayed in the result viewer Addi tional information is given below 82 MIKE SHE Modifying the plot 4 2 Modifying the plot When the Results viewer is opened from MIKE SHE a default plot is cre ated However in many cases you will want to edit the
367. servoir Groundwater Method 62 2 11 Storing of results 0 2 chee ke ae ae ee bee cee eb ae eS 62 2 11 1 Detailed Time Series Output 64 2 11 2 Detailed MIKE 11 Time Series Output 66 2 11 3 Grid Series Output _ 67 Results and Calibrations _ 2020004 69 3 MIKESHERESULTS caine on neak pu sl s sl us eee HS 71 91 OutputFiles acci i Susu spa Yk 8 2 202 002 0000 a 000200000 71 3 1 1 Logfiles sco cse as as asua gus s Rin S Bee So Q oe oe 71 3 2 Multiple simulationSs __ 72 3 3 Outputilems __ _ 8 ee 72 3 3 1 Overland flow velocity _ 73 3 3 2 Recharge __ _ ee 74 3 33 Summary of all output items 75 4 THE RESULTS VIEWER 0 dees 81 41 Toolbars 0 ee 81 42 Modifying the plot whee ee oye oa 83 4 2 1 Adding additional result files and overlays 83 4 2 2 Adding or modifying vectors 0 85 4 223 Changing the shading and contour settings of gridded data 87 4 2 4 Changing the legend and colour scale 88 4 3 Displaying a time series at a point 92 4 4 Saturated Zone Cross section Plots 95 4 4 1 Saving and loading profiles 98 4 5
368. simulation is long and there are many plots in the file 14 6 3 Extra Pre Processing output The pre processing log file _PP_Print log can be very long To improve the readability of the file some long tables have been removed including the tables for drainage references To include these tables in the log file use the following extra parameter Parameter Type Value Name detailed setup test Boolean On print 14 6 4 GeoViewer Output The GeoViewer is a MIKE Zero tool that is used in the MIKE GeoModel product for viewing geologic cross sections in your conceptual model The GeoViewer Output extra parameters will create a set of dfs2 output files during the pre processing that will allow you to look at your pre processed model in the GeoViewer Additional Options 325 Extra Parameters The GeoViewer Output is activated by Parameter Name Type Value make SZ level dfs2 files Boolean On Optional adjust dfs2 levels Boolean On If this option is active then the following files will be created e setupname setupname_GeoLayers dfs2 containing the top and bottom of each geologic layer If there are lenses e setupname setupname_GeoLenses dfs2 containing the top and bot tom of each geologic lense and delete values where there are no lenses If the computational layers are not defined by geologic layers setupname setupname_CompLayers dfs2 containing t
369. spatially distributed negative precipitation max filename dfs2 file depth dfs2 file negative precipitation max integer item number in dfs2 file depth dfs2 item greater than zero negative precipitation max filename dfs2 file layer dfs2 file negative precipitation max integer item number in dfs2 file layer dfs2 item greater than zero Max depth This represents the depth of the root zone plus the thickness of the capillary fringe and is the maximum depth from which negative pre cipitation can be extracted Max layer This is the maximum layer depth from which negative pre cipitation can be extracted Note the negative precipitation option will only work if there is no UZ model active 14 1 2 Precipitation Multiplier To facilitate calibration and sensitivity analysis of recharge in models where measured precipitation is not being used a multiplication factor has been implemented Parameter Type Value Name precipitation fac float greater than zero tor If this extra parameter is used then all precipitation values are multiplied by the factor prior to being used in MIKE SHE Additional Options 301 Extra Parameters 14 2 Surface Water 14 2 1 Time varying Overland Flow Boundary Conditions The default boundary condition for overland flow in MIKE SHE is a con stant water level on the outer boundary The value of this boundary condi tion is determi
370. stands for Open Modelling Interface OpenMI is a standard which facilitates the linking of simulation models and model components of environmental and socio economic processes It thus enables managers to more fully understand and predict the likely impacts of their policies and programmes The OpenMI Association is the organisation responsible for the develop ment maintenance and promotion of OpenMI DHI active in the OpenMI Association and was one of the original founding members On the OpenMI Association web site at www openmi org you can learn which models are already OpenMI compliant get help on OpenMI model migra tion request new features exchange opinions and provide feedback related to OpenMI implementations MIKE SHE is OpenMI compliant That is MIKE SHE can be linked to other OpenMI compliant programs If you have specific questions on using MIKE SHE with OpenMI please contact your local support centre 166 MIKE SHE Parallelization of MIKE SHE Linking MIKE SHE with OpenMI If you want to link MIKE SHE to another program using OpenMI then you will need to initialize MIKE SHE to produce the required OpenMI linkages This is done using the Extra Parameter option Including OpenMI V 1 p 324 OpenMI limitations of MIKE SHE The OpenMI GUI has been compiled for any CPU So if you are using a 64 bit CPU the OpenMI GUI will act like a 64 bit application and expect the OpenMI components to also be 64 bi
371. step and feeds them to MIKE URBAN for one or more MIKE URBAN time steps The calculations of these flows are not included in the implicit overland flow solver Thus the Total a priori flows are the rough inflows calcu lated using Equation 8 1 However to prevent water balance errors 238 MIKE SHE Water Balance Limitations j MIKE SHE checks the volume of water available in the grid cell If the volume is insufficient then the inflow is reduced to the available amount The final value of inflows is the Total reduced inflows Note though that the total NET inflow to MIKE URBAN will be less than this value if the flow goes from MIKE URBAN to MIKE SHE in other grid cells or other time steps Ideally the Total reduced inflow should be 100 but in practice this is rarely achieved 8 3 Water Balance Limitations The interaction with MIKE SHE is not included in the MIKE URBAN Summary HTM file Thus the water added from MIKE SHE appears as an error i e 6 Continuity balance in MIKE Urban Drainage modelling with MIKE URBAN 239 Using MIKE SHE with MIKE URBAN 240 MIKE SHE GROUNDWATER 241 242 MIKE SHE A 9 UNSATURATED GROUNDWATER FLOW Unsaturated flow is one of the central processes in MIKE SHE and in most model applications The unsaturated zone is usually heterogeneous and characterized by cyclic fluctuations in the soil moisture as water is replenished by rainfall and re
372. sub area Outflow to internal fixed head cells is also included in this term as well as drainage to local depressions that contain a fixed head boundary condition Outflow positive yes sz dSzSto Change in SZ storage Positive when storage increases yes sz qSzAbsEx Groundwater pumping from SZ This does not include irrigation wells and shallow irrigation wells but includes outflow to fixed head drain internal boundary condi tions Outflow positive Can be negative Inflow if injection specified for wells yes sz qSzDrIn SZ drainage to local depressions in the current water balance area from areas outside of the current water balance sub area This term also includes inflow to the SZ drainage system added via OpenMI Inflow negative sz qSzDrOut SZ drainage to the model bound ary SZ drainage removed directly from the model This term also includes SZ drain age to local depressions located outside of the current water bal ance sub area Outflow positive yes sz qSzDrToRivIn SZ drainage to MIKE SHE River Links inside of the water balance sub area Outflow positive yes 132 MIKE SHE Available Water Balance Items A Table 5 5 SZ Saturated Zone all layers Item Description Sign Convention in the Water balance Included in Wbl Error sz qSzDrToRivEx SZ drainage to MIKE SHE River Links outside
373. t 179 180 drainage 253 time varying boundaries 302 Service Packs 27 turning off 179 Service packs 27 velocities 177 Setup Overland Flow Routing DataTree 33 Directly tothe river 305 Sheet Pile Module 312 Overland flow velocity 73 Input File _ 313 Leakage Coefficient 313 P Location 312 Parallelization 167 Sheet piling 312 run time licenses 167 sheres file 71 Particle Tracking 291 shp file 38 Paved areas 45 174 SMA ese eae a ea oe bs 26 Penman Monteith 42 Snow 41 Precipitation 40 Snow melt 42 Pre processed data Soil profiles 52 fif file 149 Soils database 53 editing 150 Solute Transport land use 151 Requirements 272 WTA cs aot a a ae Gy ee a ee S 151 Results 272 SZ drainage 153 Solver parameters 36 unsaturated zone 152 Spatial Data viewing 150 Stationary Real Parameters 348 Processes Time Varying Real Parameters 348 ECOLab 280 Species PT Simulations TYPE gein a ater n s ere h p SSE a 287 Output _ 293 Specific yield 56 59
374. t applications When using MIKE SHE on a 64 bit machine and adding a MIKE SHE model in the OpenMI GUI an error will be generated This is a limitation of the current version of OpenMI The workaround is to download the source code of the OpenMI editor change the setting from any CPU to x86 recompile and use the new exe file instead 6 7 Parallelization of MIKE SHE For Release 2011 the MIKE SHE solvers have been parallelized as much as possible and have been updated for 64 bit operating systems Also sig nificant improvements in the memory and calculation efficiency have been made However the scalability of the parallelization is dependent on the individual modules Thus every model will scale differently with respect to the running time The unsaturated module is highly scalable because each UZ column is completely independent The saturated zone and overland flow modules on the other hand are not nearly as scalable because of the connections between the cells As an approximation a typical model with a mix of modules will probably run between 1 8 and 2 5 times faster on a four core computer The AUTOCAL program has also been updated to take advantage of multi core computers In this case multiple simulations are sent automati cally to each of the cores In all cases the use of additional cores is restricted by the available licenses The default number of run time licenses is limited to four which means that the par
375. t area poses a problem with respect to data availability parameter estimation and computational requirements In developing countries in particular very limited information on catchment characteristics is availa ble Satellite data may increasingly provide surface data estimates for veg etation cover soil moisture snow cover and evaporation in a catchment However subsurface information is generally very sparse The linear reservoir method for the saturated zone may be viewed as a compromise between limitations on data availability the complexity of hydrological response at the catchment scale and the advantages of model simplicity For example combining lumped parameter groundwater with physically distributed surface parameters and surface water often provides reliable efficient e Assessments of water balance and runoff for ungauged catchments e Predictions of hydrological effects of land use changes and e Flood prediction 2 10 1 Conceptual Geologic Model for the Finite Difference Approach Before starting to develop a groundwater model you should have devel oped a conceptual model of your system and have at your disposal digital maps of all of the important hydrologic parameters such as layer eleva tions and hydraulic conductivities In MIKE SHE you can specify your subsurface geologic model independ ent of the numerical model The parameters for the numerical grid are interpolated from the grid independent values durin
376. t in Forcings 0 Derived Output When calculating the concentrations State Variables for the next time step an explicit time integration of the transport equations is made Depending on the desired accuracy of this numerical integration you can chose one of three different integration methods The methods are in increasing level of accuracy and numerical effort starting with the Euler method and finishing with the Runge Kutta 5th Order method 286 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Templates Integration method Update frequency EULER Mji EULER RK4 RKOC Derived Output Finally for each template you can specify an update frequency see above The update frequency tells MIKE SHE how frequently to call ECO Lab If the water quality processes are slow relative to the simulation time step you can save considerable simulation time by calling ECO Lab less frequently For example to call ECO Lab every second or third simu lation time step you would specify an Update frequency of 2 or 3 12 1 3 State Variables in MIKE SHE The State Variables defined in the ECO Lab template are passed to MIKE SHE as Species This is the only way to pass information from ECO Lab to MIKE SHE The Species Name in MIKE SHE must be exactly the same as the State Variable Name used in the ECO Lab Template except in the case of dual domain mass transfer which uses the reserved suffix 2 There are four species types in MIKE SHE Speci
377. t of the Graphical User Interface e GeoViewer a visualization tool for 3D layer data 2 2 The MIKE SHE User Interface The MIKE SHE user interface is organized by task In every model appli cation you must 1 Set up the model 2 Run the model and 3 Assess the results The above three tasks are repeated until you obtain the results that you want from the model When you create or open a MIKE SHE model you will find your self in the Setup Tab of the MIKE SHE user interface The following sections provide a quick overview of the main hydrologic processes in MIKE SHE For more detailed information on the individual parameters see Setup Data Tab V 2 p 19 chapter in the Reference Man ual Alternatively this manual also contains detailed user guidance and infor mation in the sections e Surface Water V1 p 169 e Unsaturated Groundwater Flow V1 p 243 e Saturated Groundwater Flow V 1 p 249 e Running MIKE SHE VJ p 147 e Results and Calibration V 1 p 69 Getting Started 31 A Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 2 1 The Setup Editor ZZ MIKE Zero Napa Valley FD Model SHE lol x File Edit View Refresh Run Window Help x D sa x 2 m e o o e lt gt o g w MIKE SHE Flow Model Descriptic x Dani Topography cras Context Sensitive dialogue Grid file dfs2 s Simulation specification Filename Attribute Model Domain and Grid JC 7 BD and Sale
378. t will be displayed and save the map view to a dfs2 file 4 Open this dfs2 file in the grid editor and use the grid editor tools to replace the integer values with real values 5 Inthe Grid Editor change the EUM unit to the appropriate value 6 Save the file and then load it into the Data item for which you wanted it 18 4 2 Time varying Real Data If the time varying Real parameter does not vary spatially then the param eter must be defined as Global with either a Fixed or Time varying value see Uniform Constant and Uniform Time Varying Often time varying data such as precipitation rate are spatially distrib uted using measurement stations which in the model are translated into model zones using for example Thiessen polygons In this case each sta tion is associated with a dfs0 time series file that contains the time series of precipitation rate Station based zones are defined using Integer Grid Codes in either a dfs2 file as Grid Codes or in a Shape shp file as poly gons with an Integer Code see Station based Grid Codes or Polygons Uniform Constant Spatial Distribution Temporal Distribution Uniform Constant h Value The parameter Value will be assigned to every cell in the model or layer as appropriate and will remain constant throughout the simulation 352 MIKE SHE Gridded dfs2 Data Uniform Time Varying Spatial Distribution Temporal Distribution Uniform x Ti
379. ta which can be any combination of static and dynamic data as well as spatial and non spatial data In the case 32 MIKE SHE The MIKE SHE User Interface of spatial and time varying data the actual data is not input to the GUI Rather a file name must be specified and the link to the file is stored in the GUI Furthermore the distribution of the data in time and space need not correspond between the various entries For example rainfall data may be entered as hourly values and pumping rates as weekly values while the model may be run with daily timesteps The validation area at the bottom of the dialogue provides you with imme diate feedback on the validity of the data that you have input After you have set up your model you must switch to the Processed Data tab and run the pre processing engine on the model This step reconciles all of the various spatial and time series data and creates the actual data set that will be run by MIKE SHE Once the data has been pre processed the simulation can be started Using the Pre processing tab at the bottom you can view the pre processed data After the simulation is finished you can switch to the Results tab where you can view the detailed time series output as in a report ready HTML view Alternatively you can use the Results Viewer which is one of the generic MIKE Zero tools for more customized and detailed analysis of the gridded output 2 2 2 The Setup Data Tree Your
380. ta points When the closest raw data point in each quadrant is found we have four points that form a quadrangle This quadrangle contains the centre point where we want to calculate the z value This is illustrated on Figure 18 3 x1 y1 21 x0 yO z0 Laai x3 y3 23 Figure 18 3 Illustration of the closest raw data points in each quadrant Note that each grid cell might contain more raw data points If this is the case the closest of these is chosen We now have an irregular quadrangle where the elevation is defined in each vertex We need to compute the ele vation in x yc If we transform our quadrangle into a square we can perform bilinear interpolation This is illustrated on Figure 18 4 356 MIKE SHE Interpolation Methods x0 yO 20 Figure 18 4 x3 y3 23 Illustration of bilinear interpolation First the interpolation requires the transformation from quadrangle to a normalized square This is done in the by computing 8 coefficients in the following way A xo A Y By x By yl CI xs C s Xq Xo 18 1 D x XI T X0 X3 D yo y 3 Mapping the coordinates xc Yc to the normalized square dx dy is done by solving equation 18 2 2 ax bx c 0 18 2 357 Spatial Data where the coefficients are b Dx Dye D24 D A CB CB 18
381. take UZ ET macropore water content root water uptake 20 irrigation actual water content in root zone UZ ET HIrrigation 135 HHrigation soil moisture deficit in root zone UZ ET HIrrigation 21 total irrigation UZ ET Irrigation 26 irrigation from river M11 UZ ET Irrigation Results and Calibration 77 MIKE SHE Results Table 3 1 Key to symbols ET Evapotranspiration OL Finite Difference Overland Flow Available output items for gridded data and time series SubOL Sub catchment based Overland Flow UZ Richards or Gravity Unsaturated flow 2LUZ 2 Layer Unsaturated Water Balance SZ Finite Difference Saturated Zone flow LR Linear Reservoir groundwater AD Advection Dispersion Water Quality PT Particle Tracking SM Snow melt Code Output Item Appears with these processes 28 irrigation from wells SZ UZ ET Irrigation 22 irrigation from external source UZ ET Irrigation 23 irrigation index UZ ET Irrigation 24 irrigation shortage UZ ET Irrigation 25 irrigation total demand UZ ET Irrigation 153 sprinkler irrigation UZ ET Irrigation 154 drip and sheet irrigation UZ ET Irrigation 27 ground water extraction for irrigation SZ UZ ET Irrigation 106 depth to phreatic surface negative SZ 101 head elevation in saturated zone SZ 107 seepage flo
382. tant V 2 p 177 e Drain Codes V 2 p 178 e Option Distribution V2 p 179 6 3 The Results Tab MIKE SHE Flow Model Description B Simulation Results x Mike SHE Detailed Time Series x Gridded Data Results Viewer x Mike 11 Detailed Time Series B Post Processing Run Statistics 3 PT Registration Extraction Extraction_1 x PT Pathline Extraction Setup Data Processed Data Results All the simulation results are collected in the Results tab This includes Detailed time series output for both MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 as well as Grid series output for MIKE SHE A Run Statistics tool is available for helping you assimilate the calibration statistics for each of the detailed time series plots A link to the GeoScene3D program is also included where you can visual ize your results in a dynamic 3D environment This program is widely used in Denmark and can be independently purchased from www i gis dk The Results post processing section contains options for post processing the random walk particle tracking results 154 MIKE SHE The Results Tab 6 3 1 Detailed Time Series Results Mike SHE Detailed Time Series Refresh Obs C 8 Training Courses 2006 Beijing Demo projects Napa Napa Valley FD TIME Groundwater Calibration 007N005W09Q002M dfs0 i 007N005wW09Q002M Observed Water levels m E c OOFNOOSWO9Q002M m o a er ee a a or Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
383. ted directly to the SZ drainage system The SZ drainage sys tem immediately discharges this water into the MIKE 11 river network This is analagous to a full pipe of water That is for any inflow an equal amount of outflow is generated instantaneously Rainfall is added to the ponded depth and then the drainage fraction is removed However if at the end of the time step there is still ponded water in the cell the paved fraction will be applied to the remainder again in the next time step Thus if your cell is half paved and half permanently ponded the permanently ponded half will eventually drain away The paved area drainage is also linked to the detention storage Only the available ponded water will be routed to the SZ drainage network that is the ponded depth above the detention storage If you want to route all of the ponded water to the SZ drainage network then you can use an Extra Parameter found in the Paved routing options V 1 p 309 The SZ drainage parameters drain level and drain time constant do not impact the paved area drainage function However the paved area drain age does use the SZ drainage reference system which means that the SZ drainage levels may play a role in defining the receiving river link The paved area drainage does not check to make sure that you do not cre ate any physically impossible feedback loops So flood code cells and overbank spilling from MIKE 11 should be directed to cells that where p
384. ter for example in wetlands If you are only interested in the water levels in the wetland areas but not the flow velocity and flow directions then solv ing the overland flow equations is not necessary for decision making If you want to turn off the overland flow solver in slow moving or stag nant areas then you can convert these areas to flood codes and allow 178 MIKE SHE Overland Flow Performance j MIKE 11 to control the water levels Lateral overland runoff to these areas will still be calculated as will evapotranspiration and infiltration For more detail on using Flood Codes see Overland Flow Exchange with MIKE 11 VJ p 212 An alternative is to turn off the overland flow calculation in these cells You can turn off the overland flow in a cell by setting the Mannings M number to zero However this also turns off the lateral overland inflow into the cell as well Another option is to use the detention storage parameter to restrict the amount of available water In this case overland flow is allowed into and out of the cell but overland flow is not actually calculated until the depth of water in the cell exceeds the detention storage The Threshold gradient for overland flow see next Section is also a way to reduce the influence of stagnant water on the time step However you cannot specify a spatially varying threshold So the appropriate value may be difficult to select if you want to restrict flow in one are
385. ter Balance Limitations 239 Groundwater s _ 25 S46 eb ond ee bees 241 9 UNSATURATED GROUNDWATER FLOW 243 9 0 1 UZ Classificaljlion a 243 9 0 2 Coupling Between Unsaturated and Saturated Zone 245 10 SATURATED GROUNDWATER FLOW 249 10 1 Conceptualization of the Saturated Zone Geology 249 10 14 Lenses 22 20 22 sasi sus Oe trade Eee eee Bare 251 10 2 Numerical Layers X 0 ee eee ees 252 10 2 1 Specific Yield of the upper SZ numericallayer 252 10 2 2 SZ Boundary Conditions 253 10 3 Groundwater Drainage _ a 253 10 3 1 Saturated Zone drainage Multi cell Overland Flow 259 10 4 MIKE SHE versus MODFLOW 262 10 4 1 Importing a MODFLOW 96 or MODFLOW 2000 Model 264 Water Quality 2 5 o0084 468404 eh 6 OSES EYE SEGA FOES EEG HS 269 11 SOLUTE TRANSPORT 66 3 2G BS OEE DSS 271 11 1 Flow Storing Requirements _ 272 11 2 Storing of Results 2 22 4254 Bowed hades Ken See Kee D 272 11 3 Simulation and Time Step Control 273 11 3 1 Calibrating and Verifying the Model 273 11 4 Executing MIKE SHE WQ 000000 274 1125 OUIDUE s mn ee ee S obeh s SSS Y S S Si Sas hb R Sur be A 275 11 6 Coupling MIKE SHEandMIKE11WQ
386. ter Movement Output types are stored the user has to specify that results should be stored for an AD run in the WM input Thus you must check the appropriate checkbox under Storing of Results in the MIKE SHE WM GUI IV Storing of Water balance IV Storing of input data for WO simulation Store SZ flow data only Store all flow data V Storing of Hot start data T Only store Hot start data at the end of simulation Hot start storing interval fi hrs Storing interval for grid series output Overland OL Prec SM ET UZ SZ Heads SZ Fluzes B hrs B hrs E hrs 148 hrs The user can choose between SZ only and All hydraulic components however for PT simulations SZ only will be sufficient since particle tracking is only calculated for the saturated zone The simulated particle distribution is stored with a desired frequency in the MIKE SHE WM GUI under Storing of results gt Grid series out put It is important that the SZ and SZ flow use the same storing fre quency in order to run the following PT simulation The WM result files to be used in the PT simulations will be located in a folder with the same name as the SHE file 13 1 2 Specification of Well Fields To be able to retrieve particle locations based on well fields it is necessary to specify the well fields in the MIKE SHE well database file Well locations i aS 4 425 M 42 2000
387. that you should change if you will be creating several files of the same type such as multiple rain gauge time series files Otherwise you may accidentally overwrite the previous file 16 1 1 Import from ASCII The easiest way to import ASCII data into a dfs0 file is via the Windows clipboard In this case create a uniform time series file with the correct 340 MIKE SHE Working with Spatial Time Series i number of time steps and then highlight all of the data values Then copy and paste the data from the ASCII file into the table However if you want to import the data from an ASCII file then you need to create the file from the File New menu and choose ASCII file This is part of the Time Series Editor itself 16 1 2 Import from Excel Only the first Excel Worksheet will be read when reading the Excel file However the worksheet can contain any number of columns of time series data If there are multiple columns of data each will be assumed to be the of the same type If the Excel file columns are of different types then you can change the data type in the Time Series Editor The time series is assumed to have a non equidistant time axis and the time series period is read from the first column of the Worksheet Worksheet Format The first row is a header containing the names of each of the columns Each subsequent row contains the data The first column is the date and time with DATE or TIME cell format followed by th
388. the Create button to create a data file and then notice the data type that is displayed in the dialogue Finally occasionally you may find that the data unit that you are looking for is not available In this case contact your local Technical Support Cen 330 MIKE SHE Changing from SI to Imperial American data units j G z Unit base group editing Item Filtering MIKE 11 Hydrology MIKE 11 Hydraulics Close MIKE 11 Water Quality MIKE 11 Sediment MIKE SHE MODFLOW Hydrology Load unit file MIKE 21 MIKE 3 Hydrodynamics IMIKE 21 MIKE 3 Waves MIKE 21 MIKE 3 Water Quality MIKE 21 MIKE 3 Sediment MIKE BASIN Other lal 4 _ Irrigation Index 0 24 Irrigation Rate mmh 50 Jitem geometry 0 dimensional Imeter si Item geometry 1 dimensional meter E geometry 2 dimensional meter 53 item geometry 3 dimensional meter 54 Kinematic Viscosity 10 6 m 2 s 55 Layer Thickness millimeter s6 Leaf Area Index i ise Leakage Coeff Drain Time Const per sec 5a Length Error ijm 59 _ Logical 10 3 eo Manning s M m 1 3 s F 61 Porosity Coefficient O 62 Precipitation Rate rmmiday Pressure Head meter 64 Pumping Rate im3 s 65 Recharge mmjh 66 Relative moisture content o tre who should forward ae request to the developer for inclusion in the next release 15 1 Changing from SI to Imperial American data units The default Unit Base Groups u
389. the flows stored in the MIKE SHE result file are the estimated flows at the MIKE 11 H points That is the flows in the MIKE SHE result file have been linearly interpolated from the calculated flows at the Storing Q point locations to the H point loca tions on either side of the Storing Q point If the exact Q point discharges are needed they must be retrieved or plotted directly from the MIKE 11 result file 204 MIKE SHE Coupling of MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 7 6 4 Evaluating your river links The river links are evaluated during the pre processing In the pre proces sor log file vourprojectnamePP_print log there is a table that contains all of the river link details MIKE SHE River Link overview gt at start of line indicates that the bank is more than 0 010 m above ground level of a non flood cell vk at start of line indicates that the bank is more than 0 010 m above ground level of a flood Cinundation cell Link IX IY Side IX IY1 Topol Bankl 1x2 IY2 Topo Bank2 Bed width Leak opt Leak coeff spill 1 3 2 S 3 1 020 0 08 3 2 2022 0 18 0 97 71 66 Aq Bed 0 1000E 04 on 2 3 w 2 2 0 12 0 04 3 2 0 22 0 14 0 90 198 97 Aq Bed 0 1000E 04 on 3 3 3 s 3 2 0 22 0 10 3 3 0 24 0 00 0 84 336 07 Aq Bed 0 1000E 04 on 4 4 3 w 3 3 0 24 0 07 4 3 0 34 0 03 0 72 561 31 Aq Bed 0 1000E 04 on 5 4 4 w 3 4 0 26 0 12 4 4 0 36 0 02 0 63 741 77 Aq Bed 0 1000E 04 on 6 3 5 Ss 3 4 0 26 0 17 3 5 0 28 0 07 0 54 917 26 Aq Bed Q 1000E 04 on
390. the topography to ensure that overland flow can discharge to the river link Flood codes are also commonly used for lakes and reservoirs In this case you specify the lake bed bathymetry as the topography or using the Bathymetry option The lake area is defined using flood codes and the MIKE 11 cross sections stretch across the lake MIKE 11 calculates the lake level and floods the lake Overland flow adjacent to the lake inter sects the flooded cells and the overland water is added to the lake cell and to MIKE 11 as lateral inflow Groundwater exchange to the lake is Surface Water 213 Surface Water in MIKE SHE 7 7 1 7 7 2 through the lake bed as saturated zone discharge In principle the satu rated zone could discharge to the river link but the local groundwater gra dients would probably make this exchange very small Combining Flood Codes and Overbank Spilling Flooding using Overbank spilling and Flood Codes is possible in the same model and even in the same coupling reach The only restriction is that there is no overland flow calculated in cells flooded by means of Flood Codes So in a long coupling reach you could allow overbank spilling and calculate overland flow using the explicit solver but define flood codes in the wide downstream flood plain were the surface water gradients are very low during flooding and in the wide shallow reservoir half way down the system Lateral inflow to MIKE 11 from MIKE SHE
391. them in the order that they are encountered during the pre processing The Unsaturated Flow The Unsaturated Flow data tree in the pre processed data contains a two noteworthy data items Soil profiles Under the unsaturated zone you will find a map with the grid codes for each of the soil profiles used Accompanying this map is a text page con taining the details of all the soil profiles At the top of this page is the path and file name of the generated text file which you can open in any text editor Note If you are using one of the finite difference methods the pre proces sor modifies the vertical discretisation wherever the vertical cell size changes Thus if you have 10 cells of 20cm thickness followed by 10 cells of 40cm thickness the location of the transition will be moved such that the two cells on either side will be have an equal thickness In this case cells 10 and 11 will both be 15cm UZ Classification Codes If certain conditions are met then the flow results for a 1D unsaturated zone column can be applied to columns with similar properties If you chose to use this option then a map will be generated that shows the cal culation cells and the corresponding cells to which the results will be cop ied The cell with a calculation is given an integer grid code with a negative value The flows calculated during the simulation in the cells with the neg ative code will be transferred to all the cells with the same p
392. then the maximum UZ time step is typically around 2 hours Otherwise a maximum time step equal to the SZ time step often works Groundwater levels react much slower than the other flow components So a maximum SZ time step of 24 or 48 hours is typical unless your model is a local scale model with rapid groundwater surface water reac tions Precipitation dependent time step control Periods of heavy rainfall can lead to numerical instabilities if the time step is too long To reduce the numerical instabilities the a time step control has been introduced on the precipitation and infiltration components You will notice the effect of these factor during the simulation by suddenly seeing very small time steps during storm events The parameters controlling the time step adjustment are in the Time Step Control V 2 p 31 dialogue In particular the following three parameters control the time step during rainfall events Max precipitation depth per time step If the total amount of precipita tion mm in the current time step exceeds this amount the time step will be reduced by the increment rate Then the precipitation time series will be resampled to see if the max precipitation depth criteria has been met If it has not been met the process will be repeated with progressively smaller time steps until the precipitation criteria is satis fied Multiple sampling is important in the case where the precipitation time series is more detailed t
393. thin a the grid cell If you define the separated flow areas along the intersection of the inner and outer boundary areas MIKE SHE will keep all overland flow inside of the model making the boundary a no flow boundary for overland flow Multi cell overland flow The main idea behind the 2D multi cell solver is to make the choice of calculation grid independent of the topographical data resolution The approach uses two grids e One describing the rectangular calculation grid and e The other representing the fine bathymetry The standard methods used for 2D grid based solvers do not make a dis tinction between the two Thus only one grid is applied and this is typi cally chosen based on a manageable calculation grid The available topography is interpolated to the calculation grid which typically does not do justice to the resolution of the available data The 2D multi grid solver in MIKE SHE can in effect use the two grids more or less independently In the Multi cell overland flow method high resolution topography data is used to modify the flow area used in the St Venant equation and the cour ant criteria The method utilizes two grids a fine scale topography grid and a coarser scale overland flow calculation grid However both grids are calculated from the same reference data that is the detailed topogra phy digital elevation model In the Multi cell method the principle assumption is that the volume of water in the
394. ti cell option is invoked However an Extra Parameter option is available if you want to disable this function perhaps for backwards compatability with older models Parameter Type Value Name disable multi cell Boolean On infiltration Surface Water 185 j Surface Water in MIKE SHE When this is specified the infiltration will be calculated based on the val ues of the course grid and any ponding occurring in any sub grid cells will not be included 7 3 3 Reduced Leakage with Multi cell OL If reduced contact is specified Surface Subsurface Leakage Coefficient V2 p 121 the OL leakage coefficient is used meaning that e Reduced contact only in ponded areas activated Leakage coefficient is only used in the ponded areas and not in the non ponded areas e Reduced contact only in ponded areas not activated Leakage coeffi cient is used in both the ponded and the non ponded case The two infiltration calculations for the ponded and the non ponded case result in two infiltration rates from which an area weighted infiltration rate OinfAWghtd is calculated QinfAWghtd Qinfntpd x 1 PAreaFrac Qinfpd x PAreaFrac 7 3 where Qinfntpd is the infiltration rate from the non ponded area and Qin fpd is the infiltration rate for the ponded area The area weighted infiltra tion rate is then used in the final UZ calculation when reduced contact is not used Reduced leakage in ponded
395. tial SZ water table is located For more infor mation see Specific Yield of the upper SZ numerical layer V 1 p 252 UZ SZ limitations The coupling between UZ and SZ is limited to the top calculation layer of the saturated zone This implies that 56 MIKE SHE Saturated Groundwater Flow e Asarule of thumb the UZ soil profiles should extend to just below the bottom of the top SZ layer e However if you have a very thick top SZ layer then the UZ profiles must extend at least to below the deepest depth of the water table e Ifthe top layer of the SZ model dries out then the UZ model usually assumes a lower pressure head boundary equal to the bottom of the uppermost SZ layer e Alloutflow from the UZ column is always added to the top node of the SZ model e UZ nodes below the water table and the bottom of the top SZ layer are ignored For more detailed information on the UZ SZ coupling see Unsaturated Flow Reference V 2 p 319 The chapter Unsaturated Groundwater Flow V p 243 also contains more detailed information on the setup and evaluation of the unsaturated model 2 10 Saturated Groundwater Flow The Saturated Zone SZ component of MIKE SHE calculates the satu rated subsurface flow in the catchment In MIKE SHE the saturated zone is only one component of an integrated groundwater surface water model The saturated zone interacts with all of the other components overland flow unsaturated flo
396. tical limitations depending on your computer resources As a rule of thumb each additional SZ layer will significantly slow down your simulation The upper boundary of the top layer is always either the infiltration exfil tration boundary which in MIKE SHE is calculated by the unsaturated zone component or a specified fraction of the precipitation if the unsatu rated zone component is excluded from the simulation The lower boundary of the bottom layer is always considered impermea ble In MIKE SHE the rest of the boundary conditions can be divided into two types Internal and Outer If the boundary is an outer boundary then it is defined on the boundary of the model domain Internal boundaries on the other hand must be inside the model domain The UZ model only interacts and exchanges water with the top SZ layer Therefore the bottom of the top SZ layer is usually specified below the lowest water table level so that the top SZ layer always includes the water table 2 10 4 Groundwater Drainage Saturated zone drainage is a special boundary condition in MIKE SHE used to defined natural and artificial drainage systems that cannot be defined in MIKE 11 It can also be used to simulate simple lumped con ceptual surface water drainage of groundwater Saturated zone drainage is removed from the layer of the SZ layer contain ing the drain level Water that is removed from the saturated zone by drains is routed to local surface wat
397. to Adjacent to the river links the cells are labeled with negative numbers to facilitate the interpretation of flow from cells to river links Thus in principle all drainage from cells with the same positive code are drained to the cell with the corresponding negative code However this is slightly too simple because the cells actually drain directly to the river links In complex river systems when the river branches are close together you can easily have cells connected to multi ple branches on different sides In this case the river link numbers along Additional Options 321 Extra Parameters the river may not reflect the drainage river link reference used in the model If you want to see the actual river links used in all cells you can use the following Extra Parameter to generate a table of all the river link cell ref erences in the PP_Print log file This table can easily be several thousand lines long Parameter Type Value Name drainage setup Boolean On test print value 14 4 7 Canyon exchange option for deep narrow channels In the case of a deep narrow channel crossing multiple model layers the head difference used in Equations 7 5 and 7 6 can optionally be limited by the bottom elevation of the layer Thus Ah hg iqg max h iy Z 14 5 where z Is the bottom of the current layer The above formulation reduces the infiltration from upper layers by reduc ing the av
398. to the use of the Multi cell OL with the SZ Drainage func tion are found along with the rest of the user guidance on SZ Drainage in the section Saturated Zone drainage Multi cell Overland Flow V 1 p 259 7 3 5 Test example for impact on simulation time The increased accuracy of the multi cell overland flow method does not come for free There is a performance penalty when you turn on the multi cell option However the penalty relative to the increased accuracy of water depths is small Surface Water 187 Surface Water in MIKE SHE A test done on a large complex model in Florida USA illustrates the per formance penalty of the multi cell method In the model the grid cell size is 457 2 m 1500 ft However a high reso lution 5 ft DEM is available for the whole model domain based on LIDAR data This makes it attractive to use of higher resolution map with the Multi cell option to account more accurately for the OL flow between 1500 ft grid cells 1 ei ei e fF TO D W fe huar s Figure7 3 Aerial photo of part of the model area 188 MIKE SHE 2 Multi cell Overland Flow Figure 7 5 Interpolation of the 5 foot LIDAR data to the 125ft model grid Surface Water 189 Surface Water in MIKE SHE Figure 7 6 Interpolation of the 5 foot LIDAR data to the 1500ft model grid Impact on simulation time In this test we tested multi cell factors of 1 2 3 4 6 a
399. topography is a physical property of the land surface that defines the hydraulics of both the overland flow and the unsaturated flow See Topography V1 p 39 Related to topography is the definition of Subcatchments V 2 p 73 which is needed when you are using the Linear Reservoir method for groundwater or the simple catchment based overland flow method Flood zones In MIKE SHE flood zones can be defined relative to the MIKE 11 branches using Flood codes For details on how use Flood codes see the chapter on Surface Water V 1 p 169 Hydraulic properties The properties related directly to overland sheet flow are found under Overland Flow V 1 p 47 This includes the Man ning number V2 p 118 or surface roughness and the Detention Storage V 2 p 119 both of which are influenced or even defined by the vegeta tion Hydraulic flow Areas of the land surface can be hydraulically divided by man made structures such as road ways and embankments which can be defined by Separated Flow Areas V 2 p 123 Getting Started 43 Building a MIKE SHE Model 2 6 1 Infiltration properties The infiltration rate is a property of the soil type which may be modified by the land use Related to the gross infiltration rate is the presence or absence of macropores and other soil features lead ing to rapid infiltration Both of these properties are found in the Unsatu rated Flow V 1 p 52 section However land surface seali
400. torage can create very large files and may slow down the sim ulation as all of this data must be written to the hard disk Water quality output If you want to run a water quality simulation after the water movement simulation then you must turn on the storing of the water quality output If the water quality is turned on the main Simulation Specification dia logue then the water quality output is automatically stored during the water movement simulation Manual activation is only required if the water movement simulation is being run separately Storing intervals Storing intervals for both the water movement and the mass balance define the frequency at which grid data is stored Grid data is the most space consuming output The grid output data is viewed in the Results Viewer and is used for calcu lating the water balance Thus you cannot calculate a water balance or spatial output maps at a finer temporal resolution than the storing inter vals If you want detailed output of a specific parameter at more frequent intervals then you should use the Detailed Time Series Output function 2 11 1 Detailed Time Series Output The detailed time series output allows you to save any output parameter at every time step of the particular process Since the different processes run at different time steps you may get for example much more detailed out put for the unsaturated zone than for the saturated zone Each item in the Detailed time s
401. tputs ECOLab 280 B Detention Storage 49 Batch Files 164 dfs2file 38 Create 165 Drainage 60 253 Results 166 Dual Core 25 SEUD s s arid Ae toate oe amp 2 3 165 dual domain mass transfer 281 Bilinear Interpolation 355 Dual porosity 275 C E Calculation ECOLab 280 Exchange Flows 215 in MIKE SHE 284 Calibration Running with MIKE SHE 289 Water Quality 273 Templates 280 Climate 40 templates 280 Concatenation 72 units 2 22222220 280 Concentration units 280 EUM Data Units 329 Consecutive simulations 72 Change 332 Constants Default units 332 ECO Lab s i ddes e 4a bs 280 Imperial 331 Coupling S s et ee ee s Su ss 331 MIKE SHE and MIKE 11 199 Evapotranspiration 41 UZ and SZ 56 60 Crop Reference ET 42 Coupling MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE Exchange Flows 215 All branches 219 Extra Parameters 299 Bed Leakage 225 Bed Topography 224 366 MIKE SHE Index F Land use _ 43 Fixed species 287 Leaf Area Index LAI 44 Flooded Area 215 LENSES ete ee he Lae PA a ee w 59
402. tricted If the downstream river bottom elevation is higher than the side branch bottom elevation then MIKE 11 will likely be unstable Long distances between calculation nodes This is not the same as long distances between cross sections MIKE 11 manages the water at the q points directly linked to the river links MIKE SHE and the river link system automatically interpolates the nearest river link However if the calculation nodes are very far apart or very close together then the linear interpolation of water volumes between the calcu lation points may lead to discrepancies in the available water volumes especially if the river links are being used for irrigation or the river is los ing water In this sense the distance between the calculation nodes should be similar to the MIKE SHE grid spacing 7 5 2 MIKE 11 Cross sections Whenever there is a significant change in the bed slope there should in principle be a cross section defined in MIKE 11 If only a few cross sec tions are available it may be sufficient to estimate the cross section shape based on neighbouring cross sections and estimate the bank bed elevation based on the surface topographic information in MIKE SHE or other topo graphic maps Cross sections vs time step However every cross section in MIKE 11 is a calculation node The time step in MIKE 11 is sensitive to the Courant number which is proportional to the distance between calculation nodes So if the cros
403. tting the Start date and End date to the period of interest Output Time Series Specification Incremental or Accumulated water balances can be calculated An incre mental water balance is calculated summed for each output time step in the Output period An accumulated water balance each output time step is accumulated over the Output period Layer Output Specifications If you are using water balance types that calculate data on a layer basis you can specify whether you want All layers or just the Specified layer where you also must specify a layer number Sub catchment Selection If you extracted sub catchment data from the WM results then you must specify a subcatchment number or the name of the polygon for which you want the water balance for The combobox contains a list of valid ID num bers or polygon names Single Cell Location If you extracted the WM data by cell and you are not creating a map out put you have to specify a cell location for which you want a water bal ance Output File If you are creating a table or time series water balance then you can write the output to either a dfs0 file or to a tab delimited ASCII file for import to MSExcel or other post processing tool If you are creating a map then the output will be to a dfs2 file with the same grid dimensions and spacing as the model grid If you are creating a chart then the output will be written to an ASCII file with a special format for creating t
404. tuation applies for river link infiltration to base flow reservoirs 141 Using the Water Balance Tool 54 Standard Water Balance Types Table 5 8 summarizes the 31 standard water balance types defined in the water balance configuration file Some of the water balances cannot be used in certain conditions and these restrictions are listed in the table Table 5 8 Water balance types available in the default configuration files Water balance type Description Total waterbalance General water balance of the entire model setup Error of each component The water balance error of each model com ponent Snow Melt component Snow Melt component water balance items Canopy Interception com Canopy Interception component water bal ponent ance items Overland flow Overland component water balance Overland flow detailed Detailed Overland component water bal ance Unsaturated Zone Unsaturated zone component water balance Unsaturated Zone detailed Unsaturated zone component water balance Saturated Zone Saturated zone component water balance depth integrated Saturated Zone layer s Saturated zone component water balance each or specified layer Saturated Zone detailed Detailed Saturated zone component water balance depth integrated Saturated Zone detailed Detailed Saturated zone component water layer s balance each or specified layer Saturated Zone L
405. turated Flow UZ Richards Eq and Gravity methods only Evapotranspiration ET L Plant uptake Saturated Flow SZ Water Quality Processes Include Water Quality Processes Sorption and Decay Ecolab A new data tree branch will appear where ECO Lab templates can be specified for each of the hydrologic processes Overland Flow the Unsaturated Zone and the Saturated Zone Separate templates are required for each of these zones because the processes in each of these domains are very different MIKE SHE Flow Model Description Display Simulation specification WO Simulation Specification ECO Lab Template Specification x ECO Lab Constants OL x ECO Lab Forcings OL ECO Lab Constants UZ ECO Lab Forcings UZ s ECO Lab Constants SZ s ECO Lab Forcings SZ x Species E D In the ECO Lab Template Specification dialogue there is a checkbox for each of the processes These checkboxes are active if the Water Quality is activated for the process in the WQ Simulation Specification dialogue 285 MIKE SHE ECO Lab Overland flow and Ground surface Enable Ecolab for Overland flow and Ground surface Ecolab Template Integration method Update frequency C Documents and Settings Administrator My Documents MIKE Zero Projects U L J EULER R 1 State Variables 1 User Specified Constants 1 User Specified Forcings Processes Auxiliary Variables 1 MIK
406. two close parallel branches may map onto oppo site sides of a cell if they are located on either side of a cell mid point Thus you may have unexpected problems if you change the cell size in a model that was working and you have branches that are closer together than one cell size Long coupling links MIKE SHE links to MIKE 11 branches However when two branches are connected water is passed between the branches directly The link has not physical length or storage itself If your links are too long there will be an error in the timing of the flows between the two branches So the links should be kept short MIKE 11 does not have any restrictions on how long the links can be but MIKE SHE will issue a warning if the links are longer than a cell size The warning is simply to informing you that there is no possibility for groundwater surface water exchange in the link 196 MIKE SHE Building a MIKE 11 model i Long distances between cross sections MIKE 11 controls the distance between the calculation nodes The proper ties at the calculation nodes are linearly interpolated from the available cross sections This includes geometric properties such as bank and bot tom elevations marker locations etc However linear interpolation can easily result in inconsistences between elevations in MIKE SHE and marker elevations in MIKE 11 If the bank elevation is higher than the topography then overland flow into the river will be res
407. ulation after the WM simulation When running MIKE SHE ECO Lab ECO Lab reads con centrations state variables from MIKE SHE s WQ module reads other necessary input data files generates additional output and passes modified concentrations state variables back to MIKE SHE ECO Lab acts on a cell basis That is it is called for each cell in the model By default it is called at every time step in the MIKE SHE WQ simulation but optionally can be called less frequently Thus using ECO Lab is a multi step process whereby you 1 Create an ECO Lab template file that specifies the equations to be solved including all the forcing spatially and time varying input constants spatially varying constants state variables parameters cal culated in MIKE SHE i e species concentrations and derived outputs results 2 Specify the name of the template file in the MIKE SHE WQ model 3 Define the links between the template variables and the MIKE SHE parameters 4 Run the MIKE SHE Water Quality model During the simulation MIKE SHE passes the State Variables to ECO Lab ECO Lab updates the State Variable values and passes them back to MIKE SHE At the same time ECO Lab will write to any specified output files The output files are standard dfs2 or dfs3 output files These files can be used as input in subsequent WM or other WQ simulations or viewed in the Results Viewer etc 279 MIKE SHE ECO Lab 12 1 ECO Lab Tem
408. unselect Evapotranspiration in the Simulation Specifi cation dialogue the entire Evapotranspiration branch will disappear Background Maps Arguably the first step in building your model is to define where your model is located This generally involves defining a basic background map for your model area The Display item is located at the top of the data tree to make it easy to add and edit your background maps In the Display item you can add any number of images to your model setup in a variety of formats The images are carried over to the various editors so you can keep a consistent display between the set up editor and for example the Grid Editor and the Results Viewer In the event that you are using scanned paper maps if your maps are not rectilinear or are not correctly georeferenced then you can use the Image Rectifer see on line help under MIKE Zero to align your image to the coordinate system you are using Note The display of the Mike 11 network is not carried over to the Results Viewer Initial Model Setup MIKE SHE allows you to simulate all of the processes in the land phase of the hydrologic cycle That is all of the process involving water movement after the precipitation leaves the sky Precipitation falls as rain or snow depending on air temperature snow accumulates until the temperature increases to the melting point whereas rain immediately enters the dynamic hydrologic cycle Initially rainfall is eit
409. ust also define the EUM data type for each parameter in the file When you assign a dfsO or a dfs2 file to a parameter value then MIKE SHE automatically verifies that the correct EUM data type is being used If the wrong data type is present then you will not be able to select OK in the file browser dialogue For example in the following set of dialogues an Evapotranspiration time series was selected instead of the correct Precipitation time series file 332 MIKE SHE Changing the EUM data type of a Parameter j The first error is in the Select Item tab where there is a message that no Valid Items are found Select Item Period Info Item Info Constraints Info Title File Type Non Equidistant Time Axis Select Precipitation Rate The find out why there is no valid items you should look in the Con straints Info tab Select Item Period Info Item Info Constraints Info Number of dimensions 0 Item type Precipitation Rate Validation of Data Period Start Date of Data Period before 02 01 1990 eZ End Date of Data Period after 01 11 1995 Here you can see that the Item type is supposed to be Precipitation Rate but this constraint has failed To find out what the Item Type of the selected file is look at the Item Info tab Select Item Period Info Item Info Constraints Info Total no of Items 1 1 Potential EvapoTranspiration Evapotranspiration Rate mm day where you
410. varies over the day and surface flows respond quickly to rainfall events whereas groundwater reacts much slower In contrast in many non commercial research oriented integrated hydrologic codes e g MODFLOW HMS Panday et al 1998 InHM Sudicky et al 2002 all the hydrologic processes are solved implicitly at Getting Started Introduction a uniform time step which can lead to intensive computational effort for watershed scale models Evapotranspiration e SVAT e Kristensen and Jensen e 2 Layer Water Balance e Net recharge e g DAISY Overland Flow e 2D Finite Difference Diffusive Wave e Semi distributed Sewer Flow MOUSE Groundwater Flow 3D Finite Difference Darcy Flow Lumped Conceptual Linear Reservoir Figure 1 2 Schematic view of the process in MIKE SHE including the available numeric engines for each process The arrows show the available exchange pathways for water between the process models Note the SVAT evapotranspiration model is not yet available in the com mercial version of MIKE SHE 1 2 Requirements The requirements to build and run a MIKE SHE model depend on the pur pose of the model and the trade offs that must be made between conceptu alization and the practicality of simulation time 1 2 1 Input requirements The flexibility of MIKE SHE means that there is no predefined list of required input data The required data depends on the hydrologic proc
411. vation using the sub scale resolution Channel Flow MIKE 11 Overview MIKE 11 is a comprehensive 1D channel flow model for simulating rivers and surface water bodies that can be approximated as 1 dimensional flow as strict 1 Dimensional flow does not occur in nature Basically MIKE 11 can be applied anywhere average values of levels velocities concen trations etc at a point are acceptable including River hydrodynamics Structure reservoir operational control Water quality e g wetlands salinity Sediment transport amp morphology Flood studies e g mapping hazard assessment Flood forecasting on line real time Dam break Sediment transport e g Long term morphology River restoration Integrated with groundwater and flooding 194 MIKE SHE Building a MIKE 11 model i MIKE 11 plays a critical role in MIKE SHE Both the overland flow and groundwater flow modules are linked directly to MIKE 11 The MIKE SHE MIKE 11 coupling enables the one dimensional simulation of river flows and water levels using the fully dynamic Saint Venant equations the simulation of a wide range of hydraulic control structures such as weirs gates and culverts area inundation modelling using a simple flood mapping procedure that is based on simulated river water levels and a digital terrain model dynamic overland flooding flow to and from the MIKE 11 river net work the full dynamic coupling of surface and sub surfac
412. ver model only the river chainage dx is important for the results Geographic positioning of river branches and cross sections are only important for the graphical presentation When interfacing MIKE 11 to MIKE SHE geographic positioning is critical as MIKE SHE needs information on the river location e A reasonably high number of river cross sections should be included to ensure that the river elevations are reasonably consistent with the sur face topographic features MIKE 11 network limitations There are a few features of MIKE 11 that do not relate well to MIKE SHE Short branches In MIKE 11 there is no restriction on how short your branches are If you are trying to simulate discontuous lakes or structures on the flood plain for example you may have very short branches However MIKE SHE does not allow MIKE 11 branches to be shorter than the cell size Gener ally though short branches are a sign that you should probably reconsider your model conceptualization or switch to MIKE FLOOD which allows flood plain structures Parallel branches Like short branches MIKE SHE does not like it when your branches are too close together If you have parallel branches that are too close together then the branches may be mapped to the same river link However each river link must be mapped to a unique branch As a rule of thumb parallel branches should be greater than a cell width apart However this is not uniformly true since the
413. w positive yes water Note sign change in water balance definition 119 Using the Water Balance Tool Table 5 2 CI Canopy interception water balance items Item Description Sign Convention in the Included Water balance in Wbl Error ci qEInt Evaporation from intercepted stor Outflow positive yes age ci dIntSto Change in interception storage Positive when interception yes storage increases ci ciWblErr Interception storage water bal Positive if water generated ance error Astorage Outflow gt Inflow 5 3 3 Ponded water storage Water on the ground surface belongs to the ponded water storage Rainfall is added to ponded storage Ponded storage evaporates infiltrates or flows to MIKE 11 The items listed in Table 5 3 are those found in the Overland flow detailed water balance output in the water balance configuration file WblTypeDefinition Name OL_DETAIL DisplayName Overland flow detailed Description Detailed Overland component water balance NoGroups 23 Group qpnet ol qpnet Group girrdrip ol qirrdrip Group geol ol qeol Group gh ol qh ol qhmp Group golszpos ol qolszpos Group golszneg ol qolszneg Group qsztofloodpos ol qsztofloodpos Group qsztofloodneg ol qsztofloodneg Group golin ol qolin Group golout ol qolout Group golrivpos ol qolrivpos Group golrivneg ol golrivneg Group gocd
414. w channel flow and evapotranspiration By comparison MODFLOW only simulates saturated groundwater flow All of the other components are either ignored e g overland flow or are simple boundary conditions for the saturated zone e g evapotranspira tion On the other hand there are very few difference between the MIKE SHE numerical engine and MODFLOW The differences are limited to the discretisation and to some differences in the way some of the boundary conditions are defined Finite Difference Method When the Finite Difference method has been selected MIKE SHE allows for a fully three dimensional flow in a heterogeneous aquifer with shifting conditions between unconfined and confined conditions The spatial and temporal variations of the dependent variable the hydraulic head is described mathematically by the 3 dimensional Darcy equation and solved numerically by an iterative implicit finite difference technique MIKE SHE includes two groundwater solvers the SOR groundwater solver based on a successive over relaxation solution technique and the Getting Started 57 Building a MIKE SHE Model PCG groundwater solver based on a preconditioned conjugate gradient solution technique Linear Reservoir Method The linear reservoir module for the saturated zone in MIKE SHE was developed to provide an alternative to the physically based fully distrib uted model approach In many cases the complexity of a natural catch men
415. w SZ overland SZ the flow up from SZ onto the topography 108 seepage flow overland SZ negative SZ the flow down into the saturated zone External inflow to SZ drain for OpenMI 113 3D UZ recharge to SZ negative SZ NegPrec 102 groundwater flow in x direction SZ a flow rate e g in m3 s 103 groundwater flow in y direction SZ a flow rate e g in m3 s 104 groundwater flow in z direction SZ a vertical darcy flow rate e g in mm day SZ head elevation stored with SZ flows SZ Use this if you wan to display heads in SZ cross sections in the Results Viewer 109 groundwater extraction SZ Extraction 115 SZ exchange flow with river SZ River 112 SZ drainage flow from point SZ Drainage 105 SZ flow to general head boundary SZ GHB SZ flow to MOUSE 78 MIKE SHE Output Items A Table 3 1 Available output items for gridded data and time series Key to symbols ET Evapotranspiration OL Finite Difference Overland Flow SubOL Sub catchment based Overland Flow UZ Richards or Gravity Unsaturated flow 2LUZ 2 Layer Unsaturated Water Balance SZ Finite Difference Saturated Zone flow LR Linear Reservoir groundwater AD Advection Dispersion Water Quality PT Particle Tracking SM Snow melt Code Output Item Appears with these processes External sources to SZ for OpenMI 216 Overland
416. water quality remediation e Floodplain studies e Impact of land use and climate change e Impact of agriculture irrigation drainage nutrients and pesticides etc Graham and Butts 2006 contains a list of some easily accessible refer ences for many of the application areas listed above Getting Started Introduction 1 1 User interface MIKE SHE s user interface can be characterized by the need to 1 Develop a GUI that promotes a logical and intuitive workflow which is why it includes A dynamic navigation tree that depends on simple and logical choices A conceptual model approach that is translated at run time into the mathematical model Object oriented thinking geo objects with attached properties Full context sensitive on line help Customized input output units to support local needs 2 Strengthen the calibration and result analysis processes which is why it includes Default HTML outputs calibration hydrographs goodness of fit water balances etc User defined HTML outputs A Result Viewer that integrates 1D 2D and 3D data for viewing and animation Water balance auto calibration and parameter estimation tools 3 Develop a flexible unstructured GUI suitable for different modelling approaches which is why it includes Flexible data format gridded data shp files etc that is easy to update for new data formats Flexible time series module for manipulating time varying data
417. way you can avoid the confusing task of assigning the Type of time series e g precipitation and EUM Unit type e g millimetres and the TS Type e g reverse step accumulated Each of these items are specified automatically If you create time a time series using a Create button the following dia logue will appear Create a new Dfs0 file AX Contents Create file Uniform in all time intervals Import from old MIKE SHE T file format Cancel Import from excel file Uniform Value 0 Excel version mm day BS Time series period Start Date 1971 06 01 00 00 os x EndDate 1974 06 01 00 00 y Time Series Interval Days Hours Minutes 1 fo Time Series File Item type Precipitation Rate Item name Station Data Precipitation Rate Dfs filename C N8 Training Courses 200552005 Bangkok Basic Exercises Working with Data 339 Time Series Data The principle choice in this dialogue is whether to create an initially uni form time series file or to import a time series from an Excel file or from a file with the older t0 file format Uniform time series In a uniform time series every time step will have the same value You should use the uniform time series option if you want to create a time series file where you do not have any data to import Time Series Period The time series period is the extent of the time series Ina MIKE SHE simulation all

MIKE SHE USER MANUAL VOLUME 1: USER GUIDE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents